Co-Curricular Course Descriptions

CC 100 Peer and Team Leadership

This course connects academic and co-curricular learning through a leadership field experience in a co-curricular program. Students in this course will examine the leadership principles, student development theories, and communication strategies necessary to serve as an effective peer and team leader. In this learning community, students will also develop a deeper appreciation for the Regis College experience, understand the importance of leadership and peer mentoring, and learn about the available resources and services offered on campus. As a culminating co-curricular leadership experience, course participants will serve as peer mentors and leaders in a co-curricular program (e.g., orientation leader, athletic team captain, PRIDE scholar mentor, etc.) putting into practice the leadership, student development, and communication theories and principles learned in the course.

CC 101 Community Leadership Development

This 1-credit course is designed to provide a comprehensive understanding of the principles of community leadership within the context of an experiential learning setting. Emphasis is given to community living atmospheres and related student development theory that are pertinent to the populations within the field setting, leadership development and styles, communication practices and approaches, and case study analysis involving community trends and emerging demographics.

CC 102 Leadership for Social Change

This 1-credit course explores the foundations of leadership and social change theory by examining models of leadership in relation to the Congregation of the Sisters of St. Joseph (CSJ) values and mission of Regis College. Students will apply their leadership skills and document their development as leaders by organizing and leading a hands- on co-curricular project that addresses a social justice issue. Students will also reflect critically upon individual and social responsibility and their leadership skill set through a series of structured writing assignments, group discussions, and presentation.

CC 103 Principles of Health and Wellness

This 1-credit course explores health and wellness topics and provides a basic overview of the necessary information and skills to promote healthy, proactive lifestyles for college students. Students will examine current information in the areas of alcohol, eating disorders, exercise, mental health, nutrition, preventative health, sexuality, sleep, and substance abuse. The course also focuses on the practical application of the topics presented, as well as the impact of lifestyle choices and the importance of self-responsibility.

CC 104 Hashtag Social Media

This course connects academic and co-curricular learning through the use of social media in today’s society. Students in this course will examine social media principles, communication theories, and communication strategies necessary to connect social media with their personal lives and professional careers. In this learning community, students will develop a deeper appreciation for the use of social media, understand the importance of how it applies a 360° approach into their lives, and learn about how social media is used to build community. As a culminating co-curricular experience, course participants will present a social media campaign to the Regis community, putting into practice the principles and theories learned in this 1-credit course.

CC 105 Hot Topics & the Art of Civil Discourse

Are you passionate about current events and interested in engaging with others to share your ideas and viewpoints? In this 1-credit co-curricular course, students will experience and learn the fundamentals of what it means to be an engaged citizen through the exploration of a number of contemporary “hot topics.” As a foundation, students will be grounded in the value, process, and art of civil discourse. The culminating co-curricular project will involve the hosting of a series of focused dialogues that address current issues facing society (e.g., immigration, climate change, race, obesity, education inequality, health care reform, terrorism, polarized congress, etc.). Students will work together to plan and facilitate the dialogues, conduct research on the topics, and provide relevant information to participants.

CC 106 Studies in Inclusive Excellence: Disability and Society

This 1-credit course explores topics relating to disability and encourages student reflection on their personal connections to these issues. Students will learn the history of disability rights in the United States and be able to identify key issues regarding social justice in the context of disability.

Through experiential learning opportunities, readings, guest presenters, and various assignments and projects, students will have the opportunity to interact with disability culture in new ways.

CC-109 Pre-Med/Dental/Vet 101

This is an introductory course for incoming pre-medicine/dental/veterinary track students. Students will learn about the pre-health path and graduate curriculums for medical, dental, and veterinary graduate programs. The many possible career paths in medicine and elements that interact with healthcare delivery and related systems will be covered. Students will be required to self-reflect on their professional and personal development while getting to know the resources available to them. Students will participate in co-curricular events and volunteer opportunities during the semester.

CC 110A Science Achievement Mentors

This one-semester, one-credit course is part of a sequence. The continuation of this course is CC 110B offered in the second semester. Students must take both courses. This course is designed for upperclassmen STEM students and Education concentration students to serve as mentors in order to guide fourth and fifth grade students from the Weston Public Schools, who are underperforming in science, through instruction in the scientific method and encouragement of its applications while fostering their curiosity and improving their academic achievement in the sciences. Mentors will participate in workshops conducted by the Science Discovery Museum and Massachusetts Audubon Society in order to implement age-appropriate lessons and lab activities which will foster the exploration of scientific interest by conducting investigations to prepare for a science fair type of project and presentation for families, classmates and the College community.

CC 110B Science Achievement Mentors

This one-semester, one-credit course is part of a sequence. It is a continuation of CC 110A Science Achievement Mentors. Students must take both courses. It is designed for upper classmen STEM students and Education concentration students to serve as mentors in order to guide fourth and fifth grade students from the Weston Public Schools, who are underperforming in science, through instruction in the scientific method and encouragement of its applications while fostering their curiosity and improving their academic achievement in the sciences. Mentors will participate in workshops conducted by the Science Discovery Museum and Massachusetts Audubon Society in order to implement age-appropriate lessons and lab activities which will foster the exploration of scientific interest by conducting investigations to prepare for a science fair type of project and presentation for families, classmates and the College community. Prerequisite: CC 110A

CC 200 Regis School of Rock

Regis School of Rock offers the unique experience of learning about the history of rock music with instruments in hand. Rather than learning from a text, these students will learn by doing. This is the perfect venue for students with a desire to learn music, to improve their skills, or to play in a group setting but don’t have the time to participate fully in one of our formal ensembles. By the end of the semester students will not only recognize the forms and styles of rock music, they will also have written and performed a song as well as played music in a band setting. No music background and no personal instruments are needed. It is recommended that this be taken as a lab in conjunction with MU 208 History of Rock and Roll; however, students are free to take either one independently. Students need to take 3 semesters of this course in order to earn credit for the Expressive Arts Core Requirement.

CC 202 Taking Leadership to the Next Level

This 1-credit co-curricular course is designed to give seasoned student leaders an opportunity to enhance and improve their leadership skills and take them to the next level. Students will dive deeper into topics such as emotional intelligence, cultural competency, equity literacy, interpersonal communication, problem solving, and the ethics of leadership for use at Regis and beyond. The course will culminate with a student-led co-curricular initiative that puts into practice the leadership skills learned in the course and reflects the values of the Sisters of Saint Joseph of Boston.

CC 207 Basic Principles of Complementary and Alternative Therapies

This self-care course explores topics on the various types of Complementary and Alternative therapies (CAM) providing students with a basic knowledge of natural and holistic practices, as well as the mind/body connection to health and wellbeing. Students will examine current information and research in the areas of Reiki healing, Massage therapy, Polarity Energy work, Cranial Sacral Therapy, Yoga, Meditation, Acupuncture and Holistic Nutrition. Students will learn strategies for incorporating CAM therapies into daily living promoting well-balanced, healthy, proactive lifestyles. As a culminating co-curricular experience, course participants will assist with the annual Holistic Health Fair, as well as stress reduction awareness weeks during midterms and finals.

EDUCATION

ED 100 Teaching and Learning Today

This course offers an introduction to the field of education. Areas discussed include the role of the teacher, the legal and moral responsibilities of the profession, as well as the role of schooling and its historical and philosophical foundations. Emphasis is placed on the future teacher as critical thinker, problem solver, and reflector on personal/social experiences.

ED 101A Educational Psychology

This course is designed primarily for students who are preparing to teach at the early childhood (Pre-K–2) or elementary level (grades 1–6); however, students who are pursuing a major related to human development services will find this course beneficial as well. The focus of the course is the application of major theories of psychology that relate to education and classroom practices. A field placement, which can be completed over winter or spring break is included in this course. Emphasis will be placed on, but not limited to, the early childhood/elementary school environment.

ED 101B Educational Psychology

This course is designed primarily for students who are preparing to teach at the secondary level (grades 8–12); however, students who are pursuing a major related to human development services will find this course beneficial as well. The focus of the course is the application of major theories of psychology that relate to education and classroom practices. A field placement, which can be completed over winter or spring break is included in this course. Emphasis will be placed on, but not limited to, the secondary school environment.

ED 107 MTEL Communication & Literacy: Writing Subtest

This course is designed to provide Education Licensure-seeking students with the skills to pass the MTEL Communication & Literacy exam. Through practice tests, drills, class discussions, and short writing assignments, students will learn the expectations and best practices for approaching the test. This course specifically addresses the Writing Subtest, focusing on grammar, usage, organization, and development of ideas.

ED 108 MTEL Communication & Literacy: Reading Subtest

This course is designed to provide Education Licensure-seeking students with the skills to pass the MTEL Communication & Literacy exam. Through practice tests, drills, class discussions, and short writing assignments, students will learn the expectations and best practices for approaching the test. This course specifically addresses the Reading Subtest, focusing on identifying main ideas, inferring authorial meaning, and assessing the organization and rhetorical strategies within written passages.

ED 109 MTEL: English Lit: Subtest

This course is designed to familiarize students with the content and structure of the MTEL English (07) Exam. We will complete and carefully discuss a variety of test prep material, as well as study the major authors and works that are most likely to appear on the exam. We will also review best practices for composing a short/compact argument-based analysis of a piece of literature, in preparation for the written portion of the test.

ED 110 MTEL: Foundations of Reading

This is a condensed course designed to familiarize students with the content, structure, and key vocabulary of the MTEL Foundations of Reading (190) Exam. The focus of this course will be to review content and best practices in foundational reading skills, reading development, reading comprehension, and assessment and instruction. Various test preparation materials will be utilized in order to prepare students to respond to content questions on the assessment, and craft well-developed open-responses.

ED 111 MTEL: General Curriculum

This is a condensed one-credit course designed to familiarize students with the content, structure, and key vocabulary of the MTEL General Curriculum Multi-Subject (03) Exam. The foci of this course will be to analyze Language Arts, break down History and Social Sciences, and examine content in Science and Technology. Different materials will be utilized to prepare students for test questions on the assessment.

ED 112 MTEL: English as a Second Language

This is a condensed one-credit course designed to familiarize students with the content, structure, and key vocabulary of the English as a Second Language MTEL (54) Exam. The foci of this course will be to analyze foundations of second-language acquisition, break down second-language and content learning, and integrate knowledge and understanding. Different materials will be utilized to prepare students for test questions on the assessment.

ED 202 Early Childhood/Elementary School Mathematics: Curriculum

This course is designed to enable the prospective early childhood/elementary school teacher to gain a depth of understanding of the content of the mathematics curriculum for elementary grades. Emphasis is placed on the importance of conceptual understanding as a foundation for algorithmic skill. Opportunities to explore the Curriculum Focal Points of the National Council of Teachers of Mathematics, the Common Core State Standards, and the Massachusetts Curriculum Frameworks provide a basis for the subsequent course in mathematics instruction. This course is a prerequisite for ED 207.

ED 205 Principles and Methods of Secondary Education

This course serves as an introduction to the modern secondary school. Emphasis is placed on the secondary school teacher (grades 5-12), the adolescent student, school climate, principles of teaching, and general techniques of teaching. It is taught in collaboration with cooperating practitioners and major programs. Emphasis is placed on student participation through illustration/demonstration. Prerequisites: ED 101B.

ED 206 Early Childhood Education: Curriculum Areas

This course serves as an overview of the curriculum/methods/materials involved in early childhood education. Key topics include understanding the interaction of developmental theory and teaching strategy, creating developmentally appropriate curricula, and assessing young children’s learning. Curriculum areas include art, music, emergent literacy, mathematics, literature, and natural and social sciences. This course requires 10 hours of pre-practicum experience at the Regis Children’s Center.

ED 207 Early Childhood/Elementary School Mathematics: Instruction

This course is designed to provide the prospective early childhood/elementary school teacher with a foundation in the concepts of mathematics as they relate to the curriculum of grades one through six. Emphasis is placed on understanding computation, problem-solving concepts and techniques, cooperative learning, technology, and the use of manipulatives. Connections to the Curriculum Frameworks of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts and the Standards of the National Council of Teachers of Mathematics are highlighted. Recognition of special needs and strategies for addressing them are included. This course requires 10 hours of pre-practicum experience.

ED 208 Children’s Literature

This course provides students with an interactive introduction to the wide variety of literature for children. A key component of the course will be choosing, assessing, and reading children’s literature. Students will apply guidelines for assessing the quality of children’s literature, as well as strategies for using literature in inclusive classrooms from preschool through high school. Students will also explore the major issues in the field, including gender portrayal, cultural stereotypes, and censorship.

ED 220 Classroom Behavior Management

This course is designed for PK-6 educators to create and sustain positive classroom management techniques and environments that meet the needs of all children.

Theoretical models of behavior management and practical applications will be explored as students develop proactive, effective approaches to guiding children’s behaviors.

ED 225 Administration and Supervision of Early Childhood Programs

This course introduces students to the management and operation of early childhood programs. Specific focus will be placed on the regulations, staff supervision, leadership, and communication and policy issues. Emphasis will be placed on gaining knowledge, skills and resources in the area of early childhood administration and leadership characteristics that are essential in establishing a successful career in early childhood management.

ED 306 Instructional Strategies in Specific Subjects Offered in Secondary School

This course is designed to enable the student to apply general principles and methods of education to specific subject areas in secondary schools. Competencies, strategies, and techniques of teaching are studied as they relate to a particular discipline; therefore, the course is taught in collaboration with the major programs and cooperating practitioners. Emphasis is placed on student participation through illustration/demonstration. A pre-practicum experience is required and is integrated into the work of this course. Prerequisites: ED 101B and ED 205

ED 308 Educating Children with Special Needs in the Regular Classroom

This course will focus on the characteristics and instructional implications of moderately and severely disabling conditions found in regular classroom settings K-12. It will also focus on culturally and linguistically diverse children with exceptionalities and on the gifted population. Emphasis is on the recognition or identification of these students by the regular classroom teacher and strategies utilized to challenge them in the educational setting. A pre-practicum experience is required.

ED 309 Infant and Toddler: Curriculum and Care

This course focuses on the care and curriculum components required for educating infants and toddlers in group settings. Focusing on children birth to 2.9 years of age, each domain of learning will be analyzed for developmental characteristics. The basis for planning appropriate learning experiences, organizing the physical environment and care components will be addressed through each of the developmental stages.

ED 312 Literacy Development Including Special Needs

This course addresses the significant theories, approaches, instructional practices, and programs for developing reading and writing skills and reading comprehension in children and adolescents with and without disabilities. It includes a study of the reading/writing processes, the development of reading/writing skills, and the transition to content area texts. Diagnosis and assessment of reading and writing skills, including formal and informal reading assessment instruments, will be examined. Emphasis will be on differentiated instruction to meet the needs of diverse learners. A field-based experience is required.

ED 315 Content Area Reading Instruction: Secondary School

This course is designed to develop understanding of literacy teaching and learning for students in middle and secondary school programs. The course will focus on increasing student performance in content areas by understanding and utilizing successful research-based teaching strategies and focusing on current methods, theories, materials, and assessments used in content literacy instruction. Prerequisites: EN 105 and EN 106

ED 323 Sheltered English Immersion Teaching

This course is designed to prepare teachers for the individuality of English language learners, including social and cultural considerations, second language acquisition processes, and English language arts and literacy development in the Pre K-12 classroom. This course is aligned with the Massachusetts Curriculum Frameworks, the WIDA English Language Development Standards, and envelops best practice in the field of ELL instruction. A field-based experience is required.

Note: Successful completion of this course leads to SEI endorsement through the Massachusetts Department of Elementary and Secondary Education ONLY if successfully completed as part of the undergraduate program; this is NOT a stand- alone endorsement course.

ED 325 Teaching Social Studies Methods

Strategies, techniques, and elements of motivating approaches to teaching social studies in diverse classrooms is the focus of the course. This course will also develop the students’ understanding of the physical and political geography of the United States and the world. Critical thinking and literacy practices will shape the development of lesson plans that will be implemented in a minimum of 10 pre- practicum hours.

ED 327 Teaching STEM Methods, Early Childhood & Elementary

This course will provide an overview of the methods and materials involved in integrating STEM into practice across disciplines at the early childhood and elementary education levels. The concepts mastered in ID 224A, ID 224B, and ED 202 are applied in a learn-plan-implement model. Universal Design of Learning (UDL) methods will be incorporated to motivate students to participate in problem and project-based learning activities and then design STEM activities to be implemented during community based experiential experiences. 10 pre-practicum hours are required for this course.

ED 350 Pre-Practicum

In this course students complete a minimum of 150 hours of supervised pre-practicum hours in a classroom setting. Students observe and actively participate in the classroom setting taking on the responsibilities, behaviors, and attitudes of a classroom teacher while further developing problem solving skills and reflective self- evaluation skills. A weekly seminar provides opportunities for discussion of pre- practicum related issues. Placements are assigned by the Student Teaching Placement Supervisor based on licensure area.

ED 399A Early Childhood Practicum / Seminar

This course is an Early Childhood practicum where the student will apply knowledge of children, curriculum, and a child’s social environment in a children’s center. This practicum is the time to merge theory and practice. The student will spend 150 hours in an early childhood center and assume the responsibilities of a teacher. The student will work under the direction of a lead teacher and will be supervised by a faculty member in the Early Childhood program at the institution.

ED 400 Lead Teacher Practicum

This course is a continuation of the two-day-a-week practicum (a minimum of 150 hours) in a center for preschool children. The practicum is supervised by a faculty member in the Early Childhood program at the institution and under the direction of an individual with at least lead teacher qualifications.

ED 401S Student Teaching: Early Childhood/Elementary

This course is composed of a full-time student teaching experience in a school and requires a minimum of 350 hours. Prerequisites: ED 100, ED 101A, ED 202, ED 207, ED 208, ED 308, ED 206 or ID 208, ED 325, ED 327, ED 350 and PS 307

ED 401P Student Teaching Seminar

This course is a weekly seminar, taken in conjunction with Student Teaching (ED 401), examining curriculum, instruction, and human behavior in PK12 classrooms.

ED 403S Student Teaching: Secondary

This course consists of a full-time teaching experience in a school and requires a minimum of 350 hours. Prerequisites: ED 100, ED 101B, ED 205, ED 306, ED 308, ED 325, ED 350 and PS 310

ED 403P Student Teaching Seminar

This course is a weekly seminar, taken in conjunction with Student Teaching (ED 403), examining curriculum, instruction, and human behavior in PK12 classrooms.

ED 415 Culturally Responsive Teaching Methods

This course aims to introduce students to theory, research, and practice of culturally responsive teaching. Through the exploration of culture, equity, and access students will examine the current educational system, historical and current perspectives, and family and community engagement in school settings. Students will utilize the MA frameworks in order to focus on developing meaningful relationships and responsive classroom management as they write lesson plans.

ID 208 Integrating the Elementary Curriculum

Principles of curriculum and instruction are discussed and applied from an interdisciplinary viewpoint. The design of units is used as a synthesizing agent. Emphasis is placed on the teacher as creative inquirer and the classroom as a community of learners. Prerequisite: ED 100.

HUMANITIES

Art History

AH 201 Introduction to Art History

This introductory course is a survey of the relationships between painting, sculpture, and architecture and the societies that produced them from across time and across the globe.

AH 303 Nineteenth Century Art

A study of how the major movements of Neo-Classicism, Romanticism, Realism, and Impressionism reflect the social, political, and intellectual changes that heralded the modern era. Prerequisite: AH 201 or AH 306 or with instructor permission

AH 304 Modern Styles

A survey of painting and sculpture beginning in Europe from Post-Impressionism and Expressionism through the evolution of Cubism and Surrealism, Abstract and Non- Representational and the influence of these major movements on twentieth-century styles in Europe, the United States, and Latin America.

AH 306 Renaissance and Baroque Art

Stylistic comparisons of major painters, sculptors, and architects who dominated European art from the early days of the Renaissance through the final days of the Catholic Reformation are the foci of this course.

AH 307 Women Artists

This course traces the history of women artists from the Renaissance to the present. The analysis of major artists of each period involves the manner in which societal attitudes about gender and creativity conditioned their styles and choices of subject matter. Particular attention is given to the explosion of unique talent and dynamic energy among women artists since the feminist revolution of the 1970s.

AH 313 American Art

Painting, sculpture, and architecture in America are examined from the Revolution to the present. This course leverages the new American Wing of the Museum of Fine Arts, Boston as a resource.

Art Studios

AR 221 Basic Drawing

This introductory observational drawing course focuses on developing perceptual acuity in the engagement of three-dimensional objects and space and provides the student with basic proficiency in the translation of the perception of these objects and spaces onto the two-dimensional drawing surface. A variety of drawing materials are used.

AR 222 Basic Design

The introductory study of the elements of two-dimensional design such as line, shape, value, color, and texture and their integration into compositions that are unified, and dynamic is the focus of this course. A variety of organizational systems are explored, and the systematic study of color is initiated.

AR 310 Life Studio: Human Figure

This course is a focused study of anatomical and expressive figure rendering. Students study and draw muscle and skeletal structures as the foundation of understanding the human form. Direct observation and drawing of the model will be an essential component of this class. For centuries, artists have rigorously studied human anatomy in order to create dynamic and convincing drama in visual narrative. Contemporary artists continue to pursue the study of anatomy as a central skill in visual communication and artistic expression. Prerequisite: AR 221

AR 315 Advanced Drawing for Illustration

Through a wide range of projects, the student illustrator will encounter the concerns of the professional illustrator in the creation of images to inform, instruct, immerse and/or narrate. Emphasis is placed on developing a working understanding of the role of the illustrator/artist in the creation of graphic communication and on developing a working understanding of the interdependent nature of the relationship between the image drawn and the techniques used to reproduce it graphically. Prerequisite: AR 221 or instructor permission

AR 321 Painting Techniques

The elements of painting are explored as student artists engage in the study of the still life through the lens of Impressionism, abstraction from non-visual sources, and non- objective painting with a focus on the self-referential use of materials. Projects enable students to resolve the more advanced problems of pictorial structure and organization and to arrive at a keener appreciation of the aesthetic. Prerequisite: AR 221

AR 333 Watercolor Painting

Fundamentals of this medium are taught through a series of guided exercises: wet on wet, wet on dry, washes, color mixing and transparency. Emphasis is placed on direct observation, composition, personal expression, and improvement of techniques.

Prerequisite: AR 221 or instructor permission

AR 409, AR 410 Individualized Study in Fine Arts. Permission of the department chair is required.

FA 201B Demystification of the Arts

Art, music, and theatre give an overview of the historical background that produced the world’s greatest artists and playwrights. Imaging techniques are developed by utilizing technology and engaging in role playing and strategies of group interaction.

Graphic Design

GD 241 Graphic Design I

This foundation course investigates the transformation of source information (image and text) into visual equivalents that are coherent, well-organized, and effective forms of communication. Competency in the application of systems for organizing and unifying design elements is developed through exercises and projects. Creative image preparation for design application is introduced. Emphasis is placed on the ideation process. This studio and lecture-based instruction introduces and develops basic proficiency with industry standard graphic software.

GD 242 Graphic Design II

This course examines the practice of integrating image and text into coherent vehicles for communication. The principles and concepts learned in GD 241 are combined with typography and applied in layout to both page and screen. Color theory, models, and palettes are examined with digital tools. The basics of typography are examined, and focus is placed on developing an appreciation for the central role typography plays in the design of publications. An expanded design vocabulary will be built for use in intermediate-level courses. Prerequisite: GD 241 or instructor permission

GD 341 Design for Print Media

Print media has been a primary vehicle for information distribution for centuries. The printed page continues to set the visual standard for much of contemporary media.

Student designers study page layout and design by producing brochures, posters, and multiple-page spreads. The relationship of client, designer, and printer to a successful project is examined. In this studio course, students practice the finer points of typography, text handling, and page layout. Conventions in form, format, and production will be taught. Prerequisite: GD 242 or instructor permission (Please note all graphic design courses work with iBooks Author in the creation of eBook formatted materials.)

GD 342 Design with Time-Based Media

Recent time-based technologies have revolutionized the designer’s role expanding it to include motion graphics, digital audio and video, and interactive design.

Multimedia software tools allow the designer to engage an audience in real-time choices and options. The tools to be used in this digital studio include audio samplers, editors and loop-based sequencers, digital video production and nonlinear editors, motion graphic and compositing applications, and interactive/multimedia authoring software. Basic proficiency with a “scripting” language will be developed to enable student designers to create fully functional interactive projects. Prerequisite: GD 341 or instructor permission

GD 345 Creative Publications

Further acquisition of skills essential for professional practice in print and multimedia design is the focus of this course. The design and production of integrated corporate materials such as annual reports, package design, and other collateral material provide student designers the vehicles used to develop these capabilities. Creative projects using digital software tools will be developed in this studio class. Project management issues are introduced, and a range of tools is surveyed. Prerequisite: GD 342 or instructor permission

GD 346 Senior Thesis and Portfolio Development

Each student develops a senior thesis project in one or more media. The thesis project is a comprehensive, creative project that requires in-depth research, inventive exploration, and thoughtful resolution. Preparation of an entry-level professional portfolio is also a component of this course. The successful completion of the senior thesis is a requirement for completing the minor. Prerequisite: GD 345 or instructor permission

GD 347 Designing for the World Wide Web

While introducing the student to the Internet and its various protocols and services, this course focuses on the HyperText Transfer Protocol (HTTP) and its HyperText Markup Language (HTML) that make the World Wide Web possible. This course provides the student with the opportunity to design documents for electronic distribution using a range of HTML page design tools. Issues of human interface design, data organization, multimedia extensions, site design, and maintenance are addressed. Course format is a combination of lecture, demonstration, and hands-on sessions. Students should be familiar with the basics of the Macintosh and bitmapped editors such as Adobe PhotoShop before enrolling in this course.

GD 409, GD 410 Individualized Study in Graphic Design; permission of department chair required.

Criminal Justice

CJ 100 Introduction to Criminal Justice

This course provides a general introduction to the study of the criminal justice system in the United States. Topics to be covered will include the nature and origins of crime, police work and law enforcement, court procedures and processes, corrections systems in the United States, probation, parole, and juvenile justice.

CJ 101 Law Enforcement

This course will present a survey and analysis of law enforcement in the United States. Topics to be covered will include the structures, processes, and missions of state, local, and federal law enforcement agencies, the history of law enforcement, police and community relationships, police culture and behavior, the moral/ethical dimensions of police work, emerging law enforcement technology, and law enforcement as a career choice. Prerequisite: CJ 100.

CJ 102 Criminal Law

The course will examine the nature, purpose, and scope of criminal law in the United States. Emphasis is placed on illustration of specific elements, rules, doctrines, and defenses through studying court cases and case studies relating to various aspects of criminal law. Prerequisites: None

CJ 200 Corrections

This course will present a survey of the corrections system in the United States. Topics to be covered will include the institutions, functions, processes, and mission of the corrections system, as well as the history of corrections, prison culture and staffing, prison litigation, probation and parole, public and correctional facilities, and careers in corrections. Prerequisite: CJ 100

CJ 201 Courts

This course involves an examination of the various court systems within the United States with an emphasis placed upon both the criminal and civil court structures at the federal, state, and local levels, as well as the historical development, current configurations, and institutional functions of the court systems. Prerequisite: CJ 100

CJ 202 Criminology

In this course the major criminological theories of crime will be examined from a historical, empirical, and public policy perspective. While examining various types of criminal activity, students will analyze the nature of both historical and contemporary approaches to crime, as well as issues involving crime prevention, criminal behavior, and the criminal mind. Prerequisites: CJ 100

CJ 300 Homeland Security

From wildfires in the west and hurricanes in the south and east, to global pandemics, bombings at public events, and identified domestic and foreign terrorist groups, it is clear that the United States is subject to threats to national security on a daily basis. These threats require those in the field to be dedicated to public safety and to be able to anticipate, prepare for, prevent, and react to any number of situations with a clear understanding of ethics, public communication, and other critical skills and competencies. This course will provide students with a comprehensive overview of the legal aspects of homeland security, including reviewing and discussing subjective threat level analysis; intelligence and counterintelligence; the proliferation of weapons of mass destruction; border security and immigration; and the financing of terrorist activity via domestic and international organized criminal activity.

CJ 301 Criminal Procedure

The course will examine the various aspects of criminal procedure within the criminal justice system as shaped and constrained by the Fourth, Fifth, Sixth, Seventh, and Eighth Amendments of the United States Constitution. Emphasis will be placed on the

parties involved in the Administration of Justice, including the courts, law enforcement, prosecution, and defense. Prerequisites: CJ 100 and CJ 201

CJ 402 Senior Seminar: Criminal Justice

This course will provide students with the opportunity to review and analyze the totality of the work the student has completed for the degree in Criminal Justice. The course will examine criminal law and criminal procedure, constitutional law, criminology, law enforcement, courts, homeland security, and corrections through the use of assignments involving critical thinking, research, writing, and discussion. The required assignments will allow the student to demonstrate a mastery of the Criminal Justice program of study in addition to a mastery of the Criminal Justice program outcomes. Prerequisite: ID 309

CJ 413 Criminal Justice Internship Seminar

This seminar course will combine the traditional classroom setting with the practical workplace experience of an internship. Students enrolled in this course will be actively engaged interns at a criminal justice organization or agency at either the federal, state, or local level. The internship will combine hands-on field experience with academic coursework and will offer the student the opportunity to apply their formal Criminal Justice education to actual professional situations. Prerequisites: junior or senior status.

English

EN 105 Critical Reading, Thinking, and Writing I

This course provides a workshop setting in which first-year students explore writing for learning and communication. The seminar focuses on the complementary skills of speaking, listening, responding, and reading and thinking critically. Emphasis in the workshop is on process, peer group work, and constant revision. Students produce a portfolio of writing for evaluation at the end of the semester, which includes critical and analytical nonfiction writing, as well as personal narrative. Conferences with instructors and writing assistants outside of class supplement in-class workshops. EN 105 (or equivalent) is a prerequisite for all literature and writing courses.

EN 106 Critical Reading, Thinking, and Writing II

This course focuses on critical reading, thinking, and writing skills. Practice in writing reports, proposals, and annotated bibliographies challenges students to engage all skills emphasized in the course. To further encourage deep critical thinking and more textured and sophisticated college-level writing and research, texts used may be interdisciplinary in nature and will be organized around a central theme of the instructor’s choice and expertise. Themes have included food and politics, poverty, social media, place, and the American prison system. EN 106 (or equivalent) is a prerequisite for all literature and writing courses.

EN 204 US Stories of Migration and Immigration (fall: odd)

The United States has been shaped from its very beginnings by the migrations of its people. Prompted by choice or force, migration stories have often defined how we think of ourselves as Americans and how we have come to consider the American Dream. This course will explore these various journeys and hardships through novels, stories, poems, plays, and memoirs spanning the 19th century to today. Beginning with precursors such as Eloudah Equiano and William Bradford, we go on to such 19th, 20th, and 21st century voices as Willa Cather, Carlos Bulosan, Sui Sin Far, Anzia Yezierska, Chester Himes, Isaac Bashevis Singer, Meridel LeSeuer, Mario Puzo, Lorraine Hansberry, Leslie Marmon Silko, Maxine Hong Kingston, Jack Kerouac, Christina Garcia, Jhumpa Lahiri, Shaun Tan, Karolina Waclawiak, and Chimamanda Ngozi Adichie to explore the effects of migration and immigration on our notions of American identity. Prerequisites: EN105, EN106

EN 205 Texts and Contexts in Early English Writers (fall: odd)

This course is a survey of some major works of British literature from its beginnings to the seventeenth century, studied in the context of England’s historical and religious context in this period. The course includes a range of nonfiction, fiction, and dramatic works. Readings may include Beowulf, Sir Gawain and the Green Knight, Lanval, selections from the lyric poetry of Wyatt, Surrey, Sidney, and Spenser. Prerequisites: EN105, EN106

EN 206 Literature, Faith, Identity: British Writers from 1660-1945 (spring: even)

This course serves as a survey of the major works of British literature from the

Restoration of Charles II to the early twentieth century, with a focus on the relations between literary aesthetics, culture, religion, sexuality, notions of morality, and politics. A central focus will be the ways in which these various concepts coalesced to allow England to become an uncontested empire by the 19th century. Readings will

include Richardson, Hobbes, Wycherley, Mary Shelley, Dickens, Joyce, and many more. Prerequisites: EN 105, EN 106

EN 207 Chaucer in Context

Chaucer in Context offers a panoramic view of English late medieval history, philosophy, and religion, viewed through the lens of Chaucer's Canterbury Tales. Students will begin by learning the critical skills necessary to interpret the text in its original Middle English and then consider Chaucer using multidisciplinary texts. Prerequisites: EN 105, EN 106, and EN 211, or instructor permission

EN 208 The Nineteenth-Century British Novel

This course is comprised of a study of the major British novels of the nineteenth century, with a particular concentration on a specific theme or sub-genre each time such as the bildüngs roman, the domestic novel, the industrial novel, etc. Students will examine the treatment of social issues and trends as well as work, education, marriage, and its alternatives. Students will read novels by such writers as Shelley, Austen, the Brontës, Dickens, Gaskell, Thackeray, Eliot, Hardy, and Butler. Prerequisites: EN 105, EN 106, or EN 211, or instructor permission

EN 209A Creative Writing (fall)

This course introduces students to the writing of the short story and poetry. Students will write and share their work with the class. Students will also read classic fiction and poetry as well as study strategies for writers. While the course is introductory, the workshop discussion should be useful to students at any level. Prerequisites: EN 105, EN 106

EN 210 Poetry Workshop

Students will write their own poems and critique poems in a weekly workshop setting, study a variety of published poems from the ancient to the contemporary, and respond to a number of poetry prompts and assignments to stretch their imaginations and their writing skills. The course culminates in a final portfolio of revised work and reflections. Prerequisites: EN 105, EN 106, or instructor permission

EN 210B Fiction Workshop

The focus of this course will be on the process of developing short stories. To develop structure, style, and voice, students will read and study published short stories and then write and present drafts of stories for class workshop sessions before revising work for a final portfolio. Prerequisites: EN 105, EN 106

EN 211 Writing about Texts (Fall, Spring)

In this course, students explore the forms, devices, and contexts of various genres of literature (fiction, poetry, and drama) and apply their understanding by analyzing and interpreting literary works drawn from worldwide sources. Texts chosen will vary by topic and theme as selected by the instructor. Themes may include coming of age, literature of the fantastic, the hero’s journey, literature and medicine, literature of disability, prison literature, love and sexuality, family dramas, etc. Prerequisites: EN 105, EN 106

EN 218 Traditions in African American Literature

This course introduces students to the wide range of writings by African Americans who have shaped the American literary imagination, beginning with 18th-century writers Olaudah Equiano and Phyllis Wheatley through to 20th- and 21st-century artists like Hughes, Wright, Morrison, and ZZ Packer. The course explores the significant tropes and signifiers of African American texts and considers the ways in which writers of African descent have interrogated their collective pasts and have influenced generations of U.S. writers. Prerequisites: EN 105, EN 106

EN 222 King Arthur and the Chivalric Tradition

The tales of King Arthur and his Knights of the Round Table are the definitive works of chivalric romance. Eight hundred years after the first shadowy version of the story is written down, Arthur continues to enchant us, and continues to be a source of inspiration for writers across the world. We will study stories of war, magic, mysticism, and history as they appear in several different national traditions, including those of Roman Britain, medieval England and Wales, France, Germany, and Iceland. Starting from brief, tantalizing references in the writings of Gildas and Nennius, we will trace the rise of Arthur and his court, the quest for the Holy Grail, the forbidden love of Launcelot and Guinevere, the treachery of Mordred and Morgan le Fay, and the end of the world with the fall of Arthur's brief golden age. We will take detours from this main narrative to study the perils and triumphs of Roland, Tristan and Isolde, and Sigurd. Prerequisites: EN 105, EN 106

EN 223 The Art of Written Persuasion

Students begin by exploring a definition of “rhetoric” as practiced by a broad range of writers. They examine how writers use rhetorical devices, both classical and modern, to explain their positions and develop their arguments. Writing assignments include students’ own persuasive papers on topics chosen from a list of current social issues. Articles from present-day news media and other sources serve both as works to analyze and as models to emulate. Themes for readings vary by the interest of the instructor and have included education in America, gender and rhetoric, and political rhetoric. Prerequisites: EN 105, EN 106

EN 224 Classical Mythology and the Classical World

This course focuses on the nature of myth and mythmaking, including the principal myths and legends of the Greeks and Romans. Students will study the ways in which classical history, religion, and literature are not easily separable and will carefully analyze rituals, chronicles, and archaeological remains as context for the written materials that have survived from the classical period. Prerequisites: EN 105, EN 106

EN 226 Publishing Hemetera: Regis’ Literary Journal (fall, spring)

Hemetera, Regis College’s literary journal, is a student-run, annual print and digital publication that features a wide range of Regis undergraduate and graduate poetry, fiction, creative nonfiction, drama, and photography. In this year-long course students learn how to develop, edit, design, publish, and market a literary journal. Students also work together to organize and host Hemetera’s annual reading and release event for the greater Regis community. Guest speakers from Boston-area publishing companies and literary organizations such as Houghton Mifflin Company, Beacon Press, and Grub Street will offer students advice on the publishing process as well as potential internship and career opportunities in today's ever-changing publishing world. This 1-credit course may be repeated for up to 3 credits. Prerequisite: EN105 or instructor permission

EN 227 Writing with Style

In this course, students participate in a series of intensive workshops designed to strengthen their ability to edit for grammar, mechanics, punctuation, style, and tone. Students work in small editorial teams to craft and polish a variety of print and online texts. Two main projects include developing the tone and style of a class website and conducting interviews with editors and proofreaders working in trade and academic publishing. Prerequisites: EN 105, EN 106

EN 228 U.S. Literature I: Early to the Civil War (spring: even)

This course features a study of major works of American literature from the moments of first contact between Native Americans and Europeans through the Civil War.

Through the study of historical accounts, poems, captivity narratives, slave narratives, early sentimental novels and longer works, students will examine the legacy of European/Native conflict, Puritan theology, slavery and abolition, westward expansion, and reconstruction on the formation of American literature. Authors to be considered may include Olaudah Equiano, Mary Rowlandson, Bradford, Sojourner Truth, Harriet Jacobs, Ralph Waldo Emerson, Henry David Thoreau, Emily Dickinson, Herman Melville, and Walt Whitman. Prerequisites: EN 105, 106

EN 229 U.S. Literature II: 1865 to Present (spring: odd)

Through the study of significant works of literature by U.S. authors from Reconstruction to the present day, this course will explore realism, modernism, and post modernism and will consider the role of political and cultural upheavals, from suffragism to Civil Rights, as sources of creative impetus. Authors to be considered may include DuBois, Cather, Faulkner, Morrison, and Kingston. This course need not be taken in sequence with EN 228. Prerequisite: EN 105, EN 106

EN 230 Writing Workshop: Creative Nonfiction (Fall)

This course will examine the stylistic elements and technical issues involved in writing creative nonfiction. In a workshop setting, students will craft essays and regularly receive feedback through peer response and conferences with the instructor. Course readings will feature model creative nonfiction essays, including personal essays, nature meditations, medical narratives, place/travel writing, and portraits, as well as articles in which creative nonfiction writers discuss their own writing processes. Prerequisites: EN 105, EN 106, or instructor permission

EN 231 Writing in Place: Travel Writing and Journey Memoirs

In this 1-credit travel course led by two full-time writing instructors, students will journey to such locations as Dublin, Ireland; San Miguel de Allende, Mexico; or Rome, Italy to explore the ways in which writing in place and about place shape our texts, our styles, and our approaches. Students will be able to experiment with all genres, including travel essays, memoirs, poetry, and digital storytelling. Students may sign up for this 1-credit course during registration for spring courses, or it may be taken in tandem with a creative writing course on offer for the spring—Poetry Workshop or Creative Nonfiction. The course requires 3 pre-travel planning and study meetings to learn about the cultural, historical, and social aspects and be introduced to some of the literature and art of the destination country, as well as several post-travel meetings to plan a presentation, to conference with an instructor to revise writing projects, and to make a final presentation to the Regis community. Prerequisites: EN105, EN106

EN 232 Literature and Technology

This course considers the connection between literature and technology in a number of genres and media. The course seeks to ask the big questions of technology, like "What is the nature of humanity"; "Who is in charge: technology or humans?"; "Should we fear our own creations?"; and "Can technology create art?" The course will look at ways literature, cultural critics, film, and other media have dealt with these questions, using such texts as H.G. Wells' The Island of Dr. Moreau; R.U.R. by Capek; Frankenstein by Shelley; 2001: A Space Odyssey, dir. Kubrik, and 1984 by Orwell. The course will also include the creation of a multimedia project that students will submit to explore how the use of technology can be used expressively and narratively.

EN 233 Interactive Fiction and Game Design

In this course we will study a genre of literature that was invented in the late 1970s: interactive fiction. From their humble origins as simple games for the earliest personal computers, interactive fiction is now a powerful medium for storytelling, education, and business training. This course will offer an introduction to understanding interactive fiction; you will then create your own multilinear narratives in Twine and Choice Script.

EN 234 The Body in Literature

How has literature imagined, explored, and represented the human body? In this course we will look at literature written in English from across history and cultures to reflect on the ways in which the human body has been depicted—Is it a cage for the soul or a wondrous vehicle for individual expression? Is it beautiful? Monstrous? Able? Ill or well? Is it gendered? Is it human? We will look at a variety of narratives in a range of genres, from lyric poetry to science fiction, from memoir to short stories, from plays to films, from philosophy and science to disability studies and literary theory, in order to fully explore this topic. Readings may include Homer, Chaucer, William Shakespeare, Jonathan Swift, Walt Whitman, Emily Dickinson, Frederick Douglass, Zora Neale Hurston, Virginia Woolf, James Baldwin, Michael Ondaatje, Sharon Olds, Margaret Atwood, Lucia Perillo, Claudia Rankine, and others. Prerequisites: EN105, EN106

EN 288B Tolkien and the Quest for Meaning

In this class, students will study the fiction and nonfiction of J.R.R. Tolkien. We will use his writing, especially his greatest work, The Lord of the Rings, as a way to explore complex spiritual and philosophical concepts, including the relationship between humans and the environment, technology’s effect on the spirit, and the nature of the divine. Prerequisites: EN 105, EN 106

EN 302A Seminar: Intensive Study of a Genre

This seminar traces a single theme and kind of literature as it develops and changes over time while focusing on academic writing and critical approaches to literature. Prerequisite: junior standing or instructor permission

EN 302B Literary Criticism and Theory

This seminar examines the history and practice of literary criticism and theory. Students will practice applying various theoretical approaches to several literary texts. Prerequisite: junior standing or instructor permission

EN 303 Living Literature

In Living Literature, students will read and write intensively about and in response to the work of five selected local authors who will visit campus and work directly with students. Authors will include novelists, poets, nonfiction writers, journalists, and dramatists. The texts chosen will focus on such themes as representations of disability; war and its aftermath; gender, race, and class issues; and family dynamics. Prerequisites: EN105, EN106, and EN211

EN 304 (TH 304) Study Abroad: Topics in Literature and Theatre

Students will travel to a selected location such as London, Dublin, or Greece for intensive study of the literature and drama of that culture. The course includes guided tours of theatrical and literary sites and an in-depth study of a variety of literary works and plays in performance, as well as attendance at theatre performances and lectures and completion of assigned papers. Prerequisites: EN 105, EN 106

EN 306 American Literary Landscape

This course features the exploration of one geographical region (“place”) as a contributing influence on American literature. The course will focus on one area, such as Boston and its environs, or one area as it relates to a literary movement, such as the Harlem Renaissance or Transcendentalism and Concord, MA. Prerequisites: EN 105, EN 106, or EN 211, or instructor permission

EN 309 Studies in Postcolonialism

Students will explore postcolonial literature in English, primarily from Africa, India, and the West Indies. They will examine issues of colonization and decolonization, in addition to the historical contexts and the aesthetic and political challenges posed in texts by Chinua Achebe, Buchi Emecheta, Ama Ata Aidoo, Ngugi wa Thiong’o, Nadine Gordimer, J. M. Coetzee, Salman Rushdie, and V. S. Naipaul. Prerequisites: EN 105, EN 106, EN 211, or instructor permission

EN 311A Shakespeare I: Drama of Justice and Law (Fall: Odd)

This course offers a consideration of Shakespeare's plays using the lenses of law, justice, and politics. The course will include plays from several of Shakespeare’s major dramatic genres. In addition to a close literary examination of the plays, students will consider issues of law, justice, and leadership that informed Shakespeare's work and help us grapple with the critical – and eternal – questions that still engage us today. Prerequisites: EN 105, EN 106

EN 312A Shakespeare II

Students will consider plays different from those discussed in EN 311A. The course may be themed to consider a particular genre or topic within Shakespeare studies. Prerequisites: EN 105, EN 106

EN 314 Advanced Rhetoric: The Art of Argument

This advanced writing course focuses on the study of selected theories of argumentation as a means of improving students’ abilities to understand, analyze, and create visual and written arguments. Students will begin with a brief review of the Aristotelian model of persuasion and then move on to an in-depth study of several forms of argument, including debate, satire, as well as the Toulmin and Rogerian models. By the end of this course, students will understand how to craft convincing, logical arguments for a variety of purposes and audiences. Prerequisites: EN 105, EN 106, EN 223

EN 316 The Romantic Revolution

This course is a study of the major works of Blake, Wordsworth, Coleridge, Keats, Shelley, and Byron. Attention is paid to their prose (critical essays, journals, letters, etc.) as well as to their poetry and to the place of these writers in the context of the revolutionary changes in the political thought of the late eighteenth and early nineteenth centuries. Prerequisites: EN 105, EN 106, EN 211, or instructor permission

EN 320 Modern Drama

This course consists of a study of modern drama from Ibsen and Chekhov to the present, including such dramatists as O’Neill, Williams, Miller, Pinter, Beckett, Hellman, Shange, and Childress. Emphasis will be placed on the dramatists’ cultural

ethos and the plays’ style and structure. Prerequisites: EN 105, EN 106 or EN 211, or instructor permission

EN 321 American History through Poetry

This course tells the story of contemporary United States through some of the most important poetry books written after WWII and explores the depth and breadth of the historical and artistic influence of each of these poetry collections. From Allen Ginsberg’s Howl and the obscenity trials that threatened its future to Tori Dent’s HIV: Mon Amour that put women suffering with AIDs on the American map for the first time, American poetry has sought to reflect and shape U.S. culture through innovative and risk-taking language making. Works to be studied include: Howl by Allen Ginsberg, Life Studies by Robert Lowell, Diving into the Wreck by Adrienne Rich, Coal by Audre Lorde, Ariel by Sylvia Plath, and others. Prerequisites: EN 105, EN 106, or EN 211, or instructor permission

EN 323A Spenser and Milton

Read the works of the two most influential non-dramatic English poets of the sixteenth and seventeenth centuries. Students will spend significant time reading the works of Edmund Spenser, including large selections from his masterwork, The Faerie Queene, and several of his mysterious, puzzle-like, shorter poems, like “The Fate of the Butterflie” and “Mother Hubberds Tale.” Then they will look at the poet who Spenser inspired: John Milton. Students will focus on excerpts from Milton’s Paradise Lost and consider the historical, literary, and religious contexts that made these poets so famous. Through comparative reading, students will discover how these two poets speak to each other. Prerequisites: EN 105, EN 106

EN 325/SP325 Latinx Writers in the United States

This course studies the literary contributions from the major immigrant groups that constitute Latinx communities in the United States: Mexican-Americans, Cuban- Americans, Puerto Ricans, Dominicans and Central Americans. Students will explore how writers represent issues of ethnic, linguistic, sexual and mythological identities. Subjects addressed include immigration, bilingualism, transculturation, border culture, gender relations, and the evolution of a queer conscience. The course is taught in English. Students taking this course for Spanish credit are required to do some readings in Spanish and submit written work in Spanish. Prerequisites for Spanish credit: SP 305, SP 306 or equivalent. Prerequisites for English credit: EN 105, EN 106 with permission of the instructor, or EN 211.

EN 326 Visual Narratives

This course will focus on images as the basis for storytelling. Students will study a variety of media, including European precursors to the American comic strip, the contemporary graphic novel, ekphrastic narratives (text stories inspired by visual art), photo essays, and other mixed-media/cross-genre narratives. Students will engage with critical readings in order to understand how the blending of image and text can enhance narrative techniques such as symbolism, theme, foreshadowing, character development, and irony. For the final project, students will create and present their own visual narrative. Prerequisites: EN105, EN 106, EN 211, ID 234

EN 328 Writer as Critic: The Art of the Review

This advanced writing course offers students the opportunity to read and write critiques of a wide range of art forms and mediums, including literature, film, and music as well as food and travel. Students will study the historical traditions of the critic and gain an understanding of how these traditions have evolved into contemporary critiques. Prerequisites: EN 105, EN 106 and/or the recommendation of a professor who has seen evidence of the student’s writing abilities

EN 329 Writing for Community Service

This is an advanced writing course which emphasizes writing for community service agencies and issues. In addition to individual writing projects, students will work in teams to design, develop, and carry out writing projects in response to the needs of the community. Prerequisites: EN 105, EN 106, with a grade of B or above, and/or the recommendation of a professor who has seen evidence of the student’s writing abilities

EN 330 History of the English Language

This course will introduce students to the history of the English language with a focus on English’s journey from 800-1700. Students will study changes in spelling, sound, and vocabulary and learn how to read and understand Old and Middle English texts.

Because Old English is so different from Modern English, the class will approach its study like a foreign language, considering issues of grammar like case, mood, and grammatical gender. Students will consider early English historical and literary texts and have the unusual pleasure of studying them in their own language. In the process of learning the history of English, we will gradually introduce enough historical linguistic material to understand not only how English changed, but why. No prior knowledge of linguistics or early English is required. Prerequisites: EN 105, EN 106

EN 332 Writing Pedagogy (1 credit)

This course is designed for students interested in becoming writing tutors. Students will learn and practice peer-review strategies and techniques conducive to effective one-on-one and small-group writing projects. This course may be repeated for credit. Prerequisite: EN 105 and EN 106 or instructor permission

EN 334 Writing and Healing

This interdisciplinary advanced writing course emphasizes the cognitive and emotional benefits of creative writing for diverse populations, including patients and caregivers. Students read and analyze a range of literature such as personal essays, poems, short stories as well as a wide variety of nonfiction works within psychology, sociology, and medical studies. By the end of this course, students will have gained a deep understanding of the therapeutic aspects of writing. Students will also have the opportunity to participate in Regis’ annual Writing and Trauma Conference. Prerequisites: EN 105, EN 106, with a grade of B or above, and/or the recommendation of a professor who has seen evidence of the student’s writing abilities

EN 335 Contemporary Women Writers: 20th Century to Present

This course offers an exploration of the themes, language, subjects, and visions present in writing by women of varying cultural heritages. Works will be interpreted against the background of women’s struggle for political, social, and artistic liberation and within the context of influential literary criticism. Prerequisites: EN 105, EN 106 or EN 211, or instructor permission

EN 336 Early Women Writers

Women wrote comic and tragic drama, action-packed romances, sacred works, deeply confessional letters, autobiographical narratives, and lyric poems in the medieval and Renaissance periods. In this class, students will study some of these works and writers in their biographical, historical, and cultural context. These authors, hailing from England, Wales, Germany, Spain, France, Venice, and the American colonies, also span a wide range of statuses from Queen of England, to saint, to scandalous secret agent, to heretic burned at the stake. This course will explore not only what these women wrote, but also where and how they wrote in times that were not amenable to women taking on the mantle of “author.” Students will consider how they responded to cultural prejudices and often seized power and voice through their pen. Some of the authors may include Margery Kempe, Heloise, Marie de France, Anne Askew, Teresa of Avila, Hildegard of Bingen, Aemilia Lanyer, Elizabeth Cary, Elizabeth I, Marguerite de Navarre, Mary Sidney, Louise Labe, Anne Bradstreet, Cecilia Ferrazzi, Aphra Behn, and Katherine Philips. Prerequisite: EN105, EN106, and EN 211 or instructor permission

EN 338 Modernisms

A wide-ranging exploration of Modernism as it expressed itself in in the work of major British and American artists, musicians and writers. The course will look at the years leading up to WWI, the growth of manifestoes and movements, and the ways in which modernist tenets were expressed in the work of such writers as Yeats, Woolf, Eliot, Pound, Joyce, Hemingway, Fitzgerald, Stein, Loy, Hughes, Millay, H.D., Williams, Toomer, Larsen, Hurston, and others. Prerequisites: EN 105, EN 106 or EN 211, or permission of instructor

EN 348 (HI 348) American Narratives and Identity

This class will introduce students to a selection of uniquely American narratives, such as captivity narratives and slave narratives, or American autobiography. As distinctly American literary forms they provide a unique entre to American literature, culture, and history. Prerequisites: EN 105, EN 106, or EN 211, or instructor permission

EN 401B Seminar: Intensive Study of a Time Period or Major Writer

This seminar provides an in-depth study of the literature of a time period with an emphasis on cultural, historical, and aesthetic contexts that enrich understanding of literature of the time. Alternatively, the seminar may examine the works of one major writer with a focus on the development of the writer’s life, literary, historical, and cultural influences, and his or her enduring legacy. Prerequisite: senior standing or instructor permission

EN 409, EN 410 Individualized Study

Prerequisites: EN 105, EN 106 and instructor permission

History

HI 103 U.S. History through the Civil War (Fall)

The first half of the survey is an overview of the development and maturation of an Anglo-American society in the “new world” as well as an introduction to historical thinking and writing. The course will stress the interconnectedness of social, economic, and political history and the diversity of the American experience in the colonies and in the early republic by region, class, race, and gender.

HI 104 U.S. History 1865 to the Present (Spring)

The second half of the survey describes the evolution of modern America, a nation shaped by prosperity and depression, by wars abroad, and by movements for equality at home. The course will probe changing relationships between business, the federal government, local communities, and the family and the rise of the United States as a world power. Students will gain skills in the analysis and the practice of historical interpretation.

HI 107 The Ancient World: From Birth to Rebirth (Fall)

This course provides an introduction to the history and culture of ancient civilizations, with special emphasis on the Middle East, Greece, and Rome. The origins, development, and achievements of each will be studied, as well as the interrelationships and the interdependencies among these and other ancient societies and cultures. The course will conclude with an introduction to the Medieval Period as a bridge between the ancient civilizations and the Renaissance.

HI 108 Europe and the World after 1500 (Spring)

This course provides a survey of world history from 1500 to the present, focusing on the interaction between European and non-European societies. Topics discussed include the socio-political, religious, and economic transformation of Europe, the impact of the industrial revolution, the Chinese and Islamic empires, colonialism and its impact on Asia and Africa, nationalism, revolution, war, and globalism.

HI 111 Latin American History: From Pre-Colombian Civilizations to the Independence Wars (fall)

The first part of this interdisciplinary survey analyzes major civilizations in the Americas prior to, at the point of, and after European contact. It traces the general history of these groups and the impact of the transatlantic slave trade through Latin America and the Caribbean. Attention is paid to the cultural, political and economic ramifications after colonization and the struggle for freedom and independence.

HI 112 Modern Latin America: From the Independence Wars through the Present (spring)

This class is a selective interdisciplinary survey of Latin American history from the independence movements in the 19th century to the present. Issues studied include Latin America in the global economy; relations between Latin America and the US; revolutions in Mexico, Cuba, and Central America; and dictatorships and democracies in the twentieth century. Special attention is paid to indigenous and Afro-descendent cultures, feminism and gender, cultural politics, and Latin American identity.

HI 200 Ethnohistory: An Introduction

This course introduces students to the theory, methods, and practices of ethnohistory. Students will learn how to use historical and ethnographic data, in addition to less traditional data such as material culture, memory, museums, folklore

and oral history, art, music, language, etc. to understand the histories of particular cultures which may or may not exist in the present. Prerequisite: SO 213

HI 211 Women in American History

This course introduces students to the diversity of American women’s experiences, voices, and perspectives from pre-colonial to contemporary times. Students will examine how immediate social-historical circumstances and long-term trends have shaped and reshaped gender relations. They will also explore how women have organized to improve their own situations and those of their families and communities.

HI 216 Public History and Archaeology

This course introduces students to foundational theory and practice associated with the field of public history. As a newly burgeoning sub-discipline, we will engage this exploration using contemporary scholarship which seeks connections between the major academic hubs contributing to theoretical models and professional applications which feed into the field, including: ethnohistory, archival practice, cultural resource management (CRM), historic and cultural preservation, oral history, heritage performance, community education, the digital humanities, and tourism. The curriculum includes experiential learning components designed to provide exposure to appropriate technology and media, fieldwork methods, exhibition, and more as opportunities arise.

HI 290 Thinking, Learning, Doing: Writing for the Liberal Arts

This course is designed to introduce students to theories, ideas, and practices upon which upper-level courses in the liberal arts are founded. It serves as a prerequisite to upper-level history and heritage courses; however, students who wish to pursue any of the pathways within the liberal arts would find this course beneficial. Students will become familiar with the style guides, research skills, writing skills, and assignments they will encounter during the course of their program.

HI 301 Historiography and Methods

This seminar is a historical survey of major problems in European and American historiography and philosophies of history from ancient times to the present. Students will become familiar with the key questions regarding the nature of historical knowledge and will be able to articulate various responses to these questions. History, as a discipline, will be considered in terms of theory and practice. In addition, the course will provide an introduction to basic historical research methods and how these methods relate to the methods of other discipline in the social sciences and humanities. Prerequisite: HI 290

HI 307 Topics in Intellectual History

This course will expose students to the American past in the context of patterns of thought. The following topics are treated: Puritanism; the Enlightenment; Transcendentalism; the frontier; and the ideas of progress, democracy, and the national character.

HI 310 Culture and Society in Early America

Through the medium of autobiography, as well as art, artifacts, music, and folklore, major themes and issues of early American life will be examined. These include Puritanism and the ideal of community; individualism, independence, and the American Revolution; slavery and freedom; and the frontier and western expansion.

HI 311 (also TH 311) Oral History and Performance

This course takes students through the process of creating a documentary theatre script. Its focus is on combining oral histories with research on a specified historical event and theatrical period. It teaches professional methods and provides practical experience in documenting personal stories and translating those stories into a performance piece. The final script will be performed by the Regis College Theatre Company.

HI 322 Birth of the Italian Renaissance

Political, economic, religious, and social change manifested in a flowering of urban pride, architectural and artistic adornment, and literary expression of humanistic values in the cities of Italy. Please note that students who enroll in the second section of this course and complete the assignments associated with the optional travel component will earn one additional academic credit for a total of four credits.

HI 340 Landscape & Memory: The Commoditization of History

This course will investigate the ways in which landscape reinforces memory through memorials, monuments, architecture, and the natural landscape. Students will explore the following historical and theoretical questions: What is collective memory and how do societies change the landscape to reinforce it? What role do monuments and memorials play in societies? Are memorials and monuments contested histories and narratives? Who gets to decide how to memorialize an event? What is remembered and inscribed in memorials? What is forgotten? What is the role of nostalgia in making and remaking of landscape?

HI 348 (also EN 348) American Narratives and Identity

This class will introduce students to a selection of uniquely American narratives, such as captivity narratives and slave narratives, or American autobiography. As distinctly American literary forms they provide a unique entre to American literature, culture, and history. Prerequisite: HI 103 or HI 104

HI 350 History of Mediterranean Culture

The History of Mediterranean Culture provides the foundation to discuss the interplay between societies, cultures, and communities around the Mediterranean Basin from the Middle Ages to the present. These encounters and conflicts created the trans- regional and transnational societies marking one of the most vivacious and porous boundaries in the world. This course explores the regions around the Mediterranean from a historical and anthropological point of view, giving special attention to material culture as well as literary and cultural memory.

HI 354 Ethnicity in Modern American Culture

This course traces the American story as one of immigration. It is rooted in the idea that the United States is a nation comprised almost entirely of immigrants and the descendants of immigrants. Using novels, film, and historical documentation, the course will examine immigration as a major force in the shaping of American culture and society and as a central event in the lives of many Americans, basically asking: How are immigrants affected by American culture, and conversely, how is American culture affected by immigration? Other issues to be addressed include assimilation vs. ethnic identity, race, and immigration. It covers race and ethnic divisions, discrimination, conflict, and cooperation. Additionally, it analyzes the impact of global processes on race and ethnicity. These concepts will be fleshed out through an intensive process of reading, critical thinking, writing, and speaking. Prerequisite: HI 104, HI 200, or SO 213

HI 355 Mediterranean Conflict and Continuity

This course will examine the interrelationship of social and economic factors and their influence on political development in selected Mediterranean countries, including

neo-classicism, modern nationalism, great power interests, and the crisis of modernization. Prerequisite: HI 107 or HI 108

HI 378 American Material Culture and Architecture

This course introduces students to the broad range of theories, methodologies, and approaches to material culture studies and architecture, with particular emphasis on the United States. It examines both common practices and prevailing ideas about the relationship between nature, culture, material, and visuality. The material culture around which the course centers is broadly defined and includes settlement structure, architecture, domestic artifacts, art, food ways, and even trash. Themes the course will explore include the relation of material culture to ethnicity, class, and gender; the effects of urbanization and industrialization on daily life; and the use of multiple lines of evidence to build narratives of the past.

HI 379 The Culture of Fashion

For more than a millennium, fashion has articulated societal definitions of power, gender, and identity. Sumptuary laws (with their exceptions) and fashion extremes (from cod pieces to wigs) have dressed changing paradigms throughout Western society. This course is an overview of fashion and clothing from historical, economic, and cultural perspectives. It will consider their evolution from the complex ideological representations of the Renaissance to the centrality of textiles in the Industrial Revolution. Eventually, the twentieth century rewrote and then disintegrated many stylistic codes, trying to reconcile the conflicting standards of individualism and communal values through an ambiguous homage to consumerism and acceptance of exploitation.

HI 402A Seminar: In Search of Greece

This course will cover Greece in all periods–ancient, Byzantine, modern–using an interdisciplinary approach in order to recreate the reality and myth of a country with an unbroken history of three thousand years, as observed by writers and poets, artists and adventurers, diplomats and archaeologists. Students will survey primary literary and artistic sources while engaging in discussions, giving oral reports, and composing a term paper. Prerequisites: HI 107 and HI 108

HI 402C Seminar: Problems in Archaeology

This course includes a study of theoretical approaches to archaeological problems and new techniques used to solve them. Prerequisite: HI 216

HI 402D Seminar: The Writer as Historian (Fall)

By studying novels and watching plays of writers of different nationalities and ideological persuasions, the seminar will seek a more direct and personal understanding of some of the major intellectual, political, and social conflicts of the twentieth century.

HI 408B Vera Laska Colloquium (Spring)

The colloquium is designed for seniors and graduate students (see HI 508B). It is an intensive, interdisciplinary research-oriented course, culminating in a thesis paper. Themes will vary from year to year depending on interest, need, and available faculty. The course serves as the required Capstone for undergraduate students majoring in the Humanities.

HI 409A Independent Study

HI 409B Tutorial.

HI 410A Independent Study

HI 410B Tutorial.

HI 412 Advanced Practice in Professional History

This course will be offered as a colloquium or on an individual basis depending on interest and available faculty. It will expose students to tasks and necessary skills of the contemporary historian. Students will participate in research, writing, presentation, teaching, grant writing, public history, and museum work. The particular methods and approaches of each task will be explored early in the semester. By mid-semester, students will dedicate the majority of their time to the tasks and skills most congenial to their vocational interests. This course can be taken at the undergraduate or graduate levels.

Interdepartmental Courses Required for Major

ID 110 Exploring the Humanities (fall)

This course is centered on the key inquiry: “How do the humanities help us understand the world and our role in it?” Selected readings will introduce students to some of the most influential works in the humanities and will allow them to explore the broad range of the humanities as reflected through the written word, visual culture, oral culture, and performance. In addition, this course will include various critiques of the humanities and opportunities to explore new directions in the humanities.

ID 234 Digital Scholarship (spring)

This course will focus on the process of learning, and then applying, the various methodologies of digital scholarship, with an emphasis on the humanities/social sciences. The course readings, workshops, and discussions will be aimed at exposing students to the (sometime competing) philosophies and the (quickly evolving) practices of this emerging field. Beyond course readings on designing, interpreting, and understanding digital media, we will also critically engage with and use a range of digital tools and resources. In the spirit of “crowd sourcing” and the public-spirited nature of digital scholarship, students will take on the responsibility of teaching each other about digital tools over the course of the semester. Students will also be required to propose, design, and implement a project using the methods and theories of digital scholarship.

ID 413 Internship Interdisciplinary Seminar (fall, spring)

This seminar course will combine the traditional classroom setting with the practical workplace experience of an internship. Students enrolled in this course will be actively engaged interns at local political, legal, or social service organizations and agencies while reading academic literature about the sector in which they are working. The practicum combines hands-on field experience with regular discussions about student work experiences, as well as scholarly readings and assignments appropriate for each student.

Music

MU 103 Understanding and Creating Music I

Understanding and Creating Music I explores music theory – how music functions – with an eye toward composing. Students will learn to recognize and create music with intervals, scales, chords, harmonic progressions, rhythms, and other musical materials. The course will teach students to read music visually and to identify music aurally. Throughout the course, students will put their new skills to work in composing their own music.

MU 104 Understanding and Creating Music II

Understanding and Creating Music II explores music theory—how music functions—with an eye toward composing. Students will learn to recognize and create music with extended formal structure, diatonic harmonies, and cadences. The course will teach students to read more complicated music visually and to identify more complex music aurally. Throughout the course, students will put their new skills to work in composing their own music.

MU 105 Introduction to Music

This course will give a broad overview of the elements of music. It covers basic note- reading techniques, music theory, identification of instrumentation, genre and musical forms, as well as an historic overview of music. An important element of this course is listening to and examining musical master works from a variety of periods and styles. At the conclusion of the course, students will be prepared for more advanced study in music theory, history, and applied music.

MU 207 What to Listen for in Music

This course is an exploration of the wide range of music heard today: western, nonwestern, popular, and classical. The course examines various elements, styles, and forms of music, and includes lectures, discussion, critical listening, field trips, and concert attendance. Students gain skills that will enable them to become more sophisticated listeners.

MU 208 History of Rock and Roll

This course will use e-resources, including the required text, to explore what has become a major component of pop culture. With the support of YouTube to hear archival recordings and the Rock and Rock Hall of Fame website among other resources, students will gain perspectives on the evolution of rock and roll music and its correlation to societal, cultural, and political shifts in the American landscape.

MU 209 Class Piano I

Piano I is designed to teach beginners to play the piano. Students gain basic skills and confidence in note-reading, rhythm, and technique. Each student participates at their own newly updated computer/keyboard station using state-of-the-art Musical Instrument Digital Interface (MIDI) applications. Students will play familiar tunes with two hands by the semester’s end.

MU 210 Class Piano II

In Piano II, a sequel to Piano I, students advance to playing chord accompaniments and analyzing styles, including blues and jazz. Additional software programs give students opportunities to experiment with basic recording and composition of their own music. Enrollment limit: ten. Prerequisite: MU 209 or instructor permission

MU 215 Music, Health, and Wholeness

This course is an exploration of the way that listening to and making music affects people physically, psychologically, intellectually, and emotionally. Students in the class will learn from scientific and behavioral studies, music-making experiences inside and outside the classroom, their own experiments, and other research.

MU 218 Global Music

Global Music introduces students to the music of the world’s cultures. Students will explore the field of ethnomusicology and learn about various styles of music by listening to, reading about, and performing them. In each culture, music is studied in its cultural context, relating it to religion, gender, ritual, theater, work, and daily life. There will be many opportunities for hands-on music-making. Students do not need to be able to read music or play an instrument to take this class.

MU 300 Instrumental Music Ensemble

This course provides the unique opportunity for both experienced and aspiring musicians and vocalists who wish to develop their performing skills and music knowledge on an academic as well as an experiential level. In addition to their exposure to the aesthetics of music and musical interpretation, students will learn music theory and mechanics at a level appropriate to their musical experience and as is necessary to perform the particular performance pieces assigned to them. Because the course is open to musicians and vocalists at any level, including those who are learning for the first time, faculty will work very closely with each student to identify reasonable goals and expectations leading to the most effective individual role in performance participation. After the first-class meeting, smaller ensembles will be assembled based on student interest and range of musical experience, and meeting times will be decided as well. The smaller ensembles may include, but are not limited to: rock, jazz, blues, and orchestral. Students are encouraged to use their own instruments; however, Regis has a limited number of instruments available for them to use. Among the potential types of performances expected for students are: campus functions, special performing arts events, open mic nights, Battle of the Regis Bands, and other opportunities which may arise, or which might be arranged by students in consultation with the faculty. This course is open to Regis students as well as faculty and staff (either for credit or audit).

MU 306 Women and Music

This course will focus on the often-neglected work of women in music, particularly but not exclusively in relation to the professional music world. Women’s work as composers, performers, teachers, conductors, patronesses, and clubwomen will be examined. Class time will be spent discussing assigned readings, listening to recordings of work by women, hearing guest performers, and presenting group projects.

MU 307 Symphonic Music

Students will study symphonic literature from the eighteenth century to the present, including works by Haydn, Mozart, Beethoven, the Romantic composers, and twentieth-century figures such as Stravinsky and Carter.

MU 308 Musical Theatre, Cross-listed as TH 208.

Musical Theater explores the genre of the sung drama, including its history in Europe and the United States, its Western European cultural context, and the techniques involved in its creation and performance. Students will focus on several examples selected from throughout the history of musical theater. The course will culminate in a performance by students of excerpts from selected operas and musicals; depending on the students in the course, excerpts may include solo musical numbers, duets or trios, dramatic monologues, comedic routines, or dance numbers.

MU 315 Regis Glee Singers

This course provides the foundation for choral singing on an academic as well as an experiential level. In addition to their exposure to the aesthetics of music and musical interpretation, students learn the basic music theory necessary to begin sight-singing as well as the mechanics and proper techniques needed in order to engage the experiences of both singing together as a group and performing publicly on and off campus. The repertoire includes a broad range of musical styles, including classical works, folk songs, spirituals, show tunes, and popular music. Activities include performance for various campus functions, including special liturgies and performing arts events.

MU 320 Regis Chamber Singers

This course is structured for the more advanced choral singer, providing an academic grounding as well as a variety of experiential opportunities. In addition to their continued development in the aesthetics of music and musical interpretation, students will hone their skills in music theory, mechanics, and techniques, including: sight-singing, tone production, intonation, choral blend, and independence in part- singing. Chamber Singers perform their wide-ranging repertoire both on and off campus, with an emphasis on a cappella styles. They will also learn basic hand bell techniques which are incorporated into their production arrangements. Prerequisite: An audition is required.

MU 333 Twentieth Century Music

In this course students will explore of some of the main trends and currents in twentieth-century music and the ways they relate to a period characterized by rapidly developing technology. Emphasis will be on the music, the creators of the music, the performance practices, and the concert scene in the cultivated, the vernacular, and the “crossover” styles.

MU 309 Music at the Movies

This course will explore the role that music plays in the art of film making. By studying several classic and contemporary films noted for their especially effective soundtracks, students will learn about music’s ability to convey character, plot, atmosphere, and meaning in general. They will consider the possible functions of music within a film. Students will also learn about the tools that film music composers employ, especially timbre, instrumentation, and orchestration.

MU 409, MU 410 Individualized Study in Applied Music

Individualized study in voice or an instrument is designed to give the student an intensive learning experience in building musical skills, techniques, and repertoire. Pedagogy is geared to the instrument being studied and to the experience level of the individual.

Philosophy and Religious Studies

ID 222 Exploring the Human Spirit

This course will first explore the search for truth and wisdom through the many ways of knowing (reason, myth, symbol, and metaphor) and the implications of each. The bases for belief and unbelief will be studied. How the holy is experienced through sacred writings, community, and ritual will constitute the latter focus of the course.

ID 304 Exploring Ethics

This course features a study of the philosophical and religious principles persons use in approaching ethical problems, with particular attention to the Christian ethical tradition. The focus of the course will be on the ethical challenges of the contemporary world, including those in the student’s field of concentration. Stress will be placed on skill development in ethical reflection and analysis.

PH 101 Introduction to Philosophy

This course offers an introduction to philosophical thinking through reading and discussion of some of the philosophical questions raised by major philosophers.

PH 103 Philosophy and Literature

This course introduces students to some of the questions asked by philosophers through the course of history by readings selected from the works of well-known philosophers and literary persons.

PH 104 How We Think: An Introduction to Logic

This course offers an introduction to some of the elements of correct thinking: induction, deduction, validity, syllogism, truth-functions, and implication.

PH 201 History of Western Philosophy

This course will survey the major philosophical thinkers and thought from fifth- century BCE Greece to the present.

RS 102 Religious Quest for Meaning

This course will ask students to look at the common human experience of searching for meaning and the variety of responses given to this common search. Responses of significant religious thinkers and traditions will be examined.

RS 107 Jesus: Myth and Reality

Is Jesus really human? How can He be divine and human at the same time? What does Jesus mean to Christians today? What has He meant to Christians in the past? The course will deal with these questions and with the issues behind them.

RS 110 Practical Techniques for Spiritual Growth

The aim of this course is to help the student unlock potential for religious awareness. The student will appropriate the religious dimension of human experience firsthand by learning and practicing specific techniques, including meditation, focusing, visualization, and body awareness, practiced in a context that considers alternative models of holiness.

RS 112 The Concept of Love

This course offers an exploration of the various forms of love: friendship, romantic love, and Christian love with texts from a variety of authors.

RS 130 Cultivating the Inner Spirit

This one-credit course aims to enhance students’ inner lives by examining spiritual practice from both eastern and western faith traditions. Through exploring questions of meaning and purpose and offering experiences for connecting with their inner selves, the course aims to promote spiritual growth and provide participants with tools for maintaining one’s sense of centeredness in the midst of our fast-moving world. Reading, reflection, and active participation are the essential components of this course.

RS 201 Old Testament

This course features a study of the sacred writings of the Jewish tradition with emphasis on the historical, cultural, and religious backgrounds of the writings. Questions to be considered include: What is the historical message of the Bible? What is its religious message? Does the Bible have a message for today?

RS 202 New Testament

This course features a study of the New Testament, including Gospels and Epistles, with stress on contemporary understanding taking into account the historical, cultural, literary, and religious backgrounds of these writings.

RS 206 Comparative Religion

This course offers thematic study of religion which compares and contrasts alternative views of God, human liberation, origins, morality, worship, and organization.

RS 208 Stories of Belief

This course is a consideration of autobiographical writings which manifest lived experiences of religious belief. The material will focus on questions of self, freedom, love, loneliness, death, and social responsibility.

RS 211 Religion and Society

This course asks students to study the social dimension of religion, including the role of community, of ritual, and the responsibilities of love and justice toward society at large.

RS 215 Catholicism: Contemporary Perspectives

This course offers a study of key topics in Catholic theology: God, Jesus, church, and worship. Emphasis will be placed on a contemporary understanding of Catholic thought in light of its historical sources. Particular attention will be paid to the question of the Church’s place in the modern world and the challenges it faces in such forms as pluralism, feminism, and secularism.

RS 216 The Meaning of Faith

This course is an exploration of the problem of belief. The course will deal with human self-understanding and meaning. Students will confront faith and a delicate balance of personal decision and personal surrender. Unbelief will be examined.

RS 280 (SO) 280 Spirituality and Service

This interdisciplinary course will be co-taught by a professor from religion studies and a professor from sociology. Students will explore the spiritual enrichment and sociological insight that service work provides. Students will be placed in religious and secular settings that engage in direct service and advocacy. This course will engage students in applying sociological and theological concepts and theories to their experiences performing service work in a variety of settings.

RS 304 Symbol and Ritual in Human Life

This course features a study of the role of symbol and ritual in contemporary life. This will include an examination of the significance of religious ritual as an instrument for expressing and developing human life.

RS 308 (HI 308) (ID 308) Medieval Vision

This course offers students an interdisciplinary exploration of the medieval world. Team-taught, the course offers a kaleidoscope of perspectives on this rich period with history, philosophy, and theology as foundation. Added insights from a variety of disciplines supplement in and out-of-class experiences so that students will come to an understanding of a world with a vision of reality notable for its unity.

RS 309 Religious Hope and the Future

A look at the role that belief plays in enabling people to move toward the future. Selected readings will be taken from the Judeo-Christian tradition, with special emphasis on the insights of twentieth century believers.

RS 317 Pluralism: One God, Many Faiths

This course asks students to examine the implications of religious pluralism. Is there one path to salvation or many? Is Christianity unique? Is there more than one religious truth? Are all religions equally true?

RS 318 Women and Religion

Students in this course will study the exclusion of women from positions of influence in religion in spite of their historically devoted support of religion. The course draws on theology and cross-cultural studies to examine the status of women in religion and the social structures supported by images of women.

RS 402 Seminar

This seminar is designed to allow the student to discover the continuity, diversity, and development of Christian belief through the ages.

RS-551 Social Ethics

This course presents the principles of social justice, Christian stewardship, and the relation of law and morality. Issues to be discussed include: (1) morality and the economic order (e.g., consumerism, world hunger), (2) morality and the political order (e.g., terrorism, nuclear proliferation, criminal justice), and (3) morality and technology (e.g., DNA research, ecology, human experimentation).

Political Science and Sociology

LG 201 Introduction to Law and Government (fall)

This interdisciplinary course that seeks to understand the nature and function of law as it exists in communities. The course examines law operating at all levels, as the product of both politics and culture. Topics include the legal profession, law enforcement, the role of judges, and the resolution of conflict.

PO 210 American Politics: Introduction (fall)

This course analyzes the major political institutions of the American political system at the federal and state levels, considers major public policy issues and the interests that influence policy making, examines the civil and political rights of American citizens under the Constitution, and evaluates the democratic system of campaigns and elections.

PO 211 Comparative Politics: Introduction (spring)

The course is an introduction to the study of comparative politics. It will provide the basis for understanding and comparing different political systems, political histories, political attitudes, and political institutions. The course will introduce different approaches to and methodologies for comparing political phenomena. It will also familiarize students with global political geography.

PO 212 Political Theory: Introduction (spring: odd)

The course is a general survey of political theory with a particular focus on the classical forms of government and major concepts in political ideologies. The four chief goals of the course will be to increase the students’ appreciation of political ideas and the particular ideas shaping Western Civilization (as a grounding for later explorations of non-Western traditions), to help students appreciate the contributions they can make to political life, to serve as a foundation for the department’s upper- level courses to follow, and to begin an inquiry into ethics and politics which will be continued in department seminars and the capstone senior seminar.

PO 230 International Relations: Introduction (fall)

This course is an introduction to the study of international relations between the states of the world. Students will explore such concepts as global interdependence, international political economy, foreign policy, and international conflict and cooperation. We will consider current problems such as the tension between globalism and nationalism, the problems of national security, conflict and migration, and the role of international organizations like the UN in resolving (or complicating) these matters.

PO 231 Human Rights (spring: odd)

This course introduces students to terms and concepts in the study of human rights as well as the key issues, debates, and controversies surrounding the idea of universal human rights. Students will look deeper into the specific issues of human rights such as access to the resources required to realize human rights, the relationship between citizenship rights and human rights, the rights of minorities, genocide, torture, humanitarian intervention, and international criminal tribunals.

PO 303 Seminar: Critical Issues in International Relations

The course examines in depth several of the cutting-edge issues of international relations that profoundly affect our lives: revolution in information technology and transnational corporations and their impact on workplace; political conflicts precipitated by world population explosion, including struggle for scarce resources, North vs. South rivalry, and environmental pillage; and problems of post-Cold War world order, nuclear proliferation, ethnic and nationalistic clashes, human rights, immigration and multiculturalism, peace and justice, and conflict resolution. Prerequisites: PO 230 and at least two courses from PO 330, PO 336, PO 337, or PO 345

PO 310 The Supreme Court and the Constitution (fall)

This course considers the Supreme Court as a major policy maker in the American political system. It will include an analysis of major doctrines of constitutional law through examination of the leading cases. Prerequisite: PO 210

PO 311 The First Amendment (spring)

This course examines of the legal protections of liberty in the First Amendment, including freedoms of speech, press, religion, and assembly. These issues are explored through major court decisions, supplementary materials, and class debates. Prerequisite: PO 210

PO 313 Public Administration

This course offers an introduction to the theory and practice of administration in the public sector. Topics will include the political environment of public administration, management of people and programs, administrative responsibility, and ethics.

PO 315 American Political Thought (fall)

This course features a systematic examination and evaluation of the main currents in American political thought as manifest in the key works of prominent thinkers. The course gives special attention to the role of democracy, capitalism, and individualism as guiding ideologies and uses a variety of materials to explore the development of current debates in American political life. Prerequisite: PO 210

PO 316 Public Policy Analysis (fall: odd)

Students in this course will examine the creation, implementation, and evaluation of public policy with particular emphasis on the ethics of the policy process. The course will consider different public issues and help students develop professional skills used when selecting policy alternatives. Prerequisite: PO 210

PO 317 Comparative Politics of Europe

This course offers an introduction to the study of comparative political cultures and ideas of selected countries of the western, central, and eastern regions of Europe. Political systems will be examined in historical perspective, including an analysis of transformations from communist party governments to independence and alliance with western nations. The development of the European Union and related contemporary issues will be included. Prerequisite: PO 211

PO 323 Comparative Political Ideologies

This course offers a comparative examination of ideological approaches to political life, with particular attention to the ways human societies have organized their political communities. Major political systems, such as democracy, socialism, communism, fascism, and anarchism will be considered, as well as modern ideologies of feminism, environmentalism, and multiculturalism. Prerequisite: PO 211

PO 324 State and Local Government (spring: odd)

This course is designed to provide students with a basic understanding of how political decisions are made by the state and local governments in practice as well as in theory. State and local government in Massachusetts will be given particular attention. Students will gain a more thorough understanding of some of the basic elements, structures, principles, and processes associated with state and local political governments and be better prepared to be a participant or employee in state and local politics and institutions.

PO 325 Genocide, Ethnic Conflict, and Nationalism (spring)

This course explores different cultures and political institutions by focusing on the problem of ethnic conflict in a variety of countries and historical periods but mainly in Africa, the Middle East, and Central Asia. We will examine why and how ethnic and cultural factors lead to conflict, other explanations for conflict, and what institutions like governments, international organizations, and nongovernmental organizations can do to resolve conflict. Prerequisite: PO 211

PO 327 Police and Law Enforcement in America (spring: odd)

The objective of this course is to present a survey and analysis of policing and law enforcement in America. It will analyze within a theoretical and empirical framework the structure, processes, and mission of state, local, and federal police forces. Topics will include the history of police work, police and community relationships, police culture and behavior, legal dimensions of policing, public policy and policing, moral/ethnical dimensions of police work, and policing as a career choice.

PO 329 Criminalistics (fall: even; spring: even)

Criminalistics will introduce the student to the study of criminology and the scientific approach taken in solving crimes. Based solidly in the study of forensics, students will become familiar with the tools, methods and techniques available to local, state and federal investigators.

PO 330 Foreign Policy (fall)

This course will give students a critical understanding of the process of foreign policy making, with special attention to cross-cultural (particularly North-South) differences. Students will study the factors and actions that influence decision making, including leadership, the roles of blocs and alliances, the significance of “new” issues such as environmental concerns, and the influence of culture on foreign policy making.

Students will explore how foreign policy has changed since the end of the Cold War and what challenges will have to be confronted in the new century. Prerequisite: PO 230

PO 331 Comparative Politics: Colonialism and Political Development

This course explores the process of political development by exploring the following issues: the rise and evolution of the state in the modern era; the development of political culture (e.g., attitudes towards authority, the influence of ideology and religion, and the role of nationalism); the growth of political institutions, including bureaucracies, political parties, and electoral systems; and the transition to democracy. It will expose students to political development in the context of conquest and colonization and will focus on the experiences of developing countries, although the political history of Western Europe and the United States will be used for comparative purposes. Prerequisite: PO 211

PO 333 International Political Economy (fall: even)

This course is designed to be an introduction to international political economy. It will provide an overview of theories and methodological approaches of international political economy, a historical review of the international political economic system, and an application of the theoretical approaches to specific issues and case studies regarding trade, monetary relations, finance, global development, and social justice. Readings and discussion focus on subjects such as conflict and cooperation; the relationship between the international system and domestic politics; economic growth, development, and equity; and the connections between the study of economics and politics. Particular attention will be paid to how the Great Recession of 2008 has affected states and individuals within the global economy and the political response to the ongoing crisis.

PO 336 International Law (spring)

This course features an examination of the principles and rules of law that regulate the conduct of nations in their mutual relations. Such topics as international person, nationality, rights of aliens, diplomatic recognition, treaty law, and law of sea will be included. Prerequisite: PO 211

PO 337 International Organizations

This course is designed to give students a full understanding of international organizations with a particular focus on the United Nations. Students will develop a critical understanding of the history and role of regional and global organizations. Prerequisite: PO 230

PO 345 Politics and Key Issues of Developing Nations: Migration, Refugees, Human Trafficking, and Conflict (fall: even)

This course will examine the links between politics, both domestic and global, and major issues faced by developing states. Issues will include the crisis of global migration and peoples on the move (legal and illegal), conflict and refugees, the evils of human trafficking, and inequality between developed states and developing states. Prerequisite: PO 230

PO 351 War, Conflict, and International Security (spring)

This course surveys the fundamentals of war and concepts of security and conflict, focusing on developments since the end of the Cold War. The study of international security involves more than states and military conflict; it includes an analysis of the underlying political, economic, social, and environmental sources of conflict. Historical, moral, and ethical dimensions of war and security will also be covered. This course will combine a study of the main theories and concepts in international security with an analysis of contemporary security issues such as terrorism, proliferation, failed states, and security communities.

PO 403 Seminar: American Politics: Critical Issues

In examining critical issues of American politics, the seminar participants will confront contrasting points of view about democracy and freedom, capitalism and competitiveness, critical foreign policy issues, individual rights vis-à-vis public interest, as well as globalization vis-à-vis distributive economic justice. We continue to face the challenge of thinking straight, clarifying our values, and articulating with persuasiveness. Honestly confronting these issues is critical to delineating and refining our own normative perspective that informs our morally defensible political action. The seminar builds on the American politics electives and serves as a capstone course for the American politics field. Prerequisites: PO 210 and at least two courses from PO 306, PO 310, PO 311, PO 312, PO 315, or PO 316

PO 406 Seminar: Justice Studies (spring)

This seminar provides a comprehensive examination of the legal framework surrounding decision making in government agencies and other legal institutions. Specifically, the course concentrates on the relationships between the judiciary and other parts of the political order, as well as between federal and state governments. Students explore the intersection of culture, society, law, and public policy making; investigate issues relating to ethics in law and government, race/ethnicity, and gender and the law; and discuss the role of the citizen in the American system. An exploration of what justice is will be a primary focus of the seminar.

LG/PO 409/410C Internship Washington Semester

Each program includes internships with appropriate organizations and agencies and seminars with a variety of government officials. Regis is affiliated with the Washington Semester Program of American University, Washington, D.C. Participating students may choose from five programs: National Government and Politics, Economic Policy, Foreign Policy, Justice, or Journalism (open to qualified juniors and seniors).

SO 201 Introduction to Sociology (fall, spring)

This course introduces students to the major theories, theorists, concepts, and methods used in the study of society. It considers a variety of topics including culture, socialization, gender, racial, economic, and social class divisions.

SO 205 Social Problems

Sociological perspectives and theories are used to study major social problems confronting the United States and the world today. Among these are problems in race, gender, poverty, work, family, education, crime, health care, the environment, drugs, the media, politics, and others. Possible solutions to these problems are also explored.

SO 213 Cultural Anthropology

This course studies the principles of culture and of social organization through an intensive exploration of other societies and of American society, with special emphasis on gender roles and the status of women in different societies.

SO 260 Peace in the New Millennium

This course will examine non-violent theory and practice from a sociological perspective. Students will be introduced to new paradigms for understanding and resolving conflict on a global, national, and local basis. The course will include both a theoretical focus (by employing sociological methods and criticisms to nonviolent theory) and a practical focus (by training students in techniques of non-violent communication and new approaches to conflict resolution).

SO (RS) 280 Spirituality and Service

This interdisciplinary course will be co-taught by a professor from religious studies and a professor from sociology. Students will explore the spiritual enrichment and sociological insight that service work provides. Students will be placed in religious and secular settings that engage in direct service and advocacy. This course will engage students in applying sociological and theological concepts and theories to their experiences performing service work in a variety of settings.

SO 303A Oppression, Prejudice, and Discrimination

This course will study groups that are oppressed, discriminated against, and stereotyped because other groups exploit them economically and politically and because of cultural and behavioral differences. Students will study the social, political, historical, economic, and cultural experiences of oppressed groups (“minorities”) and compare these traditional “minorities” to women, older people, people with disabilities, and others.

SO 324 Juvenile Delinquency (fall: even)

This course examines definitions, conditions, causes, explanations, and history of delinquency and the institutions that deal with it. It also explores the social, political, and economic conditions that shape children’s and adolescents’ lives and actions and how we respond to these actions.

SO 335 Technology, Environment, and Society

This course explores the social, moral, political, and cultural aspects of technological developments. Students will examine how technology and environmental issues impact social relationships and social institutions.

SO 354 Women in Society

This course examines some of the cultural and social definitions and interpretations of women and women’s experiences. Taught from a woman’s perspective, emphasis is on social institutions (economy, education, work, health, media, and family) that maintain inequality according to race, gender, social class, sexual preference, and the importance of meaningful social change.

SO 355 Sociology of Health and Illness

This course explores the role of culture in the experience of illness and the development of contemporary forms of health care, both clinical and alternative forms. The course explores challenging and provocative literature and research in the growing field of sociology of health that point to the critical role of culture in causation, experience, treatment, and healing of contemporary forms of illness and disability.

SO 367 Gender Roles

This course explores changing roles for both men and women in contemporary society. It examines how culture both influences and reflects emerging definitions of masculinity and femininity.

SO 355 Sociology of Health and Illness

This course explores the role of culture in the experience of illness and the development of contemporary forms of health care, both clinical and alternative forms. The course explores challenging and provocative literature and research in the growing field of sociology of health that point to the critical role of culture in causation, experience, treatment, and healing of contemporary forms of illness and disability.

SO 367 Gender Roles

This course explores changing roles for both men and women in contemporary society. It examines how culture both influences and reflects newly emerging definitions of masculinity and femininity.

Theatre and Dance

TH 201 Oral Interpretation

This course offers training in awareness and responsiveness of body and voice, quickening of insight, and exercise of spontaneity through oral reading of selected materials from current and classic works. Release through movement is emphasized. Studio work.

DA 201 Introduction to Dance

This course introduces students to the physical and theoretical foundation upon which all expressive dance forms are based. Students develop an understanding of the body as an expressive instrument and of dance as a performing art. Through the study of basic dance technique, students develop strength, flexibility, body placement, control, and sense of line.

TH 203 Introduction to Theatre

This course introduces students to all phases of theatre: history, dramatic literature and theory, production, and management. This non-lecture course will actively involve students in learning by attending theatre performances in the Greater Boston area and watching play productions in class.

DA 204 Movement/Physical Theatre

This course is designed to examine both the process and product of physical craft in theatre. Each class is supported by a variety of music pieces: from contemporary pop and rap to world music. Classes begin with a warm-up designed to increase strength, flexibility, and coordination. This is followed by ensemble and work focusing on the development of theatrical expression through character and story. In this playful course no dance or movement experience is necessary.

TH 206 Women in Theatre

This course offers exploration into the range of themes and impact of contemporary plays and dramatic criticism written by women and analysis of images of women depicted in plays from ancient Greece to the present. Accomplishments of women directors and designers are also considered in this course. Research and performance projects will be required.

TH 207 Acting

Designed for beginning actors and for those who want to refresh their skills, this course offers students the fundamentals of acting, from training in basic stage behavior to character and script analysis. Students will work on monologues and two- actor scenes. They will also attend theatre performances in the greater Boston area to observe actors at work.

TH 208 Musical Theatre, Cross-listed as MU 308.

Musical Theater explores the genre of the sung drama, including its history in Europe and the United States, its Western European cultural context, and the techniques involved in its creation and performance. Students will focus on several examples selected from throughout the history of musical theater. The course will culminate in a performance by students of excerpts from selected operas and musicals; depending on the students in the course, excerpts may include solo musical numbers, duets or trios, dramatic monologues, comedic routines, or dance numbers.

TH 216 World Theatre in its Context

This course includes a survey of dramatic literature and theatrical practice from its origins to the present. Particular attention is paid to Asian, African, Caribbean, European, and Latin American traditions. Students will examine theatre as an art form, an institution, and a social force. The course will give students the tools to begin their own research into specific theatrical periods, artists, and styles in world theatre. The class will culminate in research and performance projects.

TH 311 (HI 311) Oral History and Performance

Students will engage in the process of creating a documentary theatre script. The focus will be on combining oral histories with research on a specified historical event and theatrical period. Students will learn methods and gain practical experience in documenting personal stories and translating those stories into a performance piece. The final script will be performed by the Regis College Theatre Company.

DA 319 Styles of Dance in World Cultures

This course offers students a study of dance styles including those from African, Asian, European, Caribbean, and Native American traditions. Students will engage in creative projects in discovery and exploration of movement and imagery. The focus will be on incorporating styles of dance into choreography for the modern stage.

DA 320 Choreography

This course will introduce basic concepts of choreography through movement exploration and creative problem-solving exercises. Students will investigate the methods of dance creation through the study of modern choreographers and choreographic techniques and theories. The course will culminate in a formal production of student-created pieces.

TH (EN) 304 Study Abroad: Topics in Literature and Theatre

Students will travel to a selected location such as London, Dublin, or Greece for intensive study of the literature and drama of that culture. The course will include guided tours of theatrical and literary sites and an in-depth study of a variety of literary works and plays in performance, as well as attendance at theatre performances and lectures and completion of assigned papers.

TH 325 Drama as a Learning Medium

This course examines the use of drama as an effective tool for learning and will consider the history and scope of the international Drama-in-Education movement. Topics will include: assessment of learning needs, drama methods and techniques, practical applications for the classroom and professional settings, creation and implementation of interactive drama structures, and evaluation.

TH 320C Special Topics: Playwriting

This course provides students the opportunity to develop a stage play. Students will increase their understanding of story structure, while developing their individual

voice and gaining play writing technical skills. All students produce a completed treatment, script outline, and first draft of a stage play. Because every writer has an individual working style, each student will be encouraged to develop a creative process appropriate to his or her needs and subject matter.

TH 327 Museum Theatre

Focusing on the development of museum theatre in the United States and abroad, this course explores how drama and theatre are employed in science museums, historical sites, art museums, aquariums, and children’s museums. The course includes field trips to several local museums that have established museum theatre programs. Students will analyze existing programs and develop a drama/theatre project based on an exhibit at a selected museum. (Field trip fees apply.)

TH 322 Theatre Practicum

Students participating as actors or theatre technicians in productions by the Regis College Theatre Company and Dance Company will be able to receive 3 credits by participating in three RCTC productions on a pass/fail base.

World Languages

Spanish

SP 100 Introductory Spanish for Health Sciences

This is an oral survival course for students who have never had or have had very little experience with Spanish (no more than one or two years of high school Spanish).

Emphasis is placed on speaking ability, and students will develop a basic communicative competence in Spanish through a series of lessons designed specifically for today's health professional. Students will have ample opportunities to learn about the customs and cultures of the Spanish-speaking world. In addition, students will spend time in a community-based experiential learning setting where they will apply many of the expressions and structures learned in class. Prerequisites: No previous knowledge of Spanish (or very little experience with the language) is required. 4 credits.

SP 101 Introduction to Spanish Language and Culture I

This course is an introduction to the study of the Spanish language and culture with attention to developing an ability to communicate in various social, cultural, and work-related settings. Attention will be paid to the rich history of the areas of the world where Spanish is spoken. The course emphasizes student interaction at the introductory level through class activities centered on Hispanic culture and history. No prior knowledge of Spanish is required.

SP 102 Introduction to Spanish Language and Culture II

This is a continuation of SP 101 or the equivalent and features an introduction to the study of the Spanish language and culture with attention to developing an ability to communicate in various social, cultural, and work-related settings. Attention will be paid to the rich history of the areas of the world where Spanish is spoken. The course emphasizes student interaction at the introductory level through class activities centered on Hispanic culture and history. Prerequisite: SP 101 or equivalent

SP 200 Intermediate Spanish for Health Sciences

This is an oral survival course for students who have had SP 100, more than two years of high-school Spanish or the equivalent. Emphasis is placed on speaking ability and students will develop a basic communicative competence in Spanish through a series of lessons designed specifically for today's health professional. Students will have ample opportunities to learn about the customs and cultures of the Spanish- speaking world. In addition, students will spend time in a community-based experiential learning setting where they will apply many of the expressions and structures learned in class. Prerequisites: SP 100, more than two years of high school Spanish or the equivalent, as determined by the Regis college language faculty. 4 credits.

SP 201 Intermediate Spanish Language and Culture I

This course continues to develop the ability to communicate in various social, cultural, and work-related settings. Additionally, students develop the necessary skills to read, write, and speak about literature, culture, and current events from the Spanish-speaking world. The course emphasizes student interaction at the intermediate level through class activities centered on Hispanic culture, history, and literature. Prerequisites: SP 101, SP 102, or two or more years of high school Spanish or equivalent

SP 202 Intermediate Spanish Language and Culture II

This course is the continuation of SP 201 (Intermediate Spanish Language and Culture). Students will continue to develop the ability to communicate in various social, cultural, and work-related settings. Additionally, students will continue to develop the necessary skills to read, write, and speak about literature, culture, and current events from the Spanish-speaking world. The course emphasizes student interaction at the intermediate level through class activities centered on Hispanic culture, history and literature. Prerequisites: SP 201 or two years of high school Spanish

SP 203 Introduction to Literature in Spanish

This course features a study of selected texts representative of the various genres and students will develop an appreciation of literary values. Classes will include practice in the oral and written use of the language as well as a brief review of grammar. Prerequisite: SP 202 or equivalent

SP 205 Hispanic Culture

This course exposes the student to various aspects of culture in the Spanish-speaking world, as reflected in art, music, history, customs, and literature. This course is a requirement for the concentration in Hispanic studies for the major in history, world languages, and cultural heritage and is taught in English. Students in the concentration and Spanish minors are required to do some readings in Spanish and submit written work in Spanish. Prerequisites for Spanish credit: SP 203 or equivalent. For other students there is no prerequisite.

SP 206 Hispanic Culture 20th-21st Centuries

In this course students learn about the history of the art, literature, music and customs of the Spanish-speaking world (Spain, Latin America and the United States) with a focus on the 20th and 21st centuries. The course begins with an overview of the 19th century independence movements in Latin America and their impact on Spain and ends with a study of the contributions by Latinos in the United States. This course is a requirement for the concentration in Hispanic studies for the major in history, world languages, and cultural heritage and is taught in English. Students in the concentration and Spanish minors are required to do some readings in Spanish and submit written work in Spanish. Prerequisites for Spanish credit: SP 203 or equivalent. For other students there is no prerequisite.

SP 250 Pilgrimage from Le Puy to Santiago de Compostela

In this course, students will learn about pilgrimage, in particular about the Camino de Santiago, a pilgrimage route over which people have traveled for over one thousand years and which is currently experiencing a rise in popularity. Students will find out about Spanish and French history and about the different kinds of literature that the Camino has inspired (fiction, including legends, and autobiography). Students will learn about Le Puy and its connection with Regis in addition to its importance for the Camino in France. This course will be taught in English but those majoring in history, world languages, and cultural heritage (Hispanic studies concentration) need to complete the majority of written work (essays, journals, and exams) in Spanish. Please note that students who enroll in the second section of this course and complete the assignments associated with the optional travel component will earn one additional academic credit, for a total of four credits. Prerequisite: SP 202 or equivalent for history, world languages, and cultural heritage majors (Hispanic studies concentration). For other students there is no prerequisite.

SP 300 Advanced Spanish for Health Sciences

This course is intended for native speakers and for students who have successfully completed SP 200, more than three years of high-school Spanish, or the equivalent. Emphasis is placed on correct and effective use of the language in both speaking and writing. Students will develop an advanced communicative competence in Spanish through a series of lessons designed specifically for today's health professional. Students will have ample opportunities to learn about the customs and cultures of the Spanish- speaking world. In addition, students will spend time in a community-based experiential learning setting where they will apply many of the expressions and structures learned in class. Upon completion of this course with a grade of B- or above and achievement of a score of 60% or higher in the National Spanish Exam, Level 6, students will be awarded the Certificate in Spanish for Health Sciences: Advanced Proficiency. 4 credits. Prerequisite: SP 200, more than 3 years of high school Spanish, or the equivalent as determined by the Regis language faculty

SP 301, 302 Reading Seminar

A detailed study of the evolution of literature in Spanish from the Middle Ages through the seventeenth century. Intensive study of the life and works of the outstanding authors of each period. Second semester (SP 302): Focus on Don Quijote. Prerequisites: SP 305, SP 306, or equivalent

SP 305 Advanced Spanish Grammar and Composition

An advanced course designed to develop clarity of expression in the written language, intensive review of grammar, and extensive writing assignments. Prerequisite: SP 202 or equivalent

SP 306 Advanced Conversation

This intensive course is designed to develop fluency with emphasis on vocabulary for business, medicine, travel, and food. Prerequisite: SP 305 or equivalent

SP 307 Theatre: From the Golden Age to the Present

This course offers an examination of theater including works by Lope de Vega, Tirso de Molina, Calderón de la Barca, Federico García Lorca, and others. Prerequisites: SP 305, SP 306, or equivalent

SP 308 Spanish Writers of the Nineteenth Century

This course introduces students to the most famous literature from nineteenth- century Spain and to some of the literary movements of the time such as Romanticism, Naturalism, and Realism. Students should plan to read stories by the satirist Larra, love poetry by the romantic Bécquer, novels by the superb writer Galdós, a Don Juan play by the dramatist Zorrilla, stories by the woman writer Pardo Bazán, and other writings from that century. The readings will be discussed and analyzed along with multi-media presentations relevant to the course. Prerequisites: SP 305, SP 306 or equivalent

SP 311 Latin American Literature

This course studies the development of literary trends in Latin America from Pre- Columbian times to the end of the nineteenth century. The texts read and discussed represent the political, social, and cultural developments in Latin America that characterized and defined the countries and the people that comprise the territory. The course ends with the study of the Romantic novel María by Colombian writer Jorge Isaacs. Prerequisites: SP 305, SP 306 or equivalent

SP 312 Latin American Literature

This course studies the development of literary trends in Latin America from the Modernist period through today. The texts read and discussed represent the political, social, and cultural developments in Latin America that characterized and defined the countries and the people that comprise the territory. The course ends with the study of one of the novels by Colombian writer Gabriel García Márquez. Prerequisites: SP 305, SP 306 or equivalent

SP 314 Latin American Cinema in the Global Context

Latin American films have gained increased visibility around the world in the 21st century. This interdisciplinary course seeks to review and analyze the evolution of contemporary Latin American cinema providing original views of major films and supporting readings to learn about the richness and complexities of Latin American culture and societies. The films selected will expose students to emerging issues such as diaspora, immigration, displacement, the environment, and the political and social unrest experienced in the region in recent years. The course is taught in English. Students taking this course for Spanish credit are required to submit written work in Spanish. Prerequisites for Spanish credit: SP 305, SP 306, or equivalent

SP 318 Spanish Literature from the Twentieth Century to the Present

In this course, students will examine recent Spanish literature in its various genres (novel, short story, poetry, and drama) from the twentieth century to the present. Famous writers such as Lorca, Guillén, Salinas, Matute, Delibes, Machado, Alberti, Unamuno, Goytisolo, Cela, Fuertes, Martin Gaite, Montero, and others will be studied and discussed. The latest literary trends in Spain will be examined. Prerequisites: SP 305, SP 306 or equivalent

SP 320 (ID 220) Environmental Justice in World Literature

This course will focus on literature from different areas of the world that represents the intersection of environmental issues and various systems of social injustice, such as racism, sexism, and economic inequity. Primary texts include novels, short stories, essays, poems and oral stories from authors from pre-Columbian times to the present, and from diverse racial and national locations such as the United States, Great Britain, Spain, Italy, Nigeria, Colombia, Chile and Guatemala. An eco-critical approach will guide students through the interpretation of the readings, which will be complemented by several documentaries that address questions relevant to global ecology and international perspectives on nature. The course is taught in English. Students taking this course for Spanish credit are required to do some readings in Spanish and submit written work in Spanish. Prerequisites for Spanish credit: SP 300 or equivalent. Prerequisites for English credit: EN 105, EN 106 with permission of the instructor, or EN 211.

SP 325/EN 325 Latinx Writers in the United States

This course studies the literary contributions from the major immigrant groups that constitute Latinx communities in the United States: Mexican-Americans, Cuban- Americans, Puerto Ricans, Dominicans and Central Americans. Students will explore how writers represent issues of ethnic, linguistic, sexual and mythological identities. Subjects addressed include immigration, bilingualism, transculturation, border culture, gender relations, and the evolution of a queer conscience. The course is taught in English. Students taking this course for Spanish credit are required to do some readings in Spanish and submit written work in Spanish. Prerequisites for Spanish credit: SP 300 or equivalent. Prerequisites for English credit: EN 105, EN 106 with permission of the instructor, or EN 211.

SP 401 Senior Coordinating Seminar

This course focuses on the development of the fantastic genre in Latin American short fiction. Readings include the works of precursors of the genre in the twentieth century such as María Luisa Bombal, Felisberto Hernández, and Horacio Quiroga; masters of the fantastic such as Jorge Luis Borges and Julio Cortázar; and, as examples of varied modes of the fantastic, the works of such writers as Carlos Fuentes, Alejo Carpentier, Juan Rulfo, and Gabriel García Márquez. Prerequisites: SP 305, SP 306 or equivalent

SP 402 Senior Coordinating Seminar

This course focuses on women writers from Latin America. Students engage in research of a specific topic of study, which becomes the focus of analysis of poetry, short stories, novels, and/or essays by women writers. Students are exposed to the latest theoretical trends in literary criticism. Prerequisites: SP 305, SP 306, or equivalent

SP 409, SP 410 Individualized Study

ID 320 Theory and Methods of Foreign Language Teaching

For course description see Interdisciplinary Course listing.

Italian

IT 101 Introduction to Italian Language and Culture I

Italy has been very successful at branding itself as a source of authentic traditions and style. Students will study the Italian language, history, and culture through a celebration of Italian cultural icons and ways of life. Students will develop basic language skills in listening, speaking, and reading. The course emphasizes student interaction through class activities centered on Italian food and art, fashion, and movies. No prior knowledge of Italian is required.

IT 102 Introduction to Italian Language and Culture II

This is a continuation of IT 101 or an equivalent course. It is an introduction to the study of the Italian language and culture, with special attention paid to its traditions and innovations, to its creativity and technology, and to its place in a global world. Students will develop improved language skills in listening, speaking, and reading. The course emphasizes student interaction through class activities centered on Italian food, art, history, and politics. Please note that students who enroll in the second section of this course and complete the assignments associated with the optional travel component will earn one additional academic credit for a total of four credits. Prerequisites: IT 101 or equivalent

IT 205 Contemporary Italy through Film

The aim of this course is to gain an understanding of contemporary Italian society and culture by viewing, reflecting on, and discussing Italian films of the last six decades. The class will analyze several films to learn about key events that have shaped the national identity of contemporary Italy. This course is a requirement for the concentration in Mediterranean studies for the major in history, world languages, and cultural heritage and is taught in English. Students who wish to earn credit towards a foreign language course will complete the written work in Italian; otherwise, written work will be completed in English.

IT 302 Introduction to Italy’s Linguistic History

This course offers an introduction to Italy’s linguistic history: the study of the language’s changes and the social and historical motivations for these transformations. We will trace the story of Italian across approximately 2,000 years, from its Latin roots to its current form. This introduction to diachronic linguistics will show how language influences communication and how it forms and negates social identity and group membership. Moreover, in the case of a country with a long and fragmented political history like Italy, language represents the organization of cultural beliefs and ideologies and develops a common cultural representation of the political and social worlds. This course is a requirement for the concentration in Mediterranean studies for the major in history, world languages, and cultural heritage and is taught in English. Prerequisites: sophomore status

Haitian Creole

WL 100 Introductory Haitian Creole for Health Sciences

This is an oral survival course for students who have never had or have had very little experience with Haitian Creole. Emphasis is placed on speaking ability, and students will develop a basic communicative competence in Haitian Creole through a series of lessons designed specifically for today’s health professional. Issues of cultural sensitivity are discussed.

Portuguese

PG- 100 Introductory Portuguese for Health Sciences

This is an oral survival course for students who have had little to no experience speaking Portuguese (no more than one year). Emphasis is placed on speaking ability and students will develop a basic communicative competence in Portuguese through a series of lessons designed specifically for today's health professional. Students will have ample opportunities to learn about the customs and cultures of the Portuguese- speaking world. No previous knowledge of Portuguese (or very little experience with the language) is required.

Interdisciplinary Course Descriptions

ID 110 Exploring the Humanities (Fall)

This course is centered on the key inquiry: How do the humanities help us understand the world and our role in it? Selected readings will introduce students to some of the most influential works in the humanities and will allow them to explore the broad range of the humanities as reflected through the written word, visual culture, oral culture, and performance. In addition, this course will include various critiques of the humanities and opportunities to explore new directions in the humanities.

ID 116 Solving Complex Problems Through Research

Solving Complex Problems through Research is designed to provide students with the opportunity to investigate various topics through different lenses. Students will study ways by which researchers pose questions and acquire and evaluate information to help answer those questions. Students will learn about both qualitative and quantitative design and research as they ask and answer questions. Several theoretical approaches and ethical responsibilities of conducting research will be discussed.

ID 206 Classics of the American Cinema

This course examines twelve major films representative of the significant developments in the history of American cinema. Critical analysis and discussion focuses on historical social influences, prominent directors, genres, and major themes. The loss of the female voice and distortion of women in American film making is also examined.

ID 208 Integrating the Elementary Curriculum

Principles of curriculum and instruction are discussed and applied from an interdisciplinary viewpoint. The design of units is used as synthesizing agent. Emphasis is placed on the teacher as creative inquirer and the classroom as a community of learners.

ID 209 Introduction to Cinema Studies

This course is designed to introduce students to the visual dynamics and history of filmmaking. It will cover the structure, styles, and various approaches to analyzing and interpreting film. The overall aim is to help students to understand how the various elements of film fit together. Examples of film styles, structure, and technology will be drawn from classics of world film from the beginning to the present.

ID 212A Strategies for Academic Success

This course is designed to prepare students to experience increased academic success and to acquire the knowledge and skills that would prepare them to serve as mentors for other students. The structure of the course address both content and methodologies appropriate for assisting students to achieve academic success at the college level.

ID 212B Strategies for Academic Success: English Language Learners

This course is designed to prepare English Language Learner students to experience increased academic success and to acquire the knowledge and skills that will prepare them to serve as mentors and tutors for other students. The structure of the course addresses both content and methodologies appropriate for assisting students to achieve academic success at the college level.

ID 212C Strategies for Academic Success: Transfer Students

This course is designed to prepare transfer students to experience increased academic success and to acquire the knowledge and skills that will prepare them to serve as mentors for other students. The structure of the course addresses both content and methodologies appropriate for assisting students to achieve academic success at the college level.

ID 212D Strategies for Academic Success: Leadership for Tutoring and Mentoring

This course is designed to prepare students to experience increased academic success and to acquire the knowledge and skills that will prepare them to serve as mentors and tutors. The structure of the course addresses both content and methodologies appropriate for assisting students to achieve academic success at the college level. A visit to observe peer tutoring in the Learning Commons is required.

ID 214 Environmental Studies: People, Planet, and Prosperity

This course takes an interdisciplinary approach to the study of how we interact with and impact our natural environment. Students will integrate different concepts and perspectives from the humanities, social sciences, and natural sciences, providing a framework for the study of the relationship between humans and the environment. The course will demand from students a balanced understanding of basic scientific concepts, important societal factors (cultural, political, and economic), and the historical and ethical dimensions that influence our decision making, and ultimately, the fate of our planet. A service-learning project will allow students to explore current environmental challenges (e.g., climate change, sustainable agriculture, overfishing, etc.) and seek innovative solutions designed to bring about environmental sustainability for our campus, our communities, and the world.

ID-218-01 Living & Dying Through Pandemic

COVID-19 has had a revolutionary impact on virtually all fields of study. It will affect all populations across the globe well into the future. Through a social justice lens, this interdisciplinary online hybrid class provides the most current information to teach students about viruses and the history of pandemics, contemporary issues surrounding the crisis, and future challenges/opportunities. It will draw upon the expertise of a cross-section of Regis College faculty and include topics such as biology, ethics, epidemiology, art, history, public policy, public health systems, equity, social determinants of health, physical and mental health, and economic impacts. Through interactive discussions and activities, as well as current media and literature, students will be exposed to a variety of information and perspectives.

ID 219A Co-Curricular Learning: Reading and Translation

This is a 1-credit course designed for students to demonstrate reading proficiency in a world language which is appropriate to their major and/or concentration (the level of required proficiency will also be determined by the major and/or concentration). The course will introduce students to various styles of writing in the particular language, helpful tools and technologies, and strategies for successful reading and translation. At the end of the semester each student will be required to translate a work from a world language (other than Modern Standard English) into Modern Standard English. Successful completion of this will be used to document the student’s reading proficiency in a second language.

ID 219B Co-Curricular Learning: Food and Culture

This is a 1-credit course designed for students to engage dialogs connecting perceptions of identity (personal and collective) and food from production and preparation to consumption. Using an interdisciplinary lens, students will explore a central question concerning people, food, and “authenticity.”

ID 220/SP 320 Environmental Justice in World Literature

This course will focus on literature from different areas of the world that represents the intersection of environmental issues and various systems of social injustice, such as racism, sexism, and economic inequity. Primary texts include novels, short stories, essays, poems and oral stories from authors from pre-Columbian times to the present, and from diverse racial and national locations such as the United States, Great Britain, Spain, Italy, Nigeria, Colombia, Chile and Guatemala. An Ecocritical approach will guide students through the interpretation of the readings, which will be complemented by several documentaries that address questions relevant to global ecology and international perspectives on nature.

ID 221 Photography I

Digital Photography I introduces the student to and develops basic proficiency in four areas of digital photography: the modern digital camera, the professional photography studio, the modern digital darkroom, and the publishing of the photographic images via digital distribution and the printing of the photographic image. Professional vocabulary is developed enabling students to engage in the formal critique of photographic images. Students should have access to a digital camera with manual control of exposures.

ID 244/CO 244 World Cinema & Hollywood’s Shadow

This course examines international cinema from the silent era to the 21st-century. Our focus will be how film enacts, challenges, and represents both cultural and aesthetic ideology throughout history. As a secondary focus, we will discuss global film as a reaction – sometimes an embrace and sometimes a rejection – to Hollywood, genre, and the studio system. The course will begin and end with masters of German cinema (Murnau and Haneke) and in between will examine films from Spain, France, Italy, Hong Kong, Korea, Sweden, Mexico, North Africa, and Japan.

ID 222 Exploring the Human Spirit

This course will first explore the search for truth and wisdom through the many ways of knowing (reason, myth, symbol, and metaphor) and the implications of each. The bases for belief and unbelief will be studied. How the holy is experienced through sacred writings, community, and ritual will constitute the latter focus of the course.

ID 224A Natural Sciences: The Physical Sciences Perspective/Lab

This course is designed to develop in the liberal arts student awareness and appreciation of events in science. The course presents the scientific methods and the fundamental concepts in science as ongoing processes. Through lectures and laboratory exercises, students will develop an understanding of concepts that will enable them to make informed choices about science-related issues of social concern.

ID 224B Natural Sciences: Biological Perspectives/Lab

The main themes of biology will be investigated in this course. Students will study biological molecules, functions of the cell, genetics, evolution, systematics, and topics in plant and animal biology. These topics will be related to current events including genetic testing, cancer, and emerging infectious diseases. A laboratory component will strengthen the students’ understanding of these biological principles.

ID 228 The Challenge of Wellness: Multidisciplinary Perspectives

The primary focus of this course will be to demonstrate how theories from psychology and sociology/social work have enhanced our understanding of health and illness and our capacity to alleviate human suffering. The course will emphasize the special interests and concerns of women and will examine the paradigm shift toward a more holistic model of healthcare that encompasses the inter-relationships among biological, psychological, and social dimensions.

ID 230 The Interdependence of Healthcare Professions in the U.S.

This course examines the foundations of the present-day healthcare system in the United States and the roles of the different healthcare professions within it. The collaborative aspects of the healthcare professions along with trends and opportunities in the field will be addressed. Topics important to healthcare will be considered, including ethics, culture, professionalism, communication, and health disparities.

ID 234 Digital Scholarship (Spring)

This course will focus on the process of learning, and then applying, the various methodologies of digital scholarship, with an emphasis on the humanities/social sciences. The course readings, workshops, and discussions will be aimed at exposing students to the (sometime competing) philosophies and the (quickly evolving) practices of this emerging field. Beyond course readings on designing, interpreting, and understanding digital media, students will also critically engage with and use a range of digital tools and resources. In the spirit of “crowd sourcing” and the public- spirited nature of digital scholarship, students will take on the responsibility of teaching each other about digital tools over the course of the semester. Students will also be required to propose, design, and implement a project using the methods and theories of digital scholarship.

ID 235 Digital Scholarship Practicum

This 1-credit course will focus the application of digital scholarship methodologies, with students partnering with a pre-selected cultural institution to implement a digital scholarship project. Prerequisite: ID 234

ID 236 Introductory Astronomy

This course introduces students to the fundamental aspects of the history, philosophy, and science of the astronomical universe. It will provide students an opportunity to learn and appreciate the world of astronomy and how it relates to their other studies, their careers, and their lives as citizens and professionals. Students will discover the phenomena of our solar system and beyond—planet and moons, asteroids and meteors, stars and black holes, constellations and galaxies and several other phenomena. Prerequisites: EN 105. 4 credit lab course.

ID 238 Myth, Folklore, and Oral Tradition

This course will introduce students to a variety of genres, concepts, and theories associated with myth, folklore, and oral traditions. It will discuss works from a variety of cultures and will focus on themes and symbols that are common cross-culturally as well as those which diverge from the more universal narratives. Students will consider the value of these “tales” as a means for remembering and understanding collective worldviews. Ethno-poetics and the nature of creativity and artistic expression will also be explored as these relate to the construction of personal and group identities. Recommended to be taken in the sophomore year.

ID 240 Popular Culture & American Society

This course is designed to introduce students to a variety of critical and theoretical approaches used in the study of popular culture and the history of the development of popular culture in the United States from the middle of the nineteenth century to the present. Pertinent examples of popular culture will be screened in class as appropriate. The historical contexts for various popular culture forms will be as important as the analysis of the forms themselves. The overall objective is to explore how popular culture both reflects and shapes American society.

ID 241 Screenwriting

This course provides students the opportunity to develop a film script while increasing their use of individual voice, creative method, and screenwriting technical skills. All students will produce a completed treatment, script outline, and first act of a feature length screenplay. As every writer has an individual working style, each student will be encouraged to develop a creative approach appropriate to his or her needs and subject matter.

ID 300 Film Theory and Criticism

Film Theory and Criticism explores theoretical and critical approaches to the study of cinema. Theories and methods in this course will examine issues relating to production and authorship in the film arts, political ideology, ethics, aesthetics, cultural diversity, and schools of thought within the liberal arts such as psychoanalysis, gender criticism, queer theory, Marxism, postmodernism, postcolonial theory, post-structuralism, trans-nationality, and reception theory. Students should expect to read extensively and complete critical writing assignments.

ID 304 Exploring Ethics

This course features a study of the philosophical and religious principles persons use in approaching ethical problems, with particular attention to the Christian ethical tradition. The focus of the course will be on the ethical challenges of the contemporary world, including those in the student’s field of concentration. Stress will be placed on skill development in ethical reflection and analysis.

ID 308 (RS 308) The Medieval Vision

This course offers students an interdisciplinary exploration of the medieval world. Team-taught, the course offers a kaleidoscope of perspectives on this rich period with history, philosophy, and theology as foundation. Added insights from a variety of disciplines supplement in and out-of-class experiences so that students will come to an understanding of a world with a vision of reality notable for its unity.

ID 309 Methods of Social Research (spring: odd)

This course is designed to provide students with an understanding of the theories and methods of social research in the context of the social sciences. Conceptualization, research design, empirical tools, analysis, and interpretation are emphasized. This course introduces students to both qualitative and quantitative methods of social research by providing “hands-on” experiential learning through survey design and implementation, interviews, field research, and content analysis.

ID 320 Theory and Methods of Foreign Language Teaching

This course is designed to prepare future teachers of foreign languages in the elementary, middle, or secondary schools. It combines pedagogical theory with practice in creating lesson plans and methods of evaluation. Emphasis is on developing communicative teaching technique aimed at developing proficiency. The latest trends in teaching as well as the standards and the 5Cs will be reviewed. Student participation in class discussions and in demonstrations is essential.

ID 323 Photography II: Advanced Techniques

This is a course that will build upon basic photography knowledge and techniques. This hands-on course will cover the more complex aspects of exposure, printmaking skills, lighting, and composition while increasing photographic concepts and vision. Focus will be weighted heavily towards digital manipulation in programs such as Adobe Photoshop. An SLR manual camera is required. Prerequisite: CO 222 or ID 221

ID 327 Managing Projects

This course offers an introduction to the principles and concepts of project management. It looks at how projects are uniquely suited to support an organization’s strategy in a fast-paced business environment. The course addresses all aspects of the project life cycle including project initiation, planning, team organization, monitoring and control, risk management, and execution. Emphasis will be placed on how to identify and meet schedules, costs, and constraints while focusing on customer needs. Prerequisite: junior or senior standing.

ID 330 Contributing to the Common Good

Contributing to the common good is designed to explore factors influencing one’s choice to serve the common good, including: the range of opportunities available and the gifts, sacrifices and tradeoffs involved in choosing to devote oneself to the common good. This interdisciplinary seminar draws on psychology, sociology, political science, history, cultural studies, philosophy, and religious studies, so that students develop a comprehensive understanding of personal, local, national, and global considerations involved in serving the common good.

ID 344 and 345 Museum Studies Practicum

On-campus Museum Studies Practicum units require a six-to-eight-week commitment of at least twenty-five hours either in the Spellman Museum or the Carney Gallery and carry three credits. These units provide an opportunity at the sophomore level for majors and minors to profit from the professional expertise of the directors of the campus museum/gallery sites in preparation for the professional internships. Prerequisites: MS 201, 202 or instructor permission

ID 413 Internship Interdisciplinary Seminar

This seminar course will combine the traditional classroom setting with the practical workplace experience of an internship. Students enrolled in this course will be actively engaged interns at local political, legal, or social service organizations and agencies while reading academic literature about the sector within which they are working. The practicum combines hands-on field experience with regular discussions about student work experiences, as well as scholarly readings and assignments appropriate for each student.

ID 414 Career Readiness with Intent and Impact

This seminar course combines the traditional classroom setting with the practical workplace experience of an internship. Designed to be taken to complement a second internship experience, this course focuses on the development of proactive career management with intent and impact within the context of students’ real world experiences. The overarching theme is Career Readiness and how the student fits into the ever-changing world of work.

Biology Course Descriptions

BI 103 Introductory Biology/Lab I

This course will cover the major principles of biology from an evolutionary viewpoint. The first semester will cover the major concepts in molecular and cellular biology, microbiology, and genetics.

BI 104 Introductory Biology/Lab II

This course will cover evolution, ecology, plant biology, and systematic and comparative physiology. Prerequisite: BI 103 or instructor permission

BI 105 Anatomy and Physiology Lab

The fundamental facts and concepts of the normal structure and function of the human body are presented. Specific topics include integumentary, skeletal, muscular, and nervous systems. Laboratory work includes microscopic examination of cells and tissues; study of gross anatomy by dissection, models, and computer simulations; and investigations of various human physiological processes.

BI 106 Anatomy and Physiology/Lab

The fundamental facts and concepts of the normal structure and function of the human body are presented. Specific topics include circulatory, respiratory, urinary, digestive, endocrine, and reproductive systems. Laboratory work includes microscopic examination of cells and tissues; study of gross anatomy by dissection, models and computer simulations; and investigations of various human physiological processes. Prerequisite: A minimum grade of C- in BI 105

BI 108 General Microbiology/Lab

The general characteristics of microbes and their relationship to humans are explored, with emphasis on those that are pathogenic to humans and those that are of

public health significance. This includes the biological characteristics of microbes, antimicrobial methods, and concepts of immunity, diagnosis, and treatment and prevention of infection. The laboratory experience familiarizes the student with microbiological methodology and aseptic technique.

BI 203 Human Biology/Lab

This course includes a study of the structural and functional relationships of human organisms. Emphasis will be placed on both the normal and abnormal functioning of each system.

BI 209 Introductory Microbiology/Lab

This course provides the student of biological sciences with an introduction to microbiology and some of its applications. The major topics are: structure, function, taxonomy, and growth of prokaryotes and eukaryotes; microbial metabolism; prokaryotic genetics; viruses; the role of microbes in disease and host defenses; and microbial ecology. The laboratory will study the practice and principles of microbial analysis, characterization, and identification. Prerequisite: BI 104 or instructor permission

BI 210 Cell Biology/Lab

This course will focus on the structure and function of eukaryotic cells, including membrane structure and function, protein trafficking, cell signaling, cell cycle control, cytoskeleton and motility, neurophysiology, and tissue biology. Laboratory exercises include cytochemistry, protein and receptor analysis, and organelle isolation and characterization. Prerequisite: BI 209 or instructor permission

BI 212 Pathophysiology

This course is an introduction to the basic concepts of pathophysiology. Students will examine the phenomena that cause and produce alterations in human physiologic function and the resulting human response. Upon completion of the course, students will understand pathophysiological changes, including how pathological processes are manifested, progress in the body, and primary and secondary effects. The course is based on illness and disease within a systems framework across the lifespan. Prerequisite: A minimum grade of C in BI 106 or permission of the instructor

BI 302 Seminar: History of Biology

This seminar will offer a historical perspective on the origins of biology. Readings will include original primary literature as well as historical accounts and analyses. Topics include mechanisms of evolution, molecular biology, and infectious disease. Prerequisite: junior status or instructor permission

BI 305 Ecology/Lab

This course focuses on the interactions that determine the distribution and abundance of species. Fundamental characteristics of living systems (plant and animal) are discussed in detail from cellular through ecosystem hierarchical levels, employing an integrative, evolutionary approach. Specific topics include speciation, population genetics/ dynamics, metapopulation analysis, evolutionary and community ecology, species interactions, symbioses, habitat fragmentation, biodiversity, and biogeography. Laboratory investigations will include systematics and taxonomy of plants and animals, field sampling techniques and biodiversity assessment, population estimates and growth, mark and recapture exercises, and predator-prey cycles. Prerequisites: BI 104 and BI 210 (offered spring every other year – odd years).

BI 306 Neurobiology/Lab

This course focuses on the biology of nervous systems at the biochemical, cellular, system, and whole-organism levels. It will analyze structure and function of neurons, comparative and developmental anatomy of nervous systems, physiology of sensation and motor function, and neuroendocrine influences on behavior. Prerequisites: BI 210 or PS 203 or instructor permission (offered every spring).

BI 307 Genetics/Lab

Completion of this course in genetics will provide an overall understanding of genetic principles, including classical Mendelian genetics, molecular genetics, and population genetics. Special topics include human genetic disorders. The principles of molecular genetics will also be incorporated into the laboratory section of this course. Procedures learned in the laboratory portion provide background experience for further studies in fields such as genetic engineering, cloning, and other biological topics. Prerequisite: BI 210 (offered every fall).

BI 308 Developmental Biology/Lab

Developmental Biology will cover an in-depth analysis of developmental systems with an emphasis on molecular and cellular interactions during developmental processes. The lab will explore laboratory experiences in experimental developmental biology and embryology. Prerequisite: BI 210 or instructor permission (offered fall every other year – even years).

BI 312A Animal Physiology/Lab

This course features the analysis of animal function at the molecular, cellular, system, and organismal levels of organization. Emphasis is on control mechanisms that maintain homeostasis and on system interactions. Topics include cardiovascular, pulmonary, renal, reproductive, and muscle physiology. Prerequisite: BI 210 or instructor permission (offered fall every other year – odd years).

BI 316 Immunology/Lab

This course will present immunological principles and applications. Topics that will be covered include the cellular and molecular events behind defense mechanisms of a host, including immunological disorders. Prerequisite: BI 210 (offered fall every other year – odd years).

BI 319 Virology/Lab

This course will provide the student with detailed knowledge of the biology and genetics of viruses. Students will undertake a classification survey of RNA and DNA viruses. The association of each virus with its host cell will be investigated. This investigation will be used to understand the nature of the viral infectious diseases, treatments for viral infections, vaccinations, and the use of the virus as a tool in gene therapy. Basic lab techniques for tissue culture, necessary for the propagation of viruses, will be demonstrated. Prerequisites: BI 209 and BI 307 (offered spring every other year – even years).

BI 326 Environmental Microbiology/Lab

This course will provide an understanding of the impact that microorganisms have on the environment. From a brief history of microbial evolution to the interactions that microbes have with members of the other kingdoms in biology, pertinent topics will be studied. The importance that microorganisms play in the biogeochemical cycling will be investigated. Present day interactions of the microbial population with the environment including biomass production, bioremediation of oil spills, waste management, and pest control will be examined. Students will study the role that microorganisms play in present-day biological warfare threats to life and our environment. Prerequisites: BI 209 or BI 108 and BI 210 or concurrent enrollment in BI 210 or instructor permission (offered fall every other year – even years).

BI 401 Seminar: Ethical Issues in Biology

Contemporary issues related to biological concepts and the ethical implications of these will be examined. Prerequisite: senior status or instructor permission

BI 401C

BI 409, BI 410 Individualized Study

ID 224B Natural Sciences: Biological Perspectives; See Interdisciplinary Courses for course description.

Biomedical Engineering Course Descriptions

BE 101 Frontiers in Biomedical Engineering: Bridging Medicine and Technology

The course covers the concepts of biomedical engineering and their connection with the spectrum of human activity. It serves as an introduction to the fundamental science and engineering on which biomedical engineering is based. Case studies of the impact of drugs and medical devices on society, including health disparities in medicine, the product development-product testing cycle, and government regulations. It is design for engineering, science, and non-science majors. Prerequisite: None

BE 110 Introduction to Biomedical Computation

Computational and mathematical tools used in biomedical engineering for the simulation of biological systems and the analysis of biomedical data. Basics of computational programming in MATLAB and Python; applications to modeling, design, and statistical and data analysis. Prerequisite: None

BE 210 Circuits and Sensors

This course introduces students to instrumentation of bioengineering including ECG, EEG, radiological imaging, and routine biomedical laboratory measures such as blood pressure, cell counts, blood and urine tests, and statistical analysis of data. Students will discuss principles of circuits, signals and systems in the context of operating principles of bioelectrical systems at multiple physiological scales and provides the fundamental background required to interface biological systems with circuits and sensors for measurements. Topics include bioelectric measurement, signal processing, and dialysis. Prerequisites: BE101 and MA 106

BE 250 Quantitative Physiology

An introductory course in physiological systems and feedback control theory for biomedical engineers. It aims to apply systems theory and classical feed forward and feedback control in the context of physiological systems. Prerequisite: None

BE 301 Engineering in the Clinic

This course explores the impact of engineering on clinical medicine. Students will interact with practitioners and investigate the technological challenges that face these practitioners. Invited speakers will speak on their experience with a number of technologies to demonstrate the result of advances in biomedical engineering. Prerequisite: None

BE 302 Engineering Standards and Regulation

Biomedical engineering has a number of regulations and standards that continue to increase as the industry grows. This course discusses the current biomedical industry guidelines in the context of engineering design. Prerequisite: None

BE 310 Biomechanics

This course is designed to acquaint students with concepts of stress, strain, and constitutive laws as applied to problems in biomechanics. Rigid body and deformable body mechanics will be introduced. Focus will be on basic foundations of solid mechanics using vectors, and tensors. Illustrative examples from tissue and cell biomechanics will be given where appropriate. Prerequisites: BE 110 and PY 213 and MA 203

BE 330 Transport and Fluids for Biomedical Engineers

Covers the fundamental principles of processes and systems in which mass, energy, and momentum are transported in typical biological problems. Emphasizes momentum transport for incompressible and compressible fluids (fluid flow) and energy transport. Mass transport in the context of diffusion in for cellular function and in the delivery of drugs, systemically and organ-specific, will be studied. The methods taught are relevant to the analysis of physiological systems and separation of biological materials. Prerequisite: MA 255

BE 420 Biomaterials

This course provides a broad overview of the field of biomaterials. Beginning with introductory lectures on biomaterials and their translation from the laboratory to the medical marketplace, it progresses to discussions of important biomaterials terminology and concepts. Materials covered are both organic and inorganic chemistries. Basic materials science lectures then emphasize material structure- property to function-testing relationships. Course concludes with introductions other topics such as material-tissue interactions and tissue engineering applications. Prerequisite: CH 305

BE 421 Biomedical Measurements and Instrumentation/Lab

Comprehensive analysis of the principles underlying biomedical instrumentation including ECG, EEG; CAT scanning; immunohistochemistry and fluorescence platforms, and other biomedical laboratory tools. The first part of the course will focus on individual work and students will conduct labs on advanced electrical, mechanical and environmental measurements. The later part of the course will involve a team project that involves designing and executing an experiment that involves measurement, data acquisition and data analysis in human health or other bioengineering application. Prerequisite: BE432X

BE 431X Biomedical Engineering Lab I

This course uses experiments and simulation to explore the principles of bioinstrumentation, biomechanics, and mass and fluid transport, including circuit design, sensors, and imaging techniques. It offers students an opportunity to obtain practical, hands-on, laboratory experiences. Experimental techniques, with a focus on data acquisition, processing, and presentation, will be taught. Students will be required to relate the instrumentation techniques to clinically relevant measurements. Co-requisite: BE 330

BE 432X Biomedical Engineering Lab II

This course uses experiments and simulation to explore the principles of biomaterials, kinetics, and biological control systems. It offers students an opportunity to obtain practical laboratory experience and to develop technical writing and oral presentation skills. Students are asked to both design and perform experiments in the context of current fields of biomedical engineering, to discover fundamental bioengineering principles, and to develop engineering solutions through experiments using these principles. Co-requisite: BE431X

BE 440 Biomolecular Dynamics and Control

This course will focus on the principles of thermodynamics and kinetics applied to the analysis and design of biomolecular systems. Topics include mass and energy balances, entropy, chemical equilibria, enzyme kinetics and the effect of external fields (e.g., mechanical forces, electric potential) on biomolecular reaction equilibria and kinetics. In the latter portion of the course, these foundational concepts will be applied to natural biomolecular networks and synthetic Biocircuits with the purpose of analyzing their dynamic homeostatic behavior and natural feedback and feed- forward control in the body. Prerequisite: BE210

BE 450 Seminar: Innovation and Translation in Biomedical Engineering

This seminar provides a historical perspective on the innovation of our modern medical technologies. Students explore the critical scientific discoveries that allowed for translation of ideas to products. Each year the engineering discoveries and historical era changes. Historical views of race, gender, religion and ethnicity and their influence on medical innovation are explored. The impact of critical therapeutics, diagnostics, and clinical processes on our society is also investigated. This seminar course serves as the capstone and review of students’ e-portfolios. Prerequisite: senior status

BE 461 Principles and Applications of Tissue Engineering/Lab

Tissue engineering involves application of the principles of biology and biomedical engineering to create artificial organs for transplantation, basic research, or drug development. This requires integration of knowledge from organic chemistry, cell biology, genetics, mechanics, biomaterials, nanotechnology and transport processes to create functional organs. This course will review basic cell culture techniques, structure function relationships, cellular communication, natural and artificial biomaterials, and the basic equations governing cell survival and tissue organization. The bulk of this course will be dedicated to the design, implementation, and analysis of experiments to grow engineered tissues. This will be an intensive lab-based course in which groups of students will choose the particular aspect of tissue engineering (e.g., scaffold choice, biochemical culture conditions, mechanical stimulation, functional readouts) they would like to pursue and perform their own experiments and analysis (e.g., biochemical, mechanical, histological) Prerequisite: BE 420 and current enrollment in BE 420

BE 481 Biomedical Engineering Design 1

This is the first semester of a two-semester sequence focusing on the development of a project, prototyped or conceptual, that addresses a well-described problem in the field of biology or medicine. The first semester focuses on the economics of innovation, translation, and commercialization of biomedical products. Additionally, the process of ideation and brainstorming will be introduced. At the end of semester one, student teams will have developed and identified a documented clinical/biological issue and will provide a proposal for the final idea with estimated market, cost estimates, and possible experimental design for proof-of-concept and feasibility. Prerequisite: BE432X

BE 482 Biomedical Engineering Design 2

This is the second semester of the two-semester sequence. Based on the first semester design and proposal, students will dedicate this semester to the development and prototyping of their ideas. The students will present a final project presentation and business plan as the final capstone project deliverable. Concepts including regulatory affairs approaches, intellectual property analysis, and manufacturing strategies will be introduced in this course and integrated into the final project. Prerequisite: BE481

Chemistry Course Descriptions

CH 103, CH 104 Chemical Structure and Reactions/Lab

This course is an introduction to the principles of chemistry, atomic and molecular theory, bonding, structure, equilibrium, and chemical reactions, with a laboratory. Prerequisite for CH 103: QR 101 or 103 or able to enroll in MA 101B, MA107, MA 210, or MA 211. Prerequisite for CH 104: CH 103

CH 105 Introductory Chemistry: Nursing/Lab

This course is an introduction to the principles of general chemistry, organic chemistry, and biochemistry with laboratory for students in nursing. General chemistry topics include chemical bonding and structure, atomic theory, equilibrium, acids and bases, solutions, and radioactivity. Organic and biochemistry topics include organic nomenclature, functional groups and their properties and reactions, and biologically important molecules and their roles in the human body. Prerequisite: QR 101 or 103 or able to enroll in MA 101B, MA107, MA 210, or MA 211

CH 305, CH 306 Organic Chemistry/Lab

This course introduces students to the fundamentals of organic chemistry, the study of the mechanisms of basic functional group reactions and the relation of structure to chemical activity. A laboratory is an integral part of the course. Prerequisite for 305: CH 104 with a minimum final grade of C-. Prerequisite for CH 306: CH 305 with a minimum final grade of C-.

CH 318 Principles of Biochemistry/Lab

The concepts of modern biochemistry and molecular biology are presented in an integrated form. Topics include protein and nucleic acid biochemistry, protein and nucleic acid sequencing, bioinformatics, molecular evolution, structure-function relationships, biochemical genetics, enzyme kinetics, mechanisms and control, membrane biochemistry, biochemical thermodynamics, and metabolic pathways and their control. Prerequisite: CH306 with a minimum grade of C-.

ID 224A Natural Sciences: The Physical Science Perspectives/Lab

See Interdisciplinary Courses for course description.

Computer Science Course Descriptions

CS 103 Fundamentals of Computing & Networks

This course presents an overview of computer hardware, software and networks. It will provide hands-on experience using PC's and Mac Apple, spreadsheet software,

Creating Web pages and effectively using the Internet.

CS 104 Problem Solving & Programming Fundamentals I/Lab

This course introduces methods of problem solving, development of algorithms, designing, coding, debugging, and documenting programs. Topics include program development with objects, function calls, and implementation, selection and repetition control structures. Programming assignments in an object-oriented language.

CS 105 Problem Solving & Programming Fundamentals II/Lab

A continuation of CS 104. Introduces design and implementation of classes, recursion, sorting and searching algorithms, dynamic data types, and advanced data structures such as linked lists. Prerequisite: CS 104

CS 320 Database Systems

An introduction to the principles of database systems. Topics include data independence, relational, network and hierarchical data models, query facilities, security, and concurrent operations. Prerequisite: CS 105 - Problem Solving & Programming Fundamentals II/Lab A continuation of CS 104. Introduces design and implementation of classes, recursion, sorting and searching algorithms, dynamic data types, and advanced data structures such as linked lists.

Cybersecurity Course Descriptions

CYS 110 Introduction to Cybersecurity

This course introduces students to the interdisciplinary field of cybersecurity. It covers the development of information security into cybersecurity, cybersecurity theories and its applications to nations and society. In this course, students will be presented with multiple cybersecurity technologies, processes, and procedures. They will learn about how to analyze threats, conduct risk assessments, and develop effective strategies to counter cybersecurity problems. Prerequisite: CS 103

CYS 210 Risk Analysis & Computer Threats

This course examines the basics of cyber threats. Strategies about how to meet these threats, methods of investigation, and counter measures, will be covered in this course. Students will engage in various exercises and case studies in which they apply methods and theories that represent best practices in the profession of cybersecurity.

CYS 220 Digital Forensics

This course introduces students to methods and theories regarding digital forensics. Topics include computer storage, networks, data collection, computer architecture, and principles of basic evidence gathering. Students will also learn about how digital forensics best practices are influenced by outside trends and institutions.

CYS 230 Hacker techniques and Penetration testing

This course is an introduction to hacking tools and incident handling. Areas of instruction includes various tools and vulnerabilities of operating systems, software and networks used by hackers to access unauthorized information. This course also addresses incident handling methods used when information security is compromised.

CYS 232 Network Defense and Countermeasures

This course is designed to be the ideal one volume gateway into the field of network defense. This course brings together thoroughly updated coverage of all basic concepts, terminology, and issues, along with the practical skills essential to network defense. The course covers core topics such as practical applications of firewalls, intrusion detection systems, encryption fundamentals, operating system hardening, defending against virus attacks, Trojan horses and spyware, Ransomware, malware, security policies, and security standards. Also, the course fully addresses more specialized issues, including cryptography, industrial espionage and encryption — including public/private key systems, digital signatures, and certificates.

CYS 234 Computer Crime & Criminal Justice

This course provides definitions, theoretical and operational contexts for understanding relationships between criminal activities and cybersecurity. A typology of computer related crime and of computer criminal tactics/strategies, and psychologies/motivations will be examined. Law enforcement counter measures will be presented with introductions to new technologies in forensic and crime fighting.

CYS 315 Operating Systems and Computer Architecture

This course establishes the foundation for understanding information technology for a Cybersecurity career professional. A study of the basic concepts in computer organization, such as architecture and design. This includes logic design, fundamental computer components, mechanics of information transfer, and control.

CYS 407 Cybersecurity Capstone Project

Students must design and complete their own secure software systems and evaluate other student projects by locating flaws and weaknesses in them.

CYS404 Cyberethics Laws and Privacy issues in Cyberspace

This course offers an overview of the legal processes involved in cybersecurity and privacy. The course also reviews common concepts in cyberspace, privacy, and the law. In addition, several federal and state laws and legal concepts that affect how governments and organizations think about cybersecurity will be reviewed. Finally, the course offers an overview of security policies that can be used to help protect information governance and covers policy issues including organizational behavior and cyberethics.

CYS 405 Practicum/Internship

Students will apply their knowledge of cybersecurity methods and skills working in sites off campus. They will be under supervision during their fieldwork.

CYS 407 Cybersecurity Capstone Project

Students must design and complete their own secure software systems and evaluate other student projects by locating flaws and weaknesses in them.

Environmental Sustainability Course Descriptions

ES 200 Principles of Sustainability Science for the Environment

This course offers an introduction to the concepts of environmental sustainability and the complex problems associated with sustainability. This is an interdisciplinary course where students will learn to recognize, study, and analyze complex relationships between the social, human, and environmental systems that address issues involving: climate change, pollution, environmental science, natural resources, environmental degradation, population shifts, food systems, sustainable production and consumption, lifestyles, human security and public health.

ES 201 Ethics and Policy in Environmental Sustainability

This course will examine the fundamental value systems (ethical, religious, and philosophical) that are at the root of many environmental issues and then analyze how these varied values translate into constructing environmental policies. Students will integrate their understanding of the complex interactions between natural and human systems to examine case studies of major environmental policies on topics ranging from regulation of pollutants, natural resource management, global climate policy, endangered species, and social justice. Students will learn to weigh the concerns of various stakeholders affected by environmental issues, and formulate policy to address concerns of human health and wellbeing, environmental preservation, and economic feasibility.

ES 301 Environmental Science

This course will focus on the numerous ways in which human activities and environmental processes affect each other. The effects of human activities on our air, water, soil, and other organisms will be examined, both at the small scale and at the global scale. Specific topics that will be investigated both in lectures and with laboratory experiments include air and water circulation, the fate and transport of pollutants in the environment, water treatment methods, and climate change. Students will learn how to collect, analyze, and present a variety of environmental data, and connect this to human activities and sustainability.

ES 302 Sustainability and Human Systems

Creating a sustainable future necessitates improving human well-being with environmentally sound and financially feasible decision making. This course will

holistically explore challenging topics involving human systems and strategies for improving humanity and the environment. Topics include: systems thinking, ‘wicked’ problems, natural resources and life cycle assessment, industrial ecology, corporate sustainability, urban planning and transportation, community resilience, empowerment, measuring development, food systems, environmental anthropology, and environmental justice. ES 200 (Principles of Sustainability Science for the Environment) or permission of instructor is required for this course.

ES 304 Dynamic Systems Modeling

It is necessary to understand the behavior of systems to anticipate their outcomes. This is valid from social sciences, like when promoting peaceful resolution of conflicts, or biological issues like when studying the reproduction rate of a forest. This course provides students the concept of complexity and dynamism in social and biological systems resulting in environmental outcomes. This concept is operationalized in visual modeling aided by specialized software. Students will acquire high proficiency in finding the most relevant and accurate scientific information to define the system parts and their interconnections and will develop alternative models to achieve better understanding of the system under study. After students gets highly skilled gathering scientific information and managing the software with defined models, they will develop a model for the environmental dynamic system of their choice (social and/or biological). Pre-Requisite MA 210

Lab Operations Management Course Descriptions

LOM 300 Lab Operations Management I

This course focuses on the theory, practical application and evaluation of laboratory management principles and associated models in compliance and regulatory issues, safety, and ethics. Opportunities for building critical thinking, problem-solving, writing and management and professional leadership skills are provided.

LOM 301 Lab Operations Management II

This course focuses on the theory, practical application, and evaluation of laboratory management principles and associated models regarding compliance and regulatory issues for chemical and biological safety as well as animal handling. Opportunities for

building critical thinking, problem-solving, writing and management and professional leadership skills are provided.

Physics Course Descriptions

PY 101 Introductory Physics for the Health Sciences

This course is an algebra-based introduction to the topics and fundamental concepts of physics that are applicable in the various allied health professions. It covers selected topics such as forces and motion, energy, waves, sound, electricity and magnetism, the electromagnetic spectrum, optics, and a basic introduction to nuclear and radiation physics. This course is not applicable toward natural science majors that have specific physics requirements or recommendations at a more advanced level, nor does it prepare students for admission to professional programs in schools of medicine, dentistry, veterinary medicine, or pharmacy. Prerequisite: QR 101 or 103 213

PY 214, 214 General Physics/Lab

This course is a calculus-based introduction to the study of motion, Newtonian mechanics, work, energy, oscillation, waves, electromagnetic forces and fields, and an introduction to modern physics is presented with a laboratory. Co-requisite for PY 213: MA 106 or 107. Prerequisites for PY 214: PY 213 and MA 106 or 107

PY 301 Radiation Physics

This course provides a basic understanding of radiation physics, including atomic structure, radioactive decay and activity, uses of radioactivity, the interaction of radiation with matter and radiation detection and measurement. This course will also cover mathematical and scientific concepts necessary in the understanding of radiation physics. Prerequisites: PY101 and MA210.

Quantitative Reasoning and Mathematics Course Descriptions

QR 103F Quantitative Reasoning Finance/Lab

QR 103P Quantitative Reasoning Pre-Calculus/Lab

QR 103S Quantitative Reasoning Statistics/Lab

This course focuses on the importance of mathematics in the real world. Topics include logic and problem solving, quantitative information in everyday life, mathematical modeling, and other real-world applications. Various sections of this course will focus on applications in different real-world settings such as biology or finance. Sections focusing on the same setting will be denoted with the same letter: F, P, or S. The course is designed to enhance the ability of students to analyze quantitative information, and it serves as foundation for other courses in mathematics. Note: QR 103F/P/S may be 4-credit course with a Lab component attached to it. This means that in addition to the regular instruction time the students in this course will meet another 1.5 hr/week for further supplemental instructions.

QR105 Math: Methods in Madness

This course covers topics in discrete and finite mathematics selected from social choice, graph theory, combinatorics, probability, matrices, number theory, and/or game theory. Elementary computer programming is used for applications to the natural and social sciences. Required for this course is knowledge of the basic concepts of algebra, logic, as well as functions and their graphs.

MA 100A College Algebra

This course provides students a college level academic experience in Algebra that emphasizes the use of algebraic operations and functions in problem solving and

modeling. It also provides a strong foundation in Algebra to prepare students for Mathematics needed in partner disciplines.

MA 101B Pre-Calculus/Lab

This course is designed to prepare students for calculus. The topics cover several function classes including linear, quadratic, polynomial, rational, exponential, logarithmic, trigonometric and inverse trigonometric functions. Both algebraic and graphical techniques will be used to study these functions and their applications throughout the course. This course also introduces the concept and computation of limits which are necessary to begin the Calculus course. Prerequisite: C- or better in QR 101, QR 103 (or in QR 101A) or placement based on incoming GPA

MA107 Introductory Calculus/Lab

This course is designed to advance the topics of differential and integral calculus. Emphasis is placed on derivatives and integrals of algebraic and transcendental functions of one variable. The topics include derivatives, applications of the derivative, the definite and indefinite integrals, the fundamental theorems of calculus, techniques of integration, applications of the integrals, the calculus of logarithmic, exponential, and trigonometric functions and (if time permits) an introduction to ordinary differential equations. Prerequisite: MA 101A or QR103P or placement based on incoming GPA

MA 203, MA 204 Intermediate Analysis

This course will focus on a vector analysis, curves and surfaces, functions of several variables, partial differentiation, multiple integration, line integrals, Green’s Theorem, and an introduction to differential equations. Prerequisite: MA 106 or MA 107; MA 203 for MA 204

MA 210 Statistics

This course will include a study of basic principles of statistics, including descriptive methods, hypothesis tests, estimation, correlation and regression, analysis of variance and Chi-square test of independence. Emphasis will be on applications. Prerequisite: C- or better in QR 101 (or in QR 101A) or QR103 or placement based on incoming GPA

MA 211, MA 212 Statistical Methods

This course will focus on the basic principles of statistics, including descriptive methods, classical and nonparametric tests, estimation, correlations, regression, and analysis of variance. Emphasis will be on applications and consideration of the use of the computer in statistical analysis. Prerequisite: C- or better in QR 101 or QR103 or placement based on incoming GPA for MA 211. Prerequisite for MA 212: MA 211 (Note: MA 211 without MA 212 does not satisfy the mathematics requirement for graduation.)

MA 253 Linear Algebra

In this course students will study systems of linear equations, matrices, vector spaces, and linear transformations. They will also consider applications to the natural and social sciences. Prerequisite: MA 106 or MA107

MA 326 Geometry

This course offers a historical introduction to geometry, Hilbert’s axioms for Euclidean geometry, absolute geometry, the parallel postulate, Saccheri quadrilaterals, hyperbolic geometry, and geometric models. Prerequisites: MA 203 and MA 253

MA 328 Number Theory

Topics for this course include: basic properties of the integers, congruences, number- theoretic functions, quadratic reciprocity, the representation of numbers, Diophantine equations, and primes. Prerequisites: MA 203 and MA 253

MA 353, MA 354 Seminar: Algebraic Structures

These courses examine rings, fields, integral domains, and polynomial rings, groups through quotient groups, graph theory and applications. Prerequisites for MA 353: MA 204 and MA 253. Prerequisite for MA 354: MA 353

MASTER OF EDUCATION IN TEACHING SPECIAL EDUCATION

ED 500 Child and Adolescent Development

This course focuses on the principles of development from birth through adolescence. Family settings, classroom environments, play, curriculum, moral development, developmental diversity across cultures, and theory are covered throughout the course. Whole child approach to development engages an emphasis on cognitive, social, emotional and physical development.

ED 503 Initial Practicum

The initial practicum experience is the culminating course for the initial license program as required by DESE. It offers students the opportunity to reflect, analyze, and integrate knowledge gained from coursework within the program, as well as best practices through their experience as a student. Candidate’s performance is evaluated through the use of the Candidates Assessment of Performance (CAP) evaluation system as mandated by DESE. A total of 300 hours of field placement (PK-8 or 5-12) is required.

ED 503A Initial Practicum Seminar

A required weekly seminar component is part of the ED 502 Initial Practicum course. Here candidates will discuss and address current issues as demonstrated in their classroom placements in addition to gaining additional knowledge from guest speakers who are experts in the field of education

ED 510 Science and Digital Literacy in the Classroom

Every subject area has a deep rooted philosophy behind it that once uncovered will drive passion towards teaching and learning it. This course builds understanding and personal philosophies for pedagogical practices in the content areas of Digital Literacy and Computer Science, Mathematics, and Science and Engineering Technology. Learners will apply their understanding and philosophy to develop creative assessments and learning activities that build towards authentic assessments. As the world learns and grows, this course connects with leading educators and thought leaders for inspiration and continued lifelong learning. Beyond the three content areas, the course is designed for teachers to experience digital tools, learning activities, and assessments for transfer into their classrooms.

ED 512 Humanities in the Classroom I

In this interdisciplinary course, the focus is on expanding students’ knowledge of the humanities. Students will explore genres literary elements, and literary techniques in

art, literature, poetry and music and look for ways to integrate the humanities into the classroom. As well, candidates will study perspectives of education and society through the expressions of art through the writing process for students with mild and moderate disabilities. Discovery in the humanities can be a basis in which teachers may develop curriculum and enhance classroom teaching for students with mild and moderate disabilities.

ED 515 Contemporary Issues in Special Education

This course addresses the historical, philosophical, and ethical perspectives of education, services for students with special needs. Federal and state laws and regulations pertaining to special education will be studied. Legal and educational terminology and definitions for students with mild to moderate disabilities will be discussed. Knowledge of services provided by other agencies, such as augmentative and alternative communicative, assistive technology, development of an individualized education plan (IEP), and relevant current literature are covered in this course.

ED 517 Assessment of Students with Special Needs

This course addresses the principles of both formal and informal assessment of children and adolescents with mild to moderate disabilities. It will provide experience with informal and formal assessment measures. Basic concepts of measurement will be covered so that students can evaluate test instruments and interpret test results knowledgeably. Current issues in the field of assessment will be discussed and ethical issues emphasized throughout the course.

ED 518 Literacy Development Including Special Needs

This course addresses the significant theories, approaches, instructional practices, and programs for developing reading skills and reading comprehension in children and adolescents with and without disabilities. It includes a study of phonemic awareness, phonics, principals, and instructional practices through the reading/writing processes, the development of reading/writing skills, and the transition to content area texts. Diagnosis and assessment of reading skills, including formal and informal reading assessment instruments, will be examined. Emphasis will be on differentiated instruction to meet the needs of diverse learners.

ED 519A/B Curriculum Adaptations/Differentiated Instruction for Students with Special Needs

This course will address the design or modification of curriculum, instructional materials, and general education classroom environments for students with moderate disabilities. Emphasis will be placed on differentiated instruction that focuses on developing appropriate strategies for meeting the needs of diverse learners. It will align the principles of inclusion with their educational implementation by exploring and applying instructional strategies and current adaptations that are most effective in the general education setting. ED 519A places emphasis on grades PK-8; ED 519B emphasizes grades 5-12.

ED 521 Classroom Management for Students with Special Needs in Inclusive Classrooms

This course will address classroom management strategies, facilitating appropriate behavior, and meeting the social/emotional needs for students with mild and moderate disabilities. Emphasis will be placed on preventive discipline, classroom environments and techniques that have been found effective for students with special needs. Theoretical models of behavior management will be discussed and compared, including their application for preparing and maintaining students with mild and moderate disabilities in general education classrooms.

ED 523 Sheltered English Immersion Teaching

This course is designed to prepare teachers to address the individuality of English Language Learners (ELL) including social and cultural considerations, second language acquisition processes, English Language Arts and Literacy in the PK-12 classroom. This course is aligned with the Massachusetts Curriculum Frameworks, the WIDA English Language Development Standards and covers best practices in the field of ELL instruction. NOTE: Successful completion of this course leads to SEI endorsement through the Massachusetts Department of Elementary and Secondary Education ONLY if completed as part of the MEd in Special Education program; this is not a stand- alone endorsement course.

ED 602 Practicum/Seminar

This course is the culminating experience in the MEd Teaching Special Education program for individuals who possess licensure through the Department of Elementary and Secondary Education (DESE) but are seeking to add a license in another content area to their portfolio. Emphasis is placed on the advanced student’s demonstration of the standards for licensure and on the student’s ability to integrate content area knowledge, pedagogical theory, and practice. A total of 150 hours field placement is required (PK-8 or 512).

ED 604 Culturally Responsive Teaching

This course will explore the theory, research and practice of culturally responsive teaching. A critical lens is used to explore culture, equity, and access as it relates to a student’s educational experience. Further investigation will focus on the current educational systems and societal relationships that influence academic success. Strategies to foster responsive communication, classroom management, and curriculum utilizing the MA Frameworks will be deepened.

ED 610 Research Seminar

This educational seminar, specifically intended for students who are not seeking moderate special education licensure, places emphasis on the teacher as researcher. Course coverage includes the nature and basics of education research and methodologies. Using a wide variety of print, non-print, and technology-based resources, students will select, design and present a literature review surrounding a topic in their field of interest.

MASTER OF EDUCATION IN STUDENT SUCCESS

ED 604 Culturally Responsive Teaching

This course will explore the theory, research and practice of culturally responsive teaching. A critical lens is used to explore culture, equity, and access as it relates to a student’s educational experience. Further investigation will focus on the current educational systems and societal relationships that influence academic success. Strategies to foster responsive communication, classroom management, and curriculum utilizing the MA Frameworks will be deepened.

ED 701 Higher Education Law

Law plays a critical role in educational institutions both in how policies are created and how administrators go about their jobs. Through this course students will develop a greater understanding of how laws are passed. This course will help students to understand the impact that federal acts and laws have on the work that they do and will become informed practitioners that are in compliance with federal regulation.

ED 702 Assessment in Special Education

This course will address the principles of both formal and informal assessment of children and adolescents with mild to moderate disabilities. It will provide experience with informal and formal assessment measures. Basic concepts of measurement will be covered so that students can evaluate test instruments and interpret test results knowledgeably. Current issues in the field of assessment will be discussed and ethical issues emphasized throughout the course.

ED 703 Principles of Academic Coaching

Academic Coaching is an emerging and evolving field that is at the forefront of academic success at all levels. This course will teach students how to apply the most recent ideas and concepts in the field of academic coaching. Upon completion of this course, students will be able to holistically support students towards academic persistence, degree completion, and career success.

ED 704 Building Academic Learning Communities

Learning communities are one way that educational institutions are able to increase student learning and create self-sufficient learners. In this course, students will learn the history of learning communities and the theory that guides the professionals that create and facilitate them. Students will be exposed to ideas of design thinking and learn innovative strategies to incorporate design thinking into their work with

colleagues and students. Students will engage in hands-on experience as they craft their own learning community by the conclusion of the course.

ED 705 Educating and Advocating for Students

Coaches and mentors working in institutes of secondary and post-secondary learning are also educators and advocates. As a coach and/or mentor, these individuals are tasked with advocating for students that are at a disadvantage and, in turn, helping them to develop the skills needed to practice self-advocacy. In this course, you will learn how to develop students into confident learners who are able to navigate their own unique learning needs.

ED 706 Psychology of Learning

Learning is at the corner stone of educational institutions. Despite being engaged in learning from an early age most students don’t fully understand how they learn most effectively. In this course students will focus on the relationship among educational pedagogies, curriculum, instruction, and assessment as related to new research on how to teach different cultures/populations based on the changing demographics in today’s society.

ED 707 The Neurology of Learning and the Student Brain

Student learning is central to institutions of learning. It can happen both inside and outside the classroom, but it is always the main goal of schools and educators. In this course, students will look at the neurological underpinnings of learning as a science; the neuroscience of learning to gain an understanding of how the brain works with learning. As a result, the content covered in this course will allow students to go out into their professions and use science-based theory for how they develop and teach their students.

ED 708 History of Higher Education

In this course, students will examine the past, present, and future of Higher Education in both the United States and globally. By looking at historical context students will gain a stronger grasp on issues such as access, retention, inclusion, engagement and success.

ED 709 Developing Values, Gratitude and Resiliency within Students

Valuing is a process. Students face challenges and make decisions daily. Every day every one of us meets life situations which require us to critically think, form opinions, make decisions and take actions. This course explores the relationship between values, gratitude and resiliency from a brain-based perspective that is translated into the learning process. As trauma has a profound effect on teaching and learning, this course offers strategies to create trauma-sensitive learning environments for students in all content areas, grade levels, and educational settings.

ED 710 Contemporary Issues in Special Education – Student Success

This course addresses the historical, philosophical, and ethical perspectives of education services for students with special needs. Federal and state laws and regulations pertaining to special education will be studied. Legal and educational terminology and definitions for students with mild to moderate disabilities will be discussed. Knowledge of services provided by other agencies, such as augmentative and alternative communicative, assistive technology, development of an individualized education plan (IEP), and relevant current literature are covered in this course.

ED 711 Curriculum Adaptations for Students with Special Needs – Student Success

This course will address students with moderate disabilities as well as the design or modification of curriculum, instructional materials, and general education classroom environments for these students. Emphasis will be placed on differentiated instruction that focuses on developing appropriate strategies for meeting the needs of diverse learners. It will align the principles of inclusion with their educational implementation by exploring and applying instructional strategies and curricular adaptations that are most effective in the general education setting.

DOCTOR OF EDUCATION IN HIGHER EDUCATION LEADERSHIP

ED 801 Leadership: Discovering Your Authentic Purpose

This course will examine higher education leadership and ethical issues that colleges and universities face in the twenty-first century. Students will explore theory in order to objectively assess current leadership practices, systems theory, culture, diversity and change processes as they relate to individuals and higher education institutions.

ED 802 Research I

In this introductory research course, students will acquire to become consumers of educational research through reading, understanding, and critically thinking about educational issues. This course provides students with an introduction to qualitative, quantitative, and mixed methods approaches to research as well as the opportunity to identify and discuss a problem within higher education around which they will design a research proposal.

ED 803 Organizational Theory: Strategy and Change

In this course, students will explore organizational theory, as well as strategies to lead change in higher education. Areas of focus will include organizational structure and management, group dynamics, strategic planning, current issues in leadership, executive board relations and understanding of oneself as a leader. Through problem- based learning, students will engage in a semester long consulting project in which they will conduct a comprehensive educational program evaluation and propose innovative solutions.

ED 804 Research II

This research course provides an overview of research design and analysis in social and behavioral research. Emphasis is placed on understanding the process of social and educational research in field settings, developing data collection tools, producing high-quality quantitative and qualitative data, and descriptive analysis. The course content and assignments build upon readings and themes addressed in ED 802.

ED 805 Higher Education: Past, Present, and Future Contexts

In this course students will examine the history, accreditation, current issues and trends, and the future of higher education. Through examining the consistently changing landscape of higher education, students will explore issues such as access, retention, inclusion, engagement, and success.

ED 806 Research III

This course will precede the writing of chapter three in ED 902. Focusing on quantitative skills from applied statistical analysis, emphasis is placed on inferential methods acknowledging, understanding, and applying the role of uncertainty in data analysis used for testing hypotheses the researcher formulates.

ED 807 ED Talks: Exploring Leadership

This course is a continuation of ED 801. Students will know and apply theory in order to objectively assess current leadership practices, systems theory, culture, diversity and change processes as they relate to individuals and higher education institutions. Students will leave this thought provoking course thinking about what leadership in higher education should look like, feel like, and sound like.

ED 808 Dissertation in Practice II: Literature Review

This course is the development of Chapter 2 (Literature Review) of the DiP and will focus on the analysis of literature as the basis for research to make seminal contributions in the context of applied research.

ED 809 Dissertation in Practice I: Proposal

This course is the development of Chapter 1 (Proposal and Introduction) of the DiP which is a student centered, independent research proposal that requires the comprehensive working-knowledge of all research courses in this culminating and integrative experience. In this first DiP course, students will identify and discuss a problem in higher education leadership, conduct a literature review, and plan a research design. Students will present their research proposal for their capstone project at the end of the course and, with committee approval, will submit materials to the Institutional Review Board (IRB).

ED 811 Advanced Scholarly Writing

This course is designed to familiarize doctoral students with the demands of scholarly writing, including composition and organizational skills necessary for completion of a dissertation and submission of articles for publication. Discussion of differing parameters of writing assignments, common writing errors, and structural and editing strategies will be discussed. This intensive analysis of the principles of excellent academic writing will prepare students for a range of projects including research papers, conference proposals, book chapters, technical reports, and dissertations.

ED 827 Higher Education Law and Policy

In this course students will explore legal issues and their impact on post-secondary institutions. Topics include but are not limited to: student legal issues, faculty governance, employment law, tort liability, and copyright law. Students will engage in a variety of problem-based learning activities, including case studies and will conclude the course addressing law and policy in higher education.

ED 829 Co-Curricular Engagement

This course focuses on the evolving learning-centered co-curricular experiences within higher education. Students will research student development theories to utilize a problem-based learning approach that examines the theory and application of experiential learning, including service learning, internalization, and career development. Students will explore student development theories inherent in co- curricular learning and develop a co-curricular project for possible application.

ED 830 The Adult Learner in Higher Education

This course will prepare students to identify, develop and lead innovative strategies in teaching and learning in higher education. Areas of focus include the relationship among curriculum, instruction, and assessment as related to new research in the neurology of learning. Students learn to analyze key issues and challenges impacting teaching and learning in higher education, and will develop strategies for effective professional and personal development.

ED 835 Finance in Higher Education

This course focuses on the knowledge and skills required to effectively respond to the financial changes and trends for institutions of higher education, including fiscal planning and management, enrollment management, alumni management, grant writing, and institutional advancement/comprehensive campaigning. Students will analyze and evaluate issues from multiple perspectives, including administrative, consumer, and societal.

ED 901 Dissertation in Practice III: Methodology

This course is the development of Chapter 3 (Methodology) of the DiP; focusing on the research design and data collection. Students will also gather the necessary data to answer the research question(s).

ED 902 Dissertation in Practice IV: Findings

This course is the development of Chapter 4 (Findings) of the DiP. Students will analyze, interpret, report, and discuss the results of the data analysis.

ED 903 Dissertation in Practice V: Conclusion and Recommendations

This course is the development of Chapter 5 (Conclusion and Recommendations) of the DiP. Students will make recommendations for future research and educational practice based on the findings in their study.

ED 999A EdD DiP and Capstone Continuation Course

This course is a requirement for doctoral candidates in the EdD in Higher Education Leadership program who have completed all required coursework, need additional time and advising beyond the required DiP course sequence in order to complete the Dissertation in Practice, and who are regularly using the facilities of the University for dissertation production and/or post-production, until the Dissertation in Practice (DiP) and defense have been completed. Students will register for this course for as many semesters as needed for DiP and defense completion (within the maximum 6-year program completion requirement) and are expected to meet, on a regular basis, with their DiP advisor to ensure successful completion of their research study and defense. Pre-requisites: ED 811 and ED 903

COMMUNICATION

CO 200 Media Lab

Media Lab CO200 is a 1-credit course that produces The Regis Herald, the online student newspaper of Regis College. Students will foster their creative and critical thinking through developing their reporting, research, editing, and storytelling skills across different media. Students will participate in all facets of the publishing process with an emphasis on cultivating professional skills.

CO 203 Introduction to Communication

This course provides a broad survey of communication and its various components. Topics include intrapersonal, interpersonal, public, and mass communication, as well as the study of language and meaning, listening, and nonverbal communication.

CO 204 Public Speaking

The goal of this course is to help students gain ease and confidence speaking in front of an audience. Students learn to research, organize, develop, and deliver a variety of public speeches.

CO 206 Introduction to Public Relations: Foundations and Principles

This course explores the role of public relations in the profit and not-for-profit areas today. It provides the history and background, as well as the legal and ethical aspects of the field. The course also focuses on the principles of persuasion, identification of internal and external publics, the use of audience research, and the tools and techniques of the public relations profession. Prerequisite: EN 105 or instructor permission

CO 208: Introduction to Film Studies

This course will provide a survey of English-language (mostly American) cinema, from the silent era to the early 21st-century. We will engage with film through historical, cinematographic, theoretical, interpretive, and cultural lenses in order to chart the form’s evolution and its persistent relation to the social ideologies and values that produce and consume it.

CO 209 Screens, Selfies, and Society: Media in the 21st Century

This course will examine the impact of the mass media on society and the relationship between society and the mass media. Special emphasis will be placed on film, television, the internet, mobile media, and production and consumption of media across platforms. Topics of special interest will include issues of diversity in media production and representation such as sexuality, gender, race, class, and ethnicity. The course will examine the pervasive almost overwhelming influence the media has around the world, including advertising, politics, globalization, and technology, and how it impacts our daily lives.

CO 212 Writing for the Communication Professional

This course offers students an opportunity to learn about different types of writing for professionals within the communication field. It includes a combination of lecture guest speakers, writing workshop, peer critique, and independent research. Writing and project presentation skills will be stressed. Public relations, marketing, in-house communication (company newsletters, etc.), advertising, and promotional writing will be covered. Prerequisite: EN 105 or instructor permission.

CO 214 Introduction to Broadcasting

This course features an overview of the workings of the electronic broadcast media, focusing on radio, television, and the Internet. Specific areas discussed include organizational structure, programming formats, government regulation and career opportunities. Special attention will be given to current trends and controversies as new technology continues to emerge.

CO/ID 247: Digital Storytelling

This course introduces students to the concepts, contexts and tools of digital storytelling. Students will develop an understanding of the use of digital stories and storytelling techniques in mass communication contexts. Students will learn and apply vocabulary, concepts and practices of digital story making for target audiences. They will use appropriate multimedia production tools to plan and create original digital stories.

CO 215 Video Production I

This course prepares students for entry-level positions in video production and editing. Students develop the basic skills and techniques required to produce and edit video projects. These include using a video camera, lighting, sound recording, video and audio editing, and basic special effects. The course utilizes standard video and audio software, such as Final Cut Pro, Adobe Photoshop, GarageBand, Soundtrack Pro and iTunes. In addition, the program covers cinematography, basic narrative structure, direction and production planning. This course provides both practical and theoretical experience.

CO 219 Journalism

This course will review the traditional criteria of news value and the basic skills essential to the journalist’s role as reader, writer, reporter, and ethicist. Students will produce six major papers utilizing current computer technology.

CO 220 Feature Writing

This course focuses on feature writing for publication in contemporary print or online media and emphasizes the basic skills of the non-fiction writer: interviewing, reporting, writing, editing, and revising. Students will write and critique a wide range of non-fiction writing forms. Prerequisite: EN 105 or instructor permission

CO 221 Visual Communication

This course offers an exploration of visual communication with special emphasis on the role of the visual in perception, on techniques for visual thinking, and on the creation of visual messages utilizing current visual technology. Students will have hands-on experiences with a variety of digital technologies and explore their uses and applications in the field of communication. Preference to majors.

CO 222/ID 221 Photography I

Digital Photography I introduces the student to and develops basic proficiency in four areas of digital photography: the modern digital camera, the professional photography studio, the modern digital darkroom, and the publishing of the photographic images via digital distribution and the printing of the photographic image. Professional vocabulary is developed enabling students to engage in the formal critique of photographic images. Students should have access to a digital camera with manual control of exposures.

CO 244/ID 244: Global Cinema & Hollywood’s Shadow

This course examines international cinema from the silent era to the 21st-century. Our focus will be how film enacts, challenges, and represents both cultural and aesthetic ideology throughout history. As a secondary focus, we will discuss global film as a reaction – sometimes an embrace and sometimes a rejection – to Hollywood, genre convention, and the studio system. The course will begin and end with masters of German cinema (Murnau and Haneke), and in between will examine films from Spain, France, Italy, Hong Kong, Korea, Sweden, Mexico, North Africa, and Japan.

CO 240 Screenwriting

This course provides students the opportunity to develop a film script while increasing their use of individual voice, creative method, and screenwriting technical skills. All students will produce a completed treatment, script outline, and first act of a feature length screenplay. As every writer has an individual working style, each student will be encouraged to develop a creative approach appropriate to his or her needs and subject matter.

CO 303: Film Theory & Horror

This advanced course will address a variety of perspectives on film theory, which can be thought of in two ways: First, as a system for understanding and evaluating cinema as a unique form of narrative and representation, taking into account the relationship between spectator and image, visual symbolism, editing techniques, and so forth. And second, as a means of evaluating the ways that film shapes, and is shaped by, cultural norms and values. To enhance our understanding of film theory, we will engage specifically with the horror film, examining its history as both a derided and acclaimed genre. In studying horror, we will discuss the role of a variety of social, artistic, and, of course, theoretical concepts, including psychoanalysis, Marxism, gender, sexuality, anxiety, family values, and (perhaps obviously) violence.

CO 304 Advanced Public Speaking

The purpose of this course is to further develop the student’s skill to communicate before an audience. Components of this course will include longer prepared speeches, impromptu talks, analysis of notable speeches, and the use of visual aides to enhance communication. Prerequisite: CO 204

CO 305 Small Group Communication

This course emphasizes the study and the theory of small group communication and provides students the opportunity to apply the principles of the course to several discussion formats including the panel, symposium, and round-table discussion. Topics include problem solving, decision making, leadership, group climate, as well as the influence of culture, status, and power on group effectiveness. Prerequisite: CO 203 or instructor permission

CO 306 Interpersonal Communication

Interpersonal relationships are an important aspect of an individual’s personal and professional life. This course will focus on the various elements of interpersonal communication and will provide a theoretical and practical approach to understanding and improving one’s interpersonal awareness and communication. Prerequisite: CO 203 or instructor permission

CO 320 Social Media

In this course, students will develop an understanding of the utilization and applicability of social media platforms for a variety of purposes. The course will feature theory and practice of using social media platforms, mobile communication strategies, and audiovisual and time-based media tools in social media strategically. Team projects will allow students to develop collaborative skills and demonstrate proficiency in using these communication technologies for business and professional purposes. Prerequisite: CO 221 or CS 103 (preference to CO majors)

CO 322 Organizational Communication

This course will examine the nature and importance of communication in organizational settings. Theoretical and cultural perspectives on the organization will be examined and topics such as conflict management, leadership style, ethics, teamwork, and issues of gender and diversity will be explored. Prerequisite: CO 203 or instructor permission

CO 323 Photojournalism

Students will examine the process of spending a considerable amount of time with a story in order to illustrate a story without words. The evolution of journalistic ethics will be the subject of ongoing discussions throughout the semester. In addition, the course will focus on the technical, aesthetic, and interpersonal skills needed to produce images. Students taking this class are expected to hand in photos to accompany story headlines or articles. They might also take still photos for feature stories and develop their own captions. An SLR manual camera is required. Prerequisite: CO 222 or instructor permission

CO 324/ID 323 Photography II: Advanced Techniques

This is a course that will build upon basic photography knowledge and techniques. This hands-on course will cover the more complex aspects of exposure, printmaking skills, lighting, and composition while increasing photographic concepts and vision. Focus will be weighted heavily towards digital manipulation in programs such as Adobe Photoshop. An SLR manual camera is required. Prerequisite: CO 222

CO 332 Intercultural Communication

This course will deal with a broad spectrum of factors affecting international and intercultural communication: cultural, economic, political, social, and ethical. Communication problems of third world nations as well as cross-cultural issues in developed countries will be explored. Particular attention will be given to the changing role of women in the process of development. Prerequisite: CO 203 or instructor permission.

CO-332A Comm. Across Differences (3 Credits)

This course provides an intersectional approach to understanding how difference-particularly race, culture, gender, sexuality, disability, and mental health-is constructed in and through communication. Grounded in the social scientific study of communication as human behavior related to meaning and messages, this course will teach students to engage with how these facets of identity affect and are affected by communication in contexts such as media, organizations, interpersonal relationships, and families. The course culminates in a hybrid final project that applies synthesis of academic research to public-facing communication for improving occupational fields, institutions, and communities. Prerequisites: None.

CO 334 Advanced Public Relations

This course examines specific uses of public relations in a variety of areas including healthcare, education, entertainment, sports, and travel. Relevant public relations cases, in both national and international practice, are studied. Written, oral, and visual tactics, including the use of new technologies, are emphasized. Prerequisite: CO 206

CO 345 Gender and Communication

This course explores the study of communication and gender. Students will examine how communicative practices contribute to or resist the cultural construction of gender stereotypes. Students will investigate the impact of gender definitions on several relationships through an analysis of social, biological, linguistic, and cultural influences. Additionally, students will study communication behavior similarities and differences between the sexes. Prerequisite: CO 203 or instructor permission

CO 400 Senior Research Seminar I

Senior Research Seminar I provides students with the opportunity to examine a communication issue in depth. Students will select a specific communication topic and conduct a thorough literature review and analysis on this topic in APA style.

Further, students will lead a class seminar on their topics. Through their own research and active participation in the research and seminars of their class colleagues, students will integrate the seminar topics, other communication courses, and internship experiences to gain a broader understanding of the discipline. Prerequisite: CO or MCO major and senior standing

CO 401 Senior Research Seminar II

Senior Research Seminar II is designed to expand upon the literature review and analysis conducted in Senior Research Seminar I. Students will gather and analyze empirical research on the communication topic selected in Senior Research Seminar I. The goal of this course is to provide students with knowledge, skills, and experience demonstrating the connection between theory and professional practice through a comprehensive culminating research project. Prerequisite: CO 400

ID 413 Internship Interdisciplinary Seminar

This seminar course will combine the traditional classroom setting with the practical workplace experience of an internship. Students enrolled in this course will be actively engaged interns at local political, legal, or social service organizations and agencies while reading academic literature about the sector within which they are working. The practicum combines hands-on field experience with regular discussions about student work experiences, as well as scholarly readings and assignments appropriate for each student.

CO 409, CO 410 Individualized Study

CO 612: Health Communication

This course explores the communication demands of health care and health promotion, examines current issues and problems in the modern health care system, and identifies communication strategies health care providers or managers can employ to achieve their health care goals.

CO 620A-01: Communicating Across Differences

This course provides an intersectional approach to understanding how difference—particularly race, culture, gender, sexuality, disability, and mental health—is constructed in and through communication. Grounded in the social scientific study of communication as human behavior related to meaning and messages, this course will teach students to engage with how these facets of identity affect and are affected by communication in contexts such as media, organizations, interpersonal relationships, and families. The course culminates in a hybrid final project that applies synthesis of academic research to public-facing communication for improving occupational fields, institutions, and communities.

CO 622 Communication Data Analytics and Research Methods

The various methodological approaches and ethical responsibilities of conducting research in communication will be analyzed. Students will study ways by which researchers find and evaluate documents and will learn about both qualitative and quantitative design and research.

CO 624 Fundamentals of Communication Theory

This course provides an overview of major communication theories, with an emphasis on the major subfields of communication, especially those relevant to sport and nonprofit communication. Emphasis is on socialization into the field of Communication in terms of its history, theoretical development, and writing and citations style. The course culminates in an extensive state-of-the-field literature review that provides theoretical grounding for the student’s course of study.

CO 628 Organizational Communication

The focus of this survey course is on providing students with a theoretical understanding of the communication issues and problems prevalent within organizational settings. Special attention will be paid to nonprofit and sport organizations, and the course will focus on applied research, both foundational and current, as the basis for learning. Topics will include organizational structure, culture, change, diversity, leadership, and globalization. The course will help students determine strategies and tactics for reaching internal and external audiences in order to provide effective communication within organizations.

CO 630 New Multimedia Communication

This hands-on course introduces students to some of the social media and multimedia tools that have become part of the professional writer’s skill set. The course will review best practices for blogging, Facebook, Twitter and other tools as well as exposing students to video editing, photo editing and audio production for the Web.

CO 632: Sports Communication

This course provides an overview of the organizations involved in the sports communication field. Topics include the major television and radio networks, leading magazines and newspapers, and marketing and advertising firms. Subjects include publishing, journalism, team and league media relations, college sports information, TV and radio productions, and advertising.

CO 634: Sports Marketing and Advertising

This course examines the range of promotional techniques being used in the modern sports industry. Topics include sponsorships, advertising, merchandizing, and the effects of commercialization.

CO 636: Sports Writing

This course focuses on researching and writing sports stories, including game coverage, magazine features, and opinion columns. Students will complete reporting and writing exercises.

CO 637: Sports Reporting

This course will focus on developing the background and understanding necessary to enter the field of sports reporting and sports media. This course will provide a practical basis for sports coverage in print, broadcast, and online media. Students will learn how to produce a range of stories in each media category, learn the basics of beat reporting, and deepen their overall knowledge of sports as it appeals to consumers of media.

CO 638A: Sports Capstone and CO 646A: Nonprofit Capstone

A guided practical field experience, this course allows students to apply theoretical knowledge gained in the classroom to actual work settings in the communication field. Students must complete 120 hours at a site that specializes in their selected track (i.e., either sports communication or nonprofit communication). The course will culminate in a final reflection paper in which students analyze their internship experience using their skills in theory, research methods, and report writing.

CO 640: Nonprofit Communication

This course will introduce students to the marketing principles that nonprofit managers need to develop and implement a marketing plan. Students will be provided with case studies in order to understand the best practices in nonprofit communication and marketing, including social media, crisis management, and working with the press.

CO 642 Grant Writing

In this course, students will be exposed to the best practices for researching, writing, and following up on grants and other forms of fundraising for non-profits. It covers preparation of proposals to federal and local agencies, corporations and private foundations on behalf of 501 (c3) organizations as well as schools, charity groups and similar entities. The course will provide practical experience through partnerships with key non-profits. Students will learn how to write successful proposals including: case statement, goals and objectives, program budget, management plan and evaluation sections. Additionally, students will practice writing skills in non-profit management, such as the creation of effective fundraising letters and annual appeals.

CO 644 Public and Private Disasters: Crisis Communication

Crisis communication is an increasing concern for all businesses and professions. Students will explore the components of crisis communication and will study pre-crisis planning, including the formation of a crisis management team, as well as effective responses to organization crisis through timely communication. Through case studies and research, students will learn appropriate communication strategies to manage all phases of crisis.

BUSINESS MANAGEMENT

MT 200 Character Counts: Stewardship in Business (1-Credit)

This course introduces the basic business ethics issues for managerial decision- making. Relevant case studies, key scholarly articles, and media reports are reviewed and examined. The core component of the course is comparing the stakeholder vs. stockholder perspective which is emphasized throughout.

MT 203 Introduction to Leadership/Management

This course is designed to provide a broad overview of leadership and how to practically develop leadership skills. Discussion topics will include the dynamic role of leadership both within business organizations (profit/non-profit) and at the personal level. By investigating leadership and management through the study of literature, history, and other disciplines, students will gain a broad perspective of the conditions, people, and events that influence our view of leading others.

MT 204 Organizational Behavior

This course features an application of research from behavioral sciences concerning the interaction of individuals, groups, and the sub-units within the total organization. Students engage in analysis, problem solving, and decision making as a response to case studies and exercises. Emphasis will be on group development, interpersonal skills, decision making, and conflict resolution.

MT 209 Financial Accounting

This course provides an overview of the basic accounting process from the recording of business transactions to the preparation and analysis of financial statements. The purpose of the course is not to produce bookkeepers, but to give students a basic working knowledge of the principles, practices, and procedures involved in the preparation, presentation, and use of accounting data for external reporting purposes. Prerequisite: QR 101 (if necessary)

MT 210 Managerial Accounting

This course focuses on the internal use of accounting data for planning, decision making, and control activities in a business. It provides an introduction to managerial cost-volume profit analysis, cost analysis, operational budgeting, responsibility accounting, and performance measurement.

MT 220 International Management

The dynamic changes in the world of international business and economics are presented to students through current research, international journals, videos, simulations, and role plays. The course examines how managers resolve problems in different cultures. Students experience the helping and hindering forces involved in managing within a multinational business environment.

MT 222 Principles of Marketing

This course offers an introduction to the marketing system in business including price and product management, promotion, and distribution. The use of advertising, planning, personal selling, and market research will be explored.

MT 223 Consumer Behavior

This course provides a comprehensive overview of current thinking on consumer behavior. This course will cover the broad areas of assessing the context of consumer behavior, the psychological and sociological issues related to the field, while offering a critique of each sub-topic to give a wide-ranging view of the subject. Practical application of the theories is conducted via case study analysis.

MT 230 Quantitative Methods for Business

Students will gain an understanding of how statistical methods relate to managerial decision-making in accounting, finance, marketing, and economic forecasting. Each

method will be illustrated with an application using actual data from business sources and topics will be supplemented with examples from business and government.

MT 235 Software Applications for Business

This course will center on the analysis, communication, and daily management of business applications via the computer spreadsheet and database software that have become essential to the modern enterprise. To this end, students will learn to solve complex quantitative and data intensive problem sets by applying logical thought processes to the vast tools offered via Microsoft Excel and Access, respectively. Additional focus will be devoted to the import/export and linking of files between these programs, integration with the word processor (namely, MS Word), and conversion to files that may be posted externally for intranet and/or internet access.

MT 237 Introduction to Business Analytics

The course provides an overview of fundamental principles about how data science can provide solutions to business problems, techniques for extracting meaning from data, and general approaches of data analytical thinking. Prerequisite: MA 210 or MT 230

MT 251 Management Information Systems

This course focuses on the role of managing information in achieving strategic objectives in the context of a web-based environment, with special emphasis on evolving technological, application, and organizational issues. This is accomplished by examining the organizational and technical foundations of information systems and exploring the tools, techniques, and approaches for building, expanding, and managing effective information systems. The course will also explore ethical and social issues related to management information systems.

MT 301/311 - General Principles of Financial Planning

This course provides a comprehensive examination of the general principles of financial planning, professional conduct and regulation, and education planning. These topics constitute thirty percent of the principle knowledge topics tested on the CFP® Certification Examination. The course introduces students to the financial planning process and working with clients to set goals and assess risk tolerance. In addition, student will learn to process and analyze information, construct personal financial statements, develop debt management plans, recommend financing strategies, and understand the basic components of a written comprehensive financial plan. The course also covers the regulatory environment, time value of money, and economic concepts.

NOTE: This course is not delivered with Moodle and students are required to use the Canvas Learning Management System.

MT 302/312 - Risk Management and Insurance Planning

This course provides students with an understanding of risk management and the tools and techniques available to minimize exposures to risk. Students will learn how to conduct an insurance needs analysis for clients and evaluate insurance contracts for life, disability, long-term care, and health insurance. The course also covers how insurance rates are developed, what types of contracts are available, how to read insurance proposals, and how life insurance is used in financial planning. Students also learn about property and casualty insurance, including homeowners’, liability, and auto insurance. Other topics include group life and health insurance plans, business uses of insurance, and annuities. NOTE: This course is not delivered with Moodle and students are required to use the Canvas Learning Management System.

MT 303/313 - Investment Planning

This course explores the securities market, sources of information, risk/return, debt and equities, stocks, bonds, options, futures, and security analysis, and culminates in portfolio construction and analysis. Students will learn how to evaluate different asset classes for different investment objectives, and determine their suitability for investors considering investment goals, time horizons, risk tolerance, and tax situations. Quantitative investment concepts, investment theories and strategies, and asset pricing models are also examined. NOTE: This course is not delivered with Moodle and students are required to use the Canvas Learning Management System.

MT 304/314 - Tax Planning

This course covers taxation for individuals, sole proprietorships, partnerships, and corporations, as well as the tax aspects of investments, insurance, annuities, and retirement planning. Students will be able to identify the likely tax consequences of personal and business financial activities and select appropriate and lawful tax- minimizing tactics and strategies. NOTE: This course is not delivered with Moodle and students are required to use the Canvas Learning Management System.

MT 305/315 - Retirement Savings and Income Planning

This course educates students on how to conduct a retirement needs analysis for individuals and to recognize the key factors that affect retirement plan selection for business owners. Students will be able to evaluate and compare the characteristics of various retirement plans and recommend which plan is appropriate in a given situation. The course covers tax-deferred retirement plans, IRAs, nonqualified plans, Social Security, Medicare, Medicaid, distribution strategies, taxation of distributions, and regulatory considerations. NOTE: This course is not delivered with Moodle and students are required to use the Canvas Learning Management System.

MT 306/316 - Estate Planning

This course provides an introduction to federal gift, estate, and generation-skipping transfer taxes and the many planning techniques used to minimize the impact of these taxes on transfers of wealth. It also explores the income-tax effects of gifts and bequests, with particular attention to the limitations on income-shifting to family members. The non tax aspects of estate planning, including the estate planning process, property ownership, planning for incapacity, and planning for business owners are examined as are the need for estate planning documents for individuals, spouses, and unmarried couples. The course stresses the need for balancing tax and non-tax considerations in creating successful estate plans. NOTE: This course is not delivered with Moodle and students are required to use the Canvas Learning Management System.

MT 307/317 - Capstone Course in Financial Planning

This course integrates financial planning topics learned in the previous courses and demonstrates how to apply this knowledge to the development of a comprehensive financial plan. Students will learn how to construct a plan according to CFP Board’s Financial Planning Practice Standards and client objectives. NOTE: This course is not delivered with Moodle and students are required to use the Canvas Learning Management System. Prerequisites: MT 301/311, MT 302/312, MT 303/313, MT 304/314, MT 305/315, MT306/316 or permission of the Program Director.

MT 330 Business Law & Ethics

This course presents key business law topics for legal and ethical decision-making within the context of a business. Relevant statutes as well as landmark court decisions are examined. The perspective of ethical decision-making, regardless of legality is emphasized throughout.

MT 340 Financial Management

This course is intended to provide the student with an introduction to the basic concepts and practices of financial planning and analysis. The course will build on the concepts of decision making introduced in Managerial Accounting, but the focus will shift to a consideration of financial decisions from a longer-term, overall company perspective. Topics covered include financial statement analysis, financial and operating leverage, profit planning, time value of money, risk-return-valuation concepts, cost of capital, and capital budgeting concepts and techniques. Pre-requisites: MT 209, MT 210

MT 352 E-Commerce

This course is designed to provide students with an understanding of the consequences of the introduction of the internet, Web, and social media in the way business is conducted using a project-based approach. The E-commerce world is viewed primarily from the perspective of business management in which managerial issues related to the information infrastructure requirements are addressed. Students will learn about new forms of business practices in business-to-business, consumer-to- business, and intra-organizational transactions. Specifically, the areas of electronic shopping, publishing, distribution, and collaboration will be explored. An examination of implications and issues resulting from E-commerce include: security, authentication, privacy, data encryption, intellectual property rights, as well as freedom of expression using electronic media, fair use policies, and legal liabilities.

MT 374 International Marketing

This course provides an overview of international marketing with a focus on the theory and market research. The course highlights the importance of understanding various cultures that compose the global market and the different approaches multinational companies embrace in order to achieve sustainable long-term relationships with their constituents. It is designed to broaden the knowledge of marketing a product or service internationally and the planning necessary to be successful. Prerequisite: MT 222

MT 375 Data Analysis and Modelling for Business

Data analytics is the science of examining raw data with the purpose of drawing conclusions about that data. Data analytics is used in many industries to allow companies and organizations to make better business decisions and in the sciences to verify or disprove existing models or theories. Data analytics focuses on inference, the process of deriving a conclusion based solely on what is already known by the researcher. This course will introduce students to a variety of methodologies used in data analytics. Prerequisites: MT 237, MT 235, MT 251

MT 376 Data Mining

This course will provide a foundation to understand data mining methods and data visualization techniques by examining how these technologies provide useful knowledge that supports critical business decisions. This course will introduce fundamental data mining techniques and have students experiment with data mining applications. In addition, the course will demonstrate techniques of data visualization to allow decision makers to quickly access large data repositories and make clear decisions based on integrated information structures. Prerequisite: MT 235, MT 237, MT 251

MT 401 Seminar: Business Strategies I: Theories & Concepts (Capstone) (Fall)

This professional seminar involves students in discussion, evaluation and analysis of management and organizational issues. As work and managing organizations become more complex, students experience and test theory on cases and exercises. Students lead and facilitate seminar meetings using readings/cases and drawing on classical and contemporary theories of management. Prerequisite: senior status

MT 402 Seminar: Business Strategies II: Applications (Capstone) (Spring)

This course features an examination of the strategies and approaches to managerial capitalism needed by organizations as a means of making decisions about the future. This capstone course integrates functional areas of management including finance, marketing, organizational theory, and ethics. The learning process emphasizes case analysis and formal presentations of strategic management issues. Particular attention is on the first decade of the twenty-first century and the emergence of the global economy. A research paper on a significant management issue is required, as well as a group presentation of a business plan for a new company. This seminar course is supported by a grant from the Helen Cronin Foundation. Prerequisite: senior status

MT 405 Forecasting & Logistics

This course provides a broad overview of the planning and execution of customer demand, in two parts: forecasting (planning to match supply and demand) and logistics (transportation, warehousing, and inventory management). Regarding forecasting, students will learn to analyze demand data, construct different forecasting techniques, and choose the most suitable one for projecting future demand. Regarding logistics, students will learn how to discern among different modes of transportation; to design and set up a warehousing facility; and to develop networks that minimize costs and deliver top customer service.

MT 410 Independent Study

MT 415 Sourcing & Operations

This course provides an overview of sourcing and operations. Students will learn the key components of sourcing: supplier selection, supplier segmentation, make vs. buy decisions, and supplier relationships. Students will also learn both the Lean Inventory methodology and the Six Sigma methodology to allow them to improve supply chain operations.

MT 417 E-Mail Marketing

This course will teach students how to craft successful email marketing campaigns when targeting business or individual customers. Students will also learn how to use email campaigns for customer engagement and activation. Students will learn how to write emails that drive customers to take desired actions, and how to structure email campaigns for maximum effect. This course will ask students to build their own marketing campaigns to advertise an imaginary product, and to evaluate and improve existing email campaigns.

MT 418 Search Engine Optimization and Marketing

How do you find what you're looking for on the internet? Chances are you turn to Google or another search engine. Companies use Search Engine Optimization (SEO) and Search Engine Marketing (SEM) to make sure you see them first every time you turn to a search engine. By the end of this course you'll learn how to optimize a website so that it shows up first on a search and how to build search ads that will drive customers to your website. This online course has optional live sessions.

MT 420 Marketing Strategy

Marketing Strategy develops students’ in-depth knowledge of strategic concepts in the field, including market research, branding & positioning, differentiation, competitor analysis, product development, supply chain management, and customer relationship management. To gain expertise in the application of these concepts to business management, students will conduct extensive research on, and create a comprehensive marketing plan and strategy for, a local business or organization.

MT 425 Supply Chain Practicum (Supply Chain Management Capstone)

This course asks students to apply the skills they have learned in their business and supply chain management education to a series of challenges. In the first part, students solve challenges in logistics, operations, planning, and sourcing faced by a fictional company. In the second part, students will be tasked with addressing a real supply chain problem. Students will take on the role of supply chain consultants, redesigning the existing supply chain of a consumer products company with the goals of implementing lean inventory management, and using six sigma processes to improve efficiency and allow the company to bring new products to market more rapidly. At the end of the course, students will have real world experience that they can show employers as part of a larger portfolio.

Economics

EC 201 Principles of Microeconomics (Fall)

This course introduces the study of economic decision making by consumers and business firms in a market setting. Students learn how different types of markets for goods and services function and how government action can impact these markets.

EC 202 Principles of Macroeconomics (Spring)

This course introduces the study of the economic forces that determine the overall level of employment, income, prices, and economic growth. Students learn how changing money and credit conditions and changes in government tax and spending policies affect the macro economy.

EC 208 Economics in Film (Spring)

This course uses both contemporary and classic film to illustrate concepts in economics. The plots and subplots in the films will be examined utilizing economic analysis of the important economic problems society faces within a global and ethical context. As a survey course, it will cover economic concepts such as scarcity, resources, market systems, financial markets, government regulation, economic growth/recession, money and banking, competition, labor economics, specialization, and market failure.

EC 304 History of Economic Thought (Fall: Odd)

This course is a survey of the evolution of economic ideas. Economic theories and policies will be related to the socio-economic and intellectual climate of their times. Major economic thinkers from Adam Smith to current mainstream economists will be studied, as well as economists critical of their ideas. Prerequisites: EC 201 or EC 202

EC 305 Money and Banking (Spring: Odd)

This course encompasses a study of the American financial system as it relates to money and banking. Topics will include banking as a business, new developments in banking, the Federal Reserve System, monetary policy and its relation to the problems of unemployment and inflation, international finance, and foreign exchange markets. Prerequisites: MT 209, EC202, or instructor permission

EC 323 Managerial Economics (Spring: Even)

This course focuses on the business decision making process using the methodology of behavioral economics. The course examines responses to economic fluctuations taking into account such factors as attitudes toward risk, motivation, altruism, conflict, and cooperation. Classroom experiments will be used to test behavior and decision making under varying degrees of uncertainty. Prerequisites: MT 235, EC 201

EC 324 Economics of Sports (Fall: Odd)

This course will investigate selected issues in sports from an economics perspective, with a focus on the major professional sports in North America as well as a discussion on college sports. The course covers the business operations of the sports franchises and the market structure in sports leagues. Additional topics include economics of public financing towards the sports industry, the economics of public funding towards sports infrastructure, the benefits and costs of mega sports events, the economics of the labor markets in professional and college sports, how salaries for professional athletes are determined, labor unions and free agencies in professional sports, the economics of racial and gender discrimination towards athletes, and issues pertaining to college athletes.

EC 326 Economics of Health Care (Fall: Even)

The following topics will be examined and discussed: health care trends in the United States; causes of increased medical costs; consumer demand for health care and the supply of medical facilities and personnel; quality of health care; economics of health

insurance plans and national health insurance, as well as global perspectives on health care. Prerequisite: EC 201 or instructor permission

EC 328 Environmental Economics

This course uses economic analysis to explore the underlying behavioral causes of environmental and natural resource problems and to evaluate the policy responses to them. Topics include water and air pollution, toxic substances, the exploitation of exhaustible resources, and the question of limiting economic growth. Prerequisites: Two of the following: EC 201, EC 202, or EC 203

Interdisciplinary Courses for the Majors

ID 327 Managing Projects

This course offers an introduction to the principles and concepts of project management. It looks at how projects are uniquely suited to support an organization’s strategy in a fast-paced business environment. The course addresses all aspects of the project life cycle including project initiation, planning, team organization, monitoring and control, risk management and execution. Emphasis will be placed on how to identify and meet schedules, costs, and constraints while focusing on customer needs. Prerequisite: junior or senior standing, MA 210

ID 413 Interdisciplinary Internship Seminar (Fall/Spring/Summer)

This seminar course will combine the traditional classroom setting with the practical workplace experience of an internship. Students enrolled in this course will be actively engaged interns at local political, legal, or social service organizations and agencies while reading academic literature about the sector in which they are working. The practicum combines hands-on field experience with regular discussions about student work experiences, as well as scholarly readings and assignments appropriate for each student. Prerequisite: junior or senior standing.

MASTER OF SCIENCE IN PRODUCT MANAGEMENT

MT 545 Intro to Product Management

This course provides a foundational understanding of the product management role and the scope of responsibility for the product manager. The course will explore PM processes, strategies, and tools, with an emphasis on business-focused decision-making within the Five Product Movement model.

MT 550 Product Management Methodology

The course introduces students to the leading theoretical approaches to product management, including Agile, Scrum, Kanban, and Waterfall approaches. Students will apply these methods to real-life product management situations.

MT 660 Data Analysis and Decision Making

Information is crucial to the role of the product manager. Collecting, mining, and analyzing data, from historical production costs to web analytics, from sales figures to customer retention rates, is central to effective product management. This course will cover essential techniques and software for managing data and explore the ways in which we can make sense of data and apply insights to practice.

MT 661 Business Communication for Product Managers

A product manager must direct operations across multiple functional areas, at varying levels of the organization. The ability to communicate clearly and effectively with multiple stakeholders is key to success in this field. This course will develop students’ understanding of the foundations of effective professional communication through readings, discussion, and oral and written work.

MT 662 Product Development and Production

This course is centered on the vital “middle” stages of the product management lifecycle, the Development and Operations stages. This course will examine various approaches to product development and survey the production process from procurement through delivery.

MT 663 Commercialization, Market Development, and Marketing

This course focuses on the role of the customer in shaping product management. Students will learn to evaluate marketing insights concerning customer behavior, demand, and pricing and incorporate this knowledge into a strategic approach to product development and management.

MT 664 Technical Strategy, Digital Service, and Service Design

In this course, students will explore services and product service systems, with an emphasis on the management of the entire product life cycle for services. For their final project, students will design a digital service launch.

MT 665 Pharmaceutical & Biotechnology Product Management

This course covers the specific needs of the pharmaceutical, biotechnology, and biomedical sectors for research-centered product management. Students will gain extensive familiarity with the rules, regulations, and best practices for the industry and with US and international approval processes, including the U.S. Food and Drug Administration (FDA) and the EU European Medicines Agency (EMA).

MT 666 Design and Innovation in the Pharmaceutical & Biotechnology Markets

This course will focus on the crucial early stage, largely preclinical research phase in the product management life cycle in the life sciences. The course will explore emerging research techniques and innovations, such as gene splicing, bioprinting, tissue engineering, and the use of artificial intelligence in the drug discovery process.

MT 667 IT Product Management

This course examines the product life cycle in the context of the information technology sector. The course will discuss the unique challenges, such as shorter product life cycles, continuous updating, security testing, and uncertain intellectual property protections of the IT sector and provide industry-specific tools and techniques for product management.

MT 668 Design & Innovation in the IT Market

This course is centered on understanding the creative process in Information Technology, from ideation through beta testing, from a product management lens. Students will learn to manage standard operating procedures for software, application, and/or website development as well as scheduled and unscheduled updates.

MT 669 Financial Product Management

This course will explore the specific needs of the financial services industry for product management, including the design, marketing, and administration of retail and business financial products. Students will gain expertise in the range of financial products, from investment to insurance, credit to savings, and in how to launch new financial services to various customer segments.

MT 670 Design and Innovation in the Finance Market

This course focuses on the development of new financial products across the breadth of the financial services industry. Students will gain expertise in assessing the potential profitability, market demand, and selling/promotional channels for new business and retail financial service offerings.

MT 671 Capstone in Product Management

This capstone course is centered on a term-long integrative team project, in which students will construct a complete product roadmap from ideation through the entire product management life cycle, in conjunction with faculty and industry mentors. The course will place the product management process within a holistic understanding of how marketing, R&D, procurement, manufacturing, sales, finance, IT, and other business functions impact product management.

PROFESSIONAL MASTER OF BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION

EC 501 Economics for Managers

This course introduces the study of economic decision making by consumers and business firms in a market setting. Students learn how different types of markets for goods and services function and how government action can impact these markets.

MT 510 Financial Accounting

This course develops an understanding of financial statements, including income statements, cash flow, balance sheets, and financial statement analysis, through

examination of accounting principles, procedures, and current business practices. Some computer applications with spreadsheets will apply.

MT 540 Financial Statement Analysis

This course is designed to enhance the participant's ability to evaluate and implement financial strategies. Areas of focus are: The meaning and use of financial ratios in the internal and external evaluation of the performance of a corporation. Evaluation of investment programs (capital budgeting), including such issues as cash flow forecasting, estimation of the cost of capital and ranking of investment proposals. Evaluation of financing decisions, including the analysis of the cost and benefits of operating and financial leverage.

MT 604 Human Behavior in Organizations

Human Behavior in Organizations places emphasis on individual, interpersonal, group and organizational concepts as applied to a variety of specific cases and situations. These situations involve the management of human resources and issues involving leadership behavior in health care and related organizations. Students learn to integrate their insights into critical incidents by collecting data, diagnosing and developing a prescription for action. Health care organizations are contrasted with other non-profit and private sector settings.

MT 608 Management Information Systems

Presents fundamental concepts needed to manage information technology effectively. This course examines use of information technology to support operations management, decision-making and control, and strategic planning. Leadership roles include creating structures that promote integration of information for planning, decision-making, and evaluation.

MT 611 Leadership Systems & Strategies (Capstone)

This course will utilize leadership and systems frameworks in order to diagnose, define, and prescribe solutions to complex organizational issues. To demonstrate a leader's challenge in bringing about continuous change, students will develop a change project based on an actual organizational situation.

MT 612 Ethical Practices

This course examines the values, norms, and ethical practices of leaders in a variety of organizations. A continuum of ethical thought and practice is assessed relative to the impact on the organization and its immediate environment. Participants consider ethical frameworks in establishing a decision-making process.

MT 621 Marketing Strategies

Provides detailed perspective of marketing as a system, including environmental scanning, marketing management, marketing research, and customer relations. This course integrates basic marketing practices with current strategic management thought.

MT 624 Statistics

This course introduces some of the tools that enable managers to analyze information, including ways to collect, summarize, and analyze data. Topics include probability, measures of central tendency and dispersions, discrete and continuous distributions and sampling techniques. The course involves use of the computers via statistical package.

THE SCHOOL OF HEALTH SCIENCES

ATHLETIC COACHING (MINOR)

ATH 210 Coaching Sports

The purpose of the course is to assist the student in reflecting on and applying the skills needed to become a successful coach. These skills will include determining coaching goals; developing communication and motivational techniques; improving teaching techniques in sport; developing knowledge of sport ethics, law, and risk management; and increasing one’s knowledge of team management principles.

ATH 215 Coaching Youth Sport

Students will gain knowledge regarding psychomotor, cognitive and social characteristics of athletes aged 4-17 and learn appropriate instructional strategies for enhancing the development and performance of young athletes. The focus will be on utilizing best practices in teaching/coaching youth sport to enhance learning, improve performance, and promote a life-long enjoyment of sport.

ATH 220 Strength, Conditioning and Nutrition Principles for Coaches

This course will introduce students to scientific knowledge and principles regarding strength and conditioning for athletes of various ages. Students will gain experience in performing strength and conditioning activities, correcting form, and developing appropriate training plans based on these principles. Students will gain knowledge regarding healthy nutrition for sport participation and debunk nutritional myths. The course will include classroom and practical experiences.

ATH 330 - 334 Teaching, Coaching and Officiating a Specific Sport* (i.e., basketball, lacrosse, soccer, volleyball)

Communication Sciences and Disorders (MINOR)

CSD 200 Introduction to Speech-Language Pathology and Communication Disorders

This course is designed to inform students about the field of speech-language pathology (SLP) and communication disorders. Students will study all the domains included in speech-language pathology and communication disorders, including normal and abnormal speech, language, and hearing in children and adults. As part of this course, students will complete 25 clinical observation hours outside of class time to become familiar with SLP session planning and/or treatment.

CSD 210 Phonetics

An introduction to the study of speech sounds used in the production of American English. Emphasis is placed on (1) sound to symbol transcription using the International Phonetic Alphabet, as well as (2) development of transcription, speed, and accuracy of normal and abnormal speech. Anatomy and physiology of speech mechanisms are introduced for the purpose of describing speech sound production.

CSD 300 Speech Science and Anatomy and Physiology of Speech Mechanisms

An introduction to the anatomy (structure) and physiology (function) of the systems and processes involved in speech production, with a focus on the respiratory, phonatory, articulatory, resonatory, and nervous systems.

CSD 310 Language Development

The focus of this course is the acquisition of language including phonology, semantics, morphology, and syntax. This course will also address acquisition of pragmatics, the role of social factors such as gender and ethnic background in language acquisition, school-aged acquisition, literacy, and bilingualism. Receptive and Expressive language will be discussed.

CSD 400 Hearing Science

This class discusses principles of normal hearing including the anatomy (structure) and physiology (function) of the auditory system, the physical properties of sound relevant to hearing assessment, techniques for hearing assessment, and auditory disorders.

CSD 401 Introduction to Audiology

This course provides an introduction to audiology where the rehabilitation of hearing is the main objective. Methods of assessing and treating hearing disorders, with both children and adults, are surveyed. This includes learning about amplification devices, auditory-visual training, and modes of communication for the deaf and hearing impaired. Disorders and conditions that are a result of hearing loss are also addressed. This course includes clinical observations and laboratory experiences for students to practice the clinical techniques taught during the lecture portion of class. Prerequisites: CSD 400 or instructor permission.

DENTAL HYGIENE

DH 101 Dental Hygiene Theory I

This course provides the history and foundation of clinical dental hygiene practice. The student will be introduced to the basic principles and skills necessary to provide oral health care. Emphasis is placed on such topics as: disease transmission and control; importance of detailed medical histories; measuring and recording vital signs; etiology and recognition of dental caries; stains; hard and soft deposits; intra oral and extra oral examinations; the dental hygiene treatment plan; indices and scoring methods; biofilm management; fluoride treatments; and sealants. This course will introduce material that will be applied in the Pre-Clinical and Clinical Dental Hygiene courses to follow. Prerequisite: enrollment in the dental hygiene program and current CPR certificate for Healthcare Provider.

DH 102 Medical Emergencies

Since the dental office is one of the major locations where people exhibit anxiety, medical emergencies may occur. This course teaches the Dental Hygiene student how to handle medical emergencies that may occur in the dental office, such as syncope, adrenal insufficiency, hyperventilation, asthma attacks, diabetic coma, insulin shock, CVA, epileptic seizures, anaphylaxis, angina pectoris and heart attacks. Emphasis will also be placed on oxygen delivery, emergency cart components, respiratory distress, congestive heart failure, drug related overdoses, rheumatic heart disease, heart murmurs, endocarditis, congenital heart defects, liver disorders, renal failure, organ transplants and blood disorders. Labs involve executing the role of each team member during role-playing emergencies in a clinical setting. Prerequisite: DH 101 and current CPR certificate for Healthcare Provider.

DH 103 Clinical Dental Hygiene I

Instrument design and use, ergonomics, and infection control provide the didactic foundation for the pre-clinical lab. Lab: Hands-on application of techniques for the prevention of disease transmission, scaling, polishing, and oral health education for the prevention of dental disease at the beginner level. Students master the basic instrumentation skills through practice on dental models prior to performing services on peers. Students’ progress individually in a competency-based approach to mastery of beginner level skills. Prerequisite: enrollment in the dental hygiene program and current CPR certificate for Healthcare Provider.

DH 104 Clinical Dental Hygiene II

This course includes the clinical application of course material from DH 101 and 103, plus clinical experience in taking medical and dental histories, oral examination, fluoride treatments, sealants and dental charting while providing patient care in the dental hygiene clinic. Students receive instruction in providing dental hygiene care by various instructors in one-to-one teaching situations, as well as one-to-five instructor- to-student ratio. Students work at the beginner clinical skill level. Patients range in age from pre-school to geriatric with levels of difficulty in dental hygiene treatment ranging from healthy periodontal status to slight chronic periodontitis. Students are responsible for patient recruitment when the clinic office does not schedule patients for them. Prerequisites: DH 101, DH 103, DH 105, DH 106, DH 170 and current CPR certificate for Healthcare Provider.

DH 105 Dental Anatomy and Histology

A detailed study of the form and function of the deciduous and permanent dentitions with emphasis on the histologic development of tooth tissues and root morphology.

Basic dental terminology, oral cavity landmarks, and patterns of tooth eruption will also be studied. This course includes hands-on study of synthetic teeth. This is a hybrid course. Prerequisites: enrollment in the dental hygiene program.

DH 106 Head and Neck Anatomy and Embryology

The study of the embryonic origin and anatomy of the structures of the head and neck with emphasis on cranial nerves, muscles of mastication and facial expression, the temporomandibular joint, and the vascular and lymphatic systems. Students learn head and neck structures by studying human skulls. Prerequisites: enrollment in the dental hygiene program.

DH 108 Periodontology

An in-depth study of the etiology and classification of periodontal disease and current periodontal therapies pertinent to dental hygiene practice. The effects of smoking, malocclusion, diabetes etc. on periodontal and total health are covered. Periodontal surgery and non-surgical therapies, plaque control techniques and formulating a dental hygiene treatment plan for periodontal patients are emphasized. Prerequisites: DH 101, DH 170 and enrollment in the dental hygiene program.

DH 120 Dental Hygiene Theory II

Students will attain skills necessary for dental hygiene care for persons with special needs. The primary focus of the course is concentrated around the delivery of care, prevention and patient education for managing patients with special needs conditions. These conditions include patients with physical, developmental, mental, sensory, behavioral, cognitive, social/emotional impairment disorders, the medically compromised, women’s health issues and age-related disorders. An interdisciplinary approach to patient care with emphasis in care coordination with other health and social welfare providers will be introduced. Prerequisites: DH 101, DH 103 and enrollment in the dental hygiene program.

DH 148 Dental Materials

A study of the science of dental materials including the physical, chemical and biological properties, manipulation, and care of materials used in the prevention and treatment of oral disease. The scientific and clinical properties of precious and non- precious metals, ceramics, dental amalgams, acrylic plastics, filled and non-filled resins, porcelains, impression materials, implant materials, whitening agents, and various waxes are examples of areas studied. The laboratory exercises are designed to illustrate the properties, application and uses of selected materials presented in lecture with special emphasis on the materials within the scope of the practice of Dental Hygiene. This is a hybrid course. Prerequisites: DH 103, DH 105, and enrollment in the dental hygiene program.

DH 170 Dental Radiology

This course is an in-depth study of the theory and principles of x-radiation used in the exposure, processing and mounting of dental radiographs. Recognition and interpretation of normal and abnormal conditions visible on dental radiographs and the identification of the hazards and safety precautions eminent to radiographic procedures will be covered. The laboratory sessions will provide experience in intra- oral and extra-oral radiographic techniques on manikins, digital x-ray, panoramic x- ray, processing and mounting procedures. Students will expose a Full Mouth Series of radiographs on a patient at the end of the course. Prerequisite: enrollment in the dental hygiene program and current CPR certificate for Healthcare Provider.

DH 203 Dental Hygiene Clinic III

Novice, skill level II of clinical patient care is a continuation of DH 104 skill level I with increased clinical time and exposure to a variety of patients and clinical procedures. The students will treat more difficult periodontal case types that will challenge their clinical skills. Emphasis will be on integrating therapeutic oral health services with prevention and implementation of instrumentation at a higher skill level. Dental hygiene students increase their clinical time to 12 hours of clinic. Students will be scheduled at the Regis College Dental Center and at an extramural assignment in a variety of dental settings in the greater Boston area. Transportation to the extramural site is the responsibility of the student. Students are responsible for patient recruitment when the clinic office does not schedule patients for them.

Prerequisites: DH 102, DH 104, DH 108, DH 148 and current CPR certificate for Healthcare Provider.

DH 204 Dental Hygiene Clinic IV

Second-year students will continue alternating between extramural assignments in a variety of dental settings in the greater Boston area and the Regis College Dental Center. The senior student will demonstrate the ability to synthesize and conceptualize all knowledge, theory and clinical skills previously learned to provide care at the advanced skill level IV, an entry-level (or above) proficiency required of a licensed dental hygienist. The students will treat more difficult periodontal case types utilizing advanced instrumentation and fulcrums. Transportation to the extramural site is the responsibility of the student. Students are responsible for patient recruitment when the clinic office does not schedule patients for them. Prerequisites: DH 203, DH 213, DH 215A and current CPR certificate for Healthcare Provider.

DH 205 Pharmacology

This course incorporates the basic concepts of pharmacology including pharmacokinetics, pharmacodynamics, diverse reactions, mechanisms of action, and drug interactions for commonly used groups of drugs with emphasis on drugs used in dentistry. It also includes the effects of age and culture on drug treatment, mathematics of drugs and solutions, prescription writing and principles of client teaching regarding drug treatment. Principles of pain management, types of anesthetics and sedations, adverse reactions and contraindications are studied. Prerequisites: DH 102 and DH 120

DH 206 Dental Ethics & Practice Management

Emphasis will be placed on ethics and jurisprudence for the dental hygienist in this course. The ethical decision-making model will be applied to various case studies. Value determination, dilemma resolution, and sexual harassment will be discussed. A thorough study of the Massachusetts State Dental Practice Act and Regulations will be conducted. This course will prepare the dental hygienist for employment and ultimate attainment of professional goals. Emphasis will be placed on developing a complete resume and interview package, business office systems, computer application in dentistry, innovative appointment scheduling, telephone skills, developing a recall system, bookkeeping, inventory control, insurance claims, marketing, advertising and occupational burnout. Prerequisite: DH 203

DH 207 General and Oral Pathology

The principles of general pathology in relationship to disease of the teeth, soft tissues, and supporting structures of the oral cavity are the focus of this course. The importance of early recognition of abnormal conditions in the mouth is emphasized. Inflammation and healing, growth disturbances, blood and lymph nodes, GI an urinary tracts, the endocrine system and microbiologic diseases will be discussed. Prerequisites: DH 105, DH 106, and DH 170.

DH 209 Public and Community Health

This course will introduce the dental hygiene student to the basic concepts of community dental health. The methods used to measure dental disease in a population and the process used to plan a community intervention program designed to improve oral health will be discussed. Effective preventive treatment programs will be discussed and the methods used to evaluate effectiveness will be explained. Community dental research principles will be explored and students will be involved in simple statistical analyses. Students will apply public health/health education principles by designing and presenting dental health education projects to various audiences. Prerequisites: DH 101, DH 104, and DH 148.

DH 213 Dental Hygiene Theory III

Emphasis will be on integrating therapeutic oral health services with prevention, treatment planning and developing advanced instrumentation skills to treat more difficult patients. A weekly lecture covers topics such as advanced fulcrums and instrumentation, deep pocket access curets, root planing, gingival curettage, power scaling, oral irrigation, chemotherapeutic agents such as: minocycline, doxycycline, chlorhexidine, implant care, gingival retraction cord, perio paks, and suture removal. Prerequisites: DH 108, DH 120, DH 148, and DH 170.

DH 214 Dental Hygiene Theory IV

This course will address oral health research; considerations in the design, conduct, evaluation and reporting of research will be introduced. Professional research reports and information gathered in DH209 will be utilized. Inferential statistics will be introduced. Students are expected to conduct their own research project and follow up with a written report. Prerequisites: DH 101, DH 120, DH 209, and DH 213.

DH 215A Pain Management with Lab

This course prepares the dental hygiene student to work within the scope of dental hygiene practice to manage anxiety, pain, and provide stress reduction protocol to patients. Lecture and hands-on application (lab) sessions are held weekly to review anatomical landmarks relative to the delivery of anesthesia, practice administering local anesthesia on models and on student partners, and nitrous oxide sedation theory. Students learn to prepare and administer local anesthesia in the dental hygiene process of care. The course also addresses local and systemic complications, physical and psychological evaluations, legal implications, and the pharmacology of local anesthesia. Pre-requisite: DH 102, DH 104, DH 105, and DH 106.

DH 220 Nutrition for Dental Hygienists

This introduction to the principles of nutrition includes the study of carbohydrates, proteins, lipids, minerals, vitamins, and their relationship to general and oral health. The nutritional needs, caloric requirements, and RDAs of the various age groups in the life cycle will be discussed. The influence of cultural, psychological and economic factors on purchasing, meal planning, food preparation, and dietary standards is also considered. Prerequisite: DH 101.

DH 310 Evidence Based Decision Making

This is an online asynchronous course designed to facilitate students in developing and implementing skills in evidence-based decision making. Students will complete case- based exercises to search, evaluate and appraise the evidence of scientific literature. Upon completion of the course the student should demonstrate a novice to beginner level of competence in making evidence-based healthcare decisions for individuals and populations. Prerequisites: completion of all associate degree dental hygiene courses or with permission from the dental hygiene program director.

DH 410 Dental Hygiene Capstone

This course is designed to provide the graduating senior with an opportunity to synthesize, analyze and apply their knowledge and skills through the design, implementation and completion of a senior capstone project (research project, internship, and practicum) related to their concentration or interest. A paper approximately twenty pages in length and a ten to fifteen minute oral presentation are required at the end of the semester. Students will communicate on a weekly basis with the capstone course director to discuss progress made on their project, share their experiences with the other students during these weekly meetings and prepare for presentation of their capstone experiences. If the student is off-site a project mentor will meet with the student. The student will communicate on a weekly basis via a web journal. Prerequisites: DH 310 and senior standing in the BSDH program.

DH 320 Curriculum Methods and Materials

This online asynchronous course is designed to provide the student with an introduction to educational methodology and assessment. The focus of this course is on a stand-alone class or workshop as well as classes embedded in a longer course. Students will use evidence-based theories and best practices to create effective teaching materials that will become part of their professional portfolio. Prerequisites: completion of all associate degree dental hygiene courses.

DH 330 Curriculum Development and Assessment

This course is a continuation of DH320 Curriculum Methods and Materials with the focus on the advance application of the theories learned. Students will have a didactic classroom, clinic/laboratory externship site teaching experience. This will include the development of behavioral course objectives, comprehensive lesson plans, text and examination items, and classroom/clinic or lab presentations. Prerequisite: DH 320.

DH 332 Online Learning Development

This online asynchronous course is designed to provide the students with an introduction to online teaching and learning. Emphasis will be placed on development of curriculum, learning activities, and assessment. Material covered will include development of an online or hybrid course. Prerequisite: DH 330.

DH 440 Dental Hygiene Clinical Teaching Practicum

This practicum is to provide the student with an intensive, hands-on clinical teaching experience. The student will complete a minimum of 100 hours in a dental hygiene clinic with duties including: calibration, demonstration, evaluation and assessment of clinical dental hygiene education. Weekly journal entries will provide the student and the course instructor an opportunity to discuss concerns, answer questions and share ideas. Evaluation from site supervisors and the course instructor will serve as means of assessment as well as student surveys. Prerequisites: DH 330, restricted to senior standing in BSDH, current MA dental hygiene licensure, MA Permit L and current CPR certificate for Healthcare Provider.

Diagnostic Medical Sonography

Year 2 Fall

DMS 250 Introduction to Sonography

This course covers topics as they relate to Diagnostic Medical Sonography. Topics include an introduction to sonography from its origin to evolution, scope of practice, the role of the sonographer and the student sonographer, medical ethics and law, communication and critical thinking skills, ergonomics and safety issues, professional development and leadership. Students will learn appropriate behavioral skills for interaction with patients, staff sonographers and physicians. Recognized health care agencies and professional organizations will be covered.

DMS 252 Sectional Sonography I

This is the first part of a two-part course. This course will familiarize the student with detailed cross-sectional anatomy as it relates to Abdominal, Subspecialty, OB/GYN and Vascular Sonography. This study of normal and normal variant sectional anatomy will provide sonography students with knowledge of the human body needed for the practical application of ultrasound. Detailed analysis of all sectional planes, scanning orientation and patient positioning will be covered. Sonographic terminology, indications for sonographic exams and normal sonographic appearance of Abdominal, Subspecialty, OB/GYN and Vascular sonography will be discussed. This course works in conjunction with Scanning Laboratory I where students will have the opportunity to apply the didactic content learned in this course in the laboratory setting.

DMS 254 Sonographic Principles and Instrumentation I

This is the first part of a two-part course. This course covers the concepts of Sonographic Principles and Instrumentation. Topics include the metric system, units, interaction of sound and tissues, acoustic variable, description of sound waves, description of pulsed waves, intensity, range equation, transducers, piezoelectric effect, sound beams, display modes, two-dimensional imaging and real time imaging.

DMS 256 Scanning Laboratory I

This is the first part of a three-part course. This course is the application of Abdominal, Subspecialty, OB/GYN and Vascular Sonography in the laboratory setting. Topics include proper machine set up, transducer selection and orientation, proper usage of machine knobology, ergonomics, patient positioning, and implementation of proper scanning techniques as they relate to scanning planes, positioning and orientation. Students will obtain images and identify structures as they relate to Sectional Sonography I and established AIUM, ACR and IAC protocols.

Year 2 Spring

DMS 258 Sonography and Patient Care

This course familiarizes the student with patient care as it relates to sonography and the healthcare industry. Topics include the health care industry and administration, patient assessment and communication, infection control, invasive procedures, medical emergencies, medical terminology, patient safety, patient transfer and body mechanics for the sonographer. Recognized healthcare agencies and organizations will be covered as well.

DMS 260 Sectional Sonography II

This is the second part of a two-part course. This course will familiarize the student with detailed cross-sectional anatomy as it relates to Abdominal, Subspecialty, OB/GYN and Vascular Sonography. This study of normal and normal variant sectional anatomy will provide sonography students with knowledge of the human body needed for the practical application of ultrasound. Detailed analysis of all sectional planes, scanning orientation and patient positioning will be covered. Sonographic terminology, indications for sonographic exams and normal sonographic appearance of Abdominal, Subspecialty, OB/GYN and Vascular sonography will be discussed. This course works in conjunction with Scanning Laboratory II where students will have the opportunity to apply the didactic content learned in this course in the laboratory setting.

DMS 262 Sonographic Principles and Instrumentation II

This is the second part of a two-part course. This course covers the concepts of Sonographic Principles and Instrumentation. Topics include, pulsed-echo instrumentation, image storage, dynamic range, harmonics, contrast agents, hemodynamics, Doppler, artifacts, quality assurance, bio-effects and sonographic principles and instrumentation as they relate to the sonographer in the clinical setting.

DMS 264 Scanning Laboratory II

This is the second part of a three-part course. This course is the application of Abdominal, Subspecialty, OB/GYN and Vascular Sonography in the laboratory setting. Topics include proper machine set up, transducer selection and orientation, proper usage of machine knobology, ergonomics, patient positioning, and implementation of proper scanning techniques as they relate to scanning planes, positioning and orientation. Students will obtain images and identify structures as they relate to Sectional Sonography I & II and established AIUM, ACR and IAC protocols.

DMS 266 Hemodynamics & Doppler Sonography

This course will focus on physiology and fluid dynamics of blood circulation. Topics include mechanism of blood circulation, energy and energy gradient, flow, pressure, volume, velocity, stenosis, resistance, capacitance and compliance. The laws, equations and principles of fluid dynamics will be reviewed. Doppler Sonography will be covered as it relates to hemodynamics, the Doppler equation and its clinical application and proper technique. This course works in conjunction with Scanning Laboratory II where students will have the opportunity to apply Doppler techniques course in the laboratory setting.

Year 3 Fall

DMS 350 Abdominal & Subspecialty Sonography I

This is part one of a two-part course. This course covers the pathophysiology, interpretation, and differential diagnosis of sonographic findings as they relate to Abdominal & Subspecialty Sonography. Patient clinical presentation, associated procedures, laboratory findings as well as color and Doppler patterns will be covered. Scanning techniques, including appropriate image acquisition for accurate diagnosis, are described.

DMS 352 OB/GYN Sonography I

This is part one of a three-part course. This course reviews normal OB/GYN anatomy, and covers the pathophysiology, interpretation, and differential diagnosis of sonographic findings as they relate to Obstetrical and Gynecological Sonography. Patient clinical presentation, associated procedures, laboratory findings as well as color and Doppler patterns will be covered. Scanning techniques, including appropriate image acquisition for accurate diagnosis, are described.

DMS 354 Vascular Sonography I

This is part one of a three-part course. This course covers the pathophysiology, interpretation, and differential diagnosis of sonographic findings as they relate to

Vascular Sonography. Patient clinical presentation, associated procedures, laboratory findings as well as color and Doppler patterns will be covered. Scanning techniques, including appropriate image acquisition for accurate diagnosis, are described.

DMS 356 Scanning Laboratory III

This is the third part of a three-part course. This course is the application of Abdominal, Subspecialty, OB/GYN and Vascular Sonography in the laboratory setting. Topics include proper machine set up, transducer selection and orientation, proper usage of machine knobology, ergonomics, patient positioning, and implementation of proper scanning techniques as they relate to scanning planes, positioning and orientation. Students will obtain images and identify structures as they relate to Sectional Sonography I & II and established AIUM, ACR and IAC protocols.

DMS 358 Clinical Practicum I

This is the first of 5 clinical practicums. This course is the hands-on clinical application of sonography as it relates to Abdominal, Subspecialty, OB/GYN and Vascular Sonography. Under sonographer supervision, students will review patient history, obtain clinical symptoms, perform sonograms and present their sonographic findings to sonographers and/or physicians. Students must demonstrate competency at the end of each clinical practicum.

Year 3 Spring

DMS 360 Abdominal & Subspecialty Sonography II

This is part two of a two-part course. This course covers the pathophysiology, interpretation, and differential diagnosis of sonographic findings as they relate to Abdominal & Subspecialty Sonography. Patient clinical presentation, associated procedures, laboratory findings as well as color and Doppler patterns will be covered. Scanning techniques, including appropriate image acquisition for accurate diagnosis, are described.

DMS 362 OB/GYN Sonography II

This is part two of a three-part course. This course reviews normal OB/GYN anatomy and covers the pathophysiology, interpretation, and differential diagnosis of sonographic findings as they relate to Obstetrical and Gynecological Sonography. Patient clinical presentation, associated procedures, laboratory findings as well as color and Doppler patterns will be covered. Scanning techniques, including appropriate image acquisition for accurate diagnosis, are described.

DMS 364 Pediatric Sonography

This course reviews normal anatomy, normal variants, congenital anomalies, pathophysiology, interpretation, and differential diagnosis of sonographic findings as they relate to Pediatric Sonography & Neurosonography. Patient clinical presentation, associated procedures, laboratory findings as well as color and Doppler patterns will be covered. Scanning techniques, including appropriate image acquisition for accurate diagnosis, are described.

DMS 366 Clinical Practicum II

This is the second of 5 clinical practicums. This course is the hands-on clinical application of sonography as it relates to Abdominal, Subspecialty, OB/GYN and Vascular Sonography. Under sonographer supervision, students will review patient history, obtain clinical symptoms, perform sonograms and present their sonographic findings to sonographers and/or physicians. Students must demonstrate competency at the end of each clinical practicum.

Summer Between Year 3 & Year 4

DMS 370 Vascular Sonography II

This is part two of a three-part course. This course covers the pathophysiology, interpretation, and differential diagnosis of sonographic findings as they relate to Vascular Sonography. Patient clinical presentation, associated procedures, laboratory findings as well as color and Doppler patterns will be covered. Scanning techniques, including appropriate image acquisition for accurate diagnosis, are described.

DMS 368 Clinical Practicum III

This is the third of 5 clinical practicums. This course is the hands-on clinical application of sonography as it relates to Abdominal, Subspecialty, OB/GYN and Vascular Sonography. Under sonographer supervision, students will review patient history, obtain clinical symptoms, perform sonograms and present their sonographic findings to sonographers and/or physicians. Students must demonstrate competency at the end of each clinical practicum.

Year 4 Fall

DMS 450 OB/GYN Sonography III

This is part three of a three-part course. This course covers the pathophysiology, interpretation, and differential diagnosis of sonographic findings as they relate to Obstetrical and Gynecological Sonography. Patient clinical presentation, associated procedures, laboratory findings as well as color and Doppler patterns will be covered. Scanning techniques, including appropriate image acquisition for accurate diagnosis, are described.

DMS 452 Vascular Sonography III

This is part three of a three-part course. This course covers the pathophysiology, interpretation, and differential diagnosis of sonographic findings as they relate to Vascular Sonography. Patient clinical presentation, associated procedures, laboratory findings as well as color and Doppler patterns will be covered. Scanning techniques, including appropriate image acquisition for accurate diagnosis, are described.

DMS 454 Breast Sonography

This course reviews normal anatomy, normal variants, congenital anomalies, pathophysiology, interpretation, and differential diagnosis of sonographic findings as they relate to Breast Sonography. Patient clinical presentation, associated procedures, laboratory findings as well as color and Doppler patterns will be covered. Scanning techniques, including appropriate image acquisition for accurate diagnosis, are described.

DMS 456 Musculoskeletal Sonography

This course will familiarize the student with detailed cross-sectional anatomy of the musculoskeletal system. Pathophysiology, interpretation, and differential diagnosis of sonographic findings as they relate to Musculoskeletal Sonography will be reviewed.

Patient clinical presentation, associated procedures, laboratory findings as well as color and Doppler patterns will be covered. Scanning techniques, including appropriate image acquisition for accurate diagnosis, are described.

DMS 458 Clinical Practicum IV

This is the fourth of 5 clinical practicums. This course is the hands-on clinical application of sonography as it relates to Abdominal, Subspecialty, OB/GYN and Vascular Sonography. Under sonographer supervision, students will review patient history, obtain clinical symptoms, perform sonograms and present their sonographic findings to sonographers and/or physicians. Students must demonstrate competency at the end of each clinical practicum.

Year 3 Spring

DMS 460 DMS Capstone and Research Methods

This course is a review of the content throughout the program and introduces the students to the practical application of research and evaluation methods. Students will review program content and prepare for the ARDMS registry board exams. Students are required to submit a review of literature paper or poster to the SDMS as part of this course.

DMS 462 Fetal Echocardiography

This course covers a review of fetal circulation, normal variants, congenital anomalies, pathophysiology, interpretation, and differential diagnosis of sonographic findings as they relate to Fetal Echocardiography. Patient clinical presentation, associated procedures, laboratory findings as well as color and Doppler patterns will be covered. Scanning techniques, including appropriate image acquisition for accurate diagnosis, are described.

DMS 464 Clinical Practicum V

This is the last of the clinical practicums. This course is the hands-on clinical application of sonography as it relates to Abdominal, Subspecialty, OB/GYN and Vascular Sonography. Under sonographer supervision, students will review patient history, obtain clinical symptoms, perform sonograms and present their sonographic findings to sonographers and/or physicians. Students must demonstrate competency at the end of each clinical practicum.

EXERCISE SCIENCE

EXS 258 Scope of Exercise Science

This course will introduce students to a wide variety of topics and career opportunities related to exercise science. Primary emphasis areas will include: exercise physiology, sports medicine, sport nutrition, motor behavior, biomechanics, and sport psychology. Students will explore research related to current issues in exercise science and gain a broader understanding of the field of study. Prerequisites HFS 150 or HFS 211 recommended

EXS 261 Motor Learning

This course provides an introduction to the theories and principles of motor learning, skill acquisition, and performance. It will provide the student with an opportunity to apply these principles in a variety of situation-based learning experiences. Students will increase their knowledge of motor behavior and be able to plan appropriate learning activities based on characteristics of the performer, the task, and the environment. Prerequisites: HFS 150 or HFS 211, EXS 258 recommended, or instructor permission

EXS 314 Exercise Assessment

Exercise assessment will provide students with the understanding and practical application of evaluation techniques in health and fitness including health risk appraisal, blood pressure and heart rate monitoring, aerobic and anaerobic exercise testing, strength and flexibility assessment, body composition analysis, etc. Students will be introduced to the assessment procedures, gain an understanding of the benefits of the assessment, and gain knowledge regarding the assessment outcomes during class sessions. Following the didactic session, students will participate in lab applications, performing the exercise assessments and evaluating the outcomes. Prerequisites: BI 105, BI 106, HFS 150 or HFS 211, or instructor permission

EXS 315 Exercise Programming

Students will increase their knowledge regarding client screening, appropriate exercise procedures, and exercise techniques. Exercise Programming will provide students with practical experience in developing fitness programs for apparently healthy individuals. Students will plan and implement appropriate aerobic, anaerobic, strength, and flexibility exercise programs for fellow students and, if appropriate, Regis Fitness Center members with instructor supervision. Prerequisites: BI 105, BI 106; EXS 314; PE 203N, or instructor permission

EXS 355 Psychology of Exercise and Sport

The purpose of this course is to provide the student with an overview of the theories and principles of psychology with respect to exercise and performance. Effects of psychological factors on the body and on performance will be examined, as well as the effects of exercise and competition on psychological development, health, mood, and general well-being. Prerequisites: HFS 150 or HFS 211, or instructor permission

EXS 364 Kinesiology

This course provides a basis for the understanding of human movement. The student will learn gross anatomy of the musculoskeletal system, descriptive terminology for various body positions and movements, as well as identification of the anatomical structures involved in the generation and absorption of forces by the body. Various types of muscle action, the forces involved, and how these relate to normal human movement patterns will be addressed. Prerequisites: BI 105, BI 106, HFS 150 or HFS 211, or instructor permission

EXS 370 Biomechanics

This course introduces the student to the concepts and principles of biomechanics as they relate to human movement and sport. The student will learn physical principles related to movement including force production and absorption, internal and external factors affecting forces, kinetic and kinematic principles, as well as specific formulas for related calculations. The student will apply these principles in the evaluation of simple motor skills. Prerequisites: BI 105, BI 106; EXS 364 or instructor permission; PY 101 or PY 213 recommended

EXS 372 Exercise for Special Populations

Exercise for Special Populations will provide students with knowledge and practical application of exercise techniques for individuals with special needs. The course will address numerous chronic disease processes and exercise recommendations and precautions for individuals with these limitations. Also included will be exercise recommendations to meet the unique needs of children, older adults, and pregnant and post-partum women. Students will plan programs for special populations and practice them with classmates and in other supervised settings. Prerequisites: EXS 315; EXS 373 recommended, or instructor permission

EXS 373 Exercise Physiology

The purpose of this course is to study how the human body functions in response to exercise. Students will examine the physiological responses to exercise in relationship to intensity, duration, and frequency of the exercise. The effect of environment, diet, and the physiological status of an individual will be examined to determine how these factors may affect performance. Prerequisites: BI 105, BI 106, CH 103, CH 104; EXS 364 recommended; or instructor permission

EXS 400 Exercise Physiologist Certification Prep

This course will provide students the opportunity to review, assimilate and apply material from throughout the exercise science curriculum. Students will practice critical thinking and problem-solving skills, apply exercise science principles within various situations, review competencies essential to the field, and take practice exams. This course is designed according to the American College of Sport Medicine’s (ACSM) guidelines for the Exercise Physiologist certification with the goal of preparing students to take a national certification exam. It will also provide professional preparation for students who do not wish to sit for the national examination. Prerequisites: Classification as a senior in the Exercise Science major with most exercise science coursework completed; classification as a junior with completion of/or currently taking HFS 315, HFS 364, HFS 372, HFS 373 or permission of the instructor

HEALTH AND FITNESS STUDIES

HFS 150 Introduction to Health and Fitness Studies

This course will introduce students to the fundamental components and principles of physical education, exercise science, nutrition, and sport. This course is designed to enable students to understand health and fitness as a field of academic study. Students will also understand professional and personal applications and be able to apply relevant knowledge within their personal lives.

HFS 208 First Aid and CPR

This course is designed to provide the student with the knowledge and skills necessary to help sustain life and minimize the consequences of injury or sudden illness until advanced medical help arrives. The student will be taught First Aid, CPR, and AED techniques. Due to the nature of this course, the students will be participating in strenuous activities such as performing cardiopulmonary resuscitation (CPR) on the floor. Active participation in all skill sessions and successful performance in skill and knowledge evaluations is required for course completion. Upon successful completion of all components, students may opt to obtain Red Cross certification for an additional fee.

HFS 211 Health and Wholeness

This course will introduce students to the fundamental components and principles of health, fitness, and wellness. This course is designed to enable students to understand the different dimensions of wellness: physical, emotional, intellectual, interpersonal, spiritual, and environmental. Students will apply relevant knowledge to improve personal health and well-being, as well as increase their understanding of professional applications.

HFS 350 Health and Human Sexuality

This course will introduce students to a wide range of contemporary topics and issues related to health and human sexuality. Therefore, sexual knowledge, attitudes, and behaviors will be examined in detail through a variety of methods. Particular attention will be given to the enhancement of sexual well-being and the prevention of various sexual health concerns. Students will develop skills in dealing with sexual topics in their personal and professional lives, as future health and fitness professionals, educators, health-care professionals, and counselors.

HFS 412 HFS Internship/Seminar I

The internship provides a guided practical field experience in the health, fitness, sport and/or nutrition industry. This is a required course for majors within Health and

Fitness Studies and involves a minimum of 100 hours during the semester. Public and private organizations in the health and fitness and/or nutrition industry may be selected with the approval of the supervising instructor. Scheduled meetings with the instructor are required. The seminar class will discuss factors related to a successful internship process, problem-solving and becoming a successful professional in one’s selected field. Students will also be involved in research related to their specific area of interest. Prerequisite: senior standing within HFS program or faculty internship advisor permission

HFS 413 HFS Internship/Seminar II

The internship provides a guided practical field experience in the health, fitness, sport, and/or nutrition industry. This is a required course for majors within Health and Fitness Studies and involves a minimum of 120 hours during the semester. Public and private organizations in the health and fitness and/or nutrition industry may be selected with the approval of the supervising instructor. Scheduled meetings with the instructor are required. The seminar class will discuss factors related to a successful internship process, problem solving, and becoming a successful professional in one’s selected field. Students will also be involved in research related to their specific area of interest. Prerequisites: senior standing within HFS program or faculty internship advisor permission

PE 101B Team Sports

Students will be introduced to a team sport during the semester. (The team sports will vary depending on the season.) Students will increase their understanding of the rules, techniques, and tactics of the game; participate in various activities to improve their skills; and learn basic coaching and refereeing principles related to the game.

PE 105B Individual Fitness

Students will participate in a wide variety of fitness activities to improve cardiovascular endurance, muscular strength, muscular endurance, and flexibility.

PE 105C Cardiovascular Fitness

Students will participate in a wide variety of activities to improve cardiovascular endurance. The class will include individual as well as group activities such as walking/jogging, aerobics, kickboxing, interval training, boot camp, and water walking/aerobics.

PE 201 Pickleball

Pickleball is a paddleball sport that combines aspects of tennis, racquetball, badminton, and table tennis. This course will emphasize the fundamentals of the game of pickleball including basic skills, rules, etiquette, and game play. The course is designed to assist beginners in learning and improving their skills to enable them to play recreationally, as well as increase their personal levels of physical activity.

PE 201A Volleyball

This course will emphasize the fundamentals of the game of volleyball. Students will increase their understanding of volleyball rules and techniques, participate in various activities to improve their skills, as well as learn coaching and refereeing principles related to the game. Prerequisite: ability to exercise moderately and perform volleyball-related activities

PE 201C Beginning Tennis

This course will emphasize the fundamentals of the game of tennis including basic skills, rules, etiquette, etc. The course is designed to assist beginners in learning and improving their skills to enable them to play tennis recreationally.

PE 201E Beginning Yoga

This course introduces students to the basics of hatha yoga, in particular a flowing style known as Vinyasa. Each class includes instruction on centering, breathing techniques, performing the postures with correct alignment and technique, and relaxation.

PE 201G Beginning Golf

This course will emphasize the fundamentals of the game of golf. Topics will include golf etiquette, the full swing, the short game, and basic rules. The goal is to help beginners develop the necessary skills to play the game of golf recreationally.

PE 201N Strength Training

This course will emphasize the fundamentals of safe and effective strength training techniques. Each student will learn how to improve strength and develop muscle tone, as well as gain an understanding of the overall benefits of strength training for personal fitness.

PE 201Q Beginning Basketball

This course will emphasize the fundamentals of the game of basketball. Students will participate in various drills and games to improve their skills, as well as learn coaching and refereeing principles related to the game.

PE 202 Learn to Swim

This course is for those students who want to learn how to swim or who want to perfect their swimming technique. Prerequisite: must be comfortable in the water

PE 203B Intermediate Tennis

This course is designed for students who already have a basic skill level in tennis. It will allow students to improve their skill performance, learn game tactics and strategies, and thus increase their ability to play the game of tennis. Prerequisite: PE 201C Beginning Tennis, some past playing experience, or instructor permission

PE 203E Intermediate Yoga

This course will be a continuation of Beginning Yoga. Each class consists of a more complex series of asanas (postures or body movements) with releases, breathing, and relaxation. Prerequisite: PE 201E, other yoga experience, or permission of the instructor.

PE 203N Intermediate Strength Training

This class is designed to teach students effective methods of strength training. Students will participate in a variety of strength training techniques, learn related musculature, understand safety issues, and gain a more complete knowledge of the benefits of strength training for all ages. The course will include both practical and didactic material. This class is designed specifically for exercise science majors, but other students may participate with the instructor’s permission.

PE 204 Swim for Fitness

This course will provide students with an opportunity to increase their stroke efficiency and improve endurance. The four main swimming strokes will be covered along with kicking drills, swimming skills instruction, and practice. Prerequisite: at least a basic swimming ability; NO non-swimmers

PE 205A Lifeguard Training

This course follows the American Red Cross curriculum for developing lifesaving and personal safety skills. American Red Cross Certification will be received upon successful course completion. (Fee for certification) Prerequisite: must be a strong swimmer.

PE 220 Women’s Self-Defense

This course combines an understanding of women’s struggles with violence and fear with a full range of self-defense options. Students will learn how to project a strong

and alert appearance, assess potentially dangerous situations, diffuse uncomfortable situations, and develop powerful fighting techniques. Care is taken to provide a safe and supportive environment in which sensitive issues can be discussed and the fears and concerns of students can be addressed so that students feel empowered.

223 Pilates Essential Mat Work

Stretch, strengthen, and streamline using one of the safest and most effective exercise programs available. Pilates mat work focuses on developing core abdominal and back strength to help you achieve optimal strength, flexibility, endurance and

posture without building bulk or stressing your joints. The exercises are performed on mats and focus on breathing, body awareness, and core strength.

PE 224 Pilates/Yoga Fusion

This course is a 75-minute course that comprises 40 minutes of flow yoga (moving from one posture to another), 30 minutes of mat Pilates, and a 5-minute yoga relaxation to finish. Pilates mat is a contemporary, anatomically based approach to Joseph Pilates’ original exercise method.

PE 225 Cardio Kickboxing

Cardio kickboxing borrows moves from the Thai sport of kickboxing to make participants work up a sweat. A typical class includes the group performing specific punches and kicks, usually to the beat of dance-club music. The moves are incorporated into swiftly executed combinations to increase cardiovascular fitness and muscular endurance.

PE 226 Foundations of Springboard Diving

This course will introduce students to the safe and effective use of a diving board. It will also cover the proper safety rules involved in the sport of diving as well as teach each student the proper skill progression so that he/she will be able to safely and properly execute the required dives, including a front, back, inward and half twist.

PE 227 Triathlon Training

This course will cover the basic skills, equipment, and knowledge necessary to begin participating in the sport of triathlon. Students will learn through classroom instruction and physical skill instruction in the disciplines of swimming, biking, and running. At the end of the semester, students will have the option of participating in a sprint-distance triathlon.

PE 228 Barre Blast

This course is an intermediate co-ed fitness course (not dance) focusing on muscular endurance, core strength, balance, and flexibility. Barre Blast brings together the disciplines of yoga, Pilates, and sports conditioning into a challenging workout.

Students taking this course should have a moderate level of fitness.

PE 230 Introduction to Martial Arts

This course serves as an introduction to basic martial arts skills through the art of Kenpo Karate. In addition to flexibility and strength development, students will learn basic strikes, combinations, forms (kata), and other self-defense techniques.

Interprofessional Education Courses

IPE 233 Medical Terminology

This course provides students with the opportunity to learn about, and practice, healthcare terminology used in medical records, progress notes, and other forms of interdisciplinary communication. This course will focus on basic terms, medical terms, and abbreviations associated with the body systems.

IPE 306 Research Methods for the Health Sciences

Research Methods for the Health Sciences introduces the purposes, types, and basic methodology of research for the health sciences, using studies from a variety of health professions. It includes such topics as literature review, problem formulation, research design, data collection, data analysis and utilization, and ethical and political issues. Emphasis is placed on preparing students to be reflective, critical, and informed consumers of research and to develop an understanding of basic research concepts and methodologies. Students’ knowledge of research will be applied to their chosen health science field. Additionally, students will learn about single-subject design, program evaluation, needs assessment, and research interviewing. Students will complete the course with a research proposal.

IPE 307 Health Informatics

This course introduces students to the status of the data revolution made possible by the advent of computerized systems, which are based on electronic storing, managing, processing, analyzing, and presenting of information. The course is directed towards students who want to understand the rapidly evolving field of Health Informatics and its integral role in healthcare and community-based practices. Focusing mostly on the US health context, this course examines the tools evolutions, advantages, opportunities and risks of the utilization of informatics science on health careers and sciences. At the end of the course, students will understand the need for informatics in the health sector, and how it generates knowledge and wisdom based on evidence for actions and policies.

MEDICAL IMAGING

MI 101 Exploring Medical Imaging

This course is designed to provide students with an introduction to the medical imaging sciences, including a brief history of medicine and a comprehensive exploration of how medical imaging has evolved into the multidisciplinary profession it is today. Topics include basic radiation protection and radiobiology, human diversity, health records, health information management, professional ethics, and basic medical terminology.

MI 305 Interventional Radiology I

Basic concepts of interventional radiology (IR) will be discussed including vascular anatomy and pathology, as well as imaging techniques commonly utilized in IR. In addition to concepts, the imaging methods, supplies, equipment, and devices supporting diagnostic and interventional image-guided vascular procedures are introduced. Vascular surgery correlation with surgical options will be introduced in the course.

MI 306 Interventional Radiology II

Basic concepts of neuro interventional radiology (NIR) will be discussed including neurovascular anatomy and pathology, as well as imaging techniques commonly utilized in NIR. In addition to concepts, the imaging methods, supplies, equipment, and devices supporting diagnostic and interventional image-guided neuro-vascular procedures are introduced. Vascular surgery correlation with surgical options will be introduced in the course. Prerequisite: MI 305

MI 307 Interventional Radiology III

Basic concepts of non-vascular Interventional Radiology (NVIR) will be discussed including non-vascular anatomy and pathology, as well as imaging techniques commonly utilized in NVIR. In addition to concepts, the imaging methods, supplies, equipment, and devices supporting diagnostic and interventional image guided non-vascular procedures are introduced. Surgical correlation with surgical options will be introduced in the course. Prerequisite: MI 306

MI 310 Breast Imaging I

Basic concepts of breast imaging will be discussed including anatomy and pathology, as well as imaging techniques commonly utilized in mammography. In addition to concepts, the imaging methods, supplies, equipment, and devices supporting mammographic procedures are introduced.

MI 311 Breast Imaging II

Basic knowledge of routine breast imaging will be expanded in this course to include knowledge of advanced positioning and additional equipment used in breast imaging. Students will move outside of routine screenings (if not already done) and into diagnostic imaging. An introduction to breast biopsies will be given as well as an overview of 3D breast imaging. Emphasis will be placed on digital imaging as a whole including PACS, DICOM, and how digital images are obtained. Prerequisite: MI 310

MI 312 Breast Imaging III

In the final semester of the Breast Imaging program students will become familiar with the various requirements of the ACR and the MQSA as well as insurance requirements for both routine screening and diagnostic imaging. Emphasis will be placed on registry review material throughout the semester in order to prepare the student for the ARRT registry exam. Prerequisite: MI 311

MI 330 Radiation Protection and Biology

This course explores the principles and methods of radiation protection, health physics units, measurement, and dose-limiting regulations for occupationally and non- occupationally exposed individuals; radiation surveys; techniques and decontamination methods; monitoring of radioactive waste, radiation dose measurements, and radionuclide accountability; and special topics, including precautions with brachytherapy patients, with patients receiving therapeutic amounts of radionuclides and in management of accidentally contaminated individuals. This course will also serve as an overview of the genetic and somatic effects of ionizing radiation. Mechanisms of interaction from the subcellular level to the organism will be presented. Risk versus benefit of radiation exposure to occupational workers as well as patients will be discussed. The emphasis of the course will be an understanding of the theory of radiobiology and how this translates into radiation protection practices.

MI 350 Clinical MI Internship I

The purpose of this course is to develop students’ clinical skills, under direct supervision, through observation and participation in medical imaging procedures. Rotations include a variety of aspects of medical imaging. Rotations occur at clinical affiliates in order to enhance the student’s learning.

MI 351 Clinical MI Internship II

The purpose of this course is to give students, under direct and indirect supervision, the clinical skills through observation and participation in medical imaging procedures. Rotations include a variety of aspects of medical imaging. Rotations occur at clinical affiliates in order to enhance the student’s learning. Prerequisite: MI 350

MI 352 Clinical MI Internship III

The purpose of this course is to develop students’ clinical skills, under direct and indirect supervision, through observation and participation in medical imaging procedures. Rotations include a variety of aspects of medical imaging. Rotations occur at clinical affiliates in order to enhance the student’s learning. Prerequisite: MI 351

MI 400 Professional Practice in Medical Imaging

This course focuses on a variety of topics that are tailored to the medical imaging profession. Topics include patient care and assessment critical to imaging procedures, medical ethics and healthcare law, medical terminology, health informatics, and health administration. Research methods, along with oral and written communication skills, are also included.

MI 408 Leadership in Medical Imaging

Students will explore, analyze and evaluate contemporary and historical theories of leadership and develop strategies for use in the professional practice of medical imaging administrators in the rapidly changing health care delivery system. Topics will include leadership styles, collaboration and teamwork, work environment, organizational behavior, management thinking, financing health care, and health insurance.

MI 462 Computed Tomography

This course is a comprehensive introduction to computed tomography (CT), including concepts related to physics and instrumentation, patient care, procedures, and cross- sectional anatomy. This course is appropriate for students seeking a foundation in didactic knowledge to prepare for the ARRT and/or the NMTCB registry examination in computed tomography.

MI 473 Quality Management in Medical Imaging

The focus of this course is on the practice and methodology of quality management as applied to clinical imaging acquisition. The quality standards of professional associations, institutions and organizations are addressed including the American Medical Association (AMA), American Society of Radiologic Technologist (ASRT), American College of Radiology (ACR), and other relevant professional associations. Certification, licensure, regulatory practices, and quality management methodologies are discussed.

MI 476 Medical Imaging Seminar

This course will introduce students to various topics including the healthcare delivery system, medical informatics, healthcare ethics and law, quality assurance, healthcare management, and reimbursement. Other topics specifically related to the advancement of medical imaging professionals will be discussed such as advanced patient care, radiation protection and safety, various procedures/modalities and their applications.

MI 650 Pathology Across Radiology Modalities

An expanded range of diseases and conditions, which serves as indicators for ordering radiology examinations, will be covered in a variety of imaging modalities. Emphasis will be placed on the etiology, image appearances and prognosis associated with the diseases, conditions and pathologies covered in this course. A minimum of three case studies will be assigned for which the student will perform research, interview ordering physicians and radiologists, and present in class.

NM 401 Nuclear Medicine Procedures & Technology

The purpose of this course is to give students an understanding of nuclear medicine procedures including the appropriate instrumentation and patient care skills are reviewed. Procedures include skeletal system, endocrine system, respiratory system, GI system, GU system, cardiac system, CNS, inflammatory & tumor imaging, & therapeutic studies. Prerequisite: Admission into the Nuclear Medicine Program.

NM 406 Instrumentation I

This course focuses on the principles of both imaging and non-imaging instrumentation. The design, operation, and quality control of gas detectors, scintillation detectors, gamma cameras, solid state detectors, and single photon emission computed tomography (SPECT) are covered. This course also covers counting statistics and the applications of computers in nuclear medicine with the appropriate instrumentation discussions.

NM 410 Radiopharmacy and Pharmacology

Rules and regulations regulating the practice of the radiopharmacy/hot lab are discussed in detail. Radiopharmaceutical preparation, labeling information, methods of localization, record keeping and storage of radioactive materials, quality control, and federal/state regulations are discussed. Generator systems, cyclotrons, and accelerators are covered. Pharmaceuticals used in nuclear medicine as adjunct therapies are covered along with their indications, dosage, and effects. Prerequisites: NM 402, NM 406, and NM 409

NM 415 Nuclear Cardiology

This course focuses on the cardiac system with emphasis on nuclear imaging, quantification, and functional analysis as well as related information regarding cardiology, such as ECG interpretation, cardiac medications, cardiovascular disease and the ischemic cascade. Pharmacologic stress agents will also be discussed.

NM 420 Molecular Imaging

This course focuses on molecular imaging, including PET, MRI, and CT. The emphasis is on imaging techniques, instrumentation, physics, bio-distribution of molecular agents, and the clinical applications of molecular imaging. Prerequisites: NM 401

NM 430 Applied Nuclear Medicine Lab I

This course integrates common molecular imaging procedures and instrumentation concepts learned as part of other courses offered in the nuclear medicine program. The focus of this course will be applying the knowledge acquired regarding molecular imaging procedures and instrumentation to hands on experience in the medical imaging lab. Topics include common molecular imaging procedures and basic gamma camera operations and instrumentation.

NM 431 Applied Nuclear Medicine Lab II

This course integrates advanced molecular imaging procedures and instrumentation concepts learned as part of other courses offered in the nuclear medicine program. The focus of this course will be applying the knowledge acquired regarding molecular imaging procedures and instrumentation to hands on experience in the medical imaging lab. Topics include advanced molecular imaging procedures, advanced gamma camera operations and instrumentation, and radiopharmacy concepts.

NM 450 Clinical Internship I

The purpose of this course is to give students, under direct and indirect supervision, the clinical skills through observation and participation in nuclear medicine procedures, in-vivo and in-vitro. Rotations include every aspect of nuclear medicine. Outside rotations occur at a variety of clinical affiliates in order to enhance the student’s learning.

NM 451A Clinical Internship II

The purpose of this course is to develop students’ clinical skills, under direct and indirect supervision, through observation and participation in nuclear medicine procedures, in-vivo and in-vitro. Rotations include every aspect of nuclear medicine. Rotations occur at a variety of clinical affiliates in order to enhance the student’s learning. Prerequisites: NM 450

NM 452A Clinical Internship III

The purpose of this course is to develop students’ clinical skills, under direct and indirect supervision, through observation and participation in nuclear medicine procedures, in-vivo and in-vitro. Rotations include every aspect of nuclear medicine. Rotations occur at a variety of clinical affiliates in order to enhance the student’s learning. Prerequisites: NM 451A

NM 460 Nuclear Medicine Critique

This course features advance discussions in nuclear medicine procedures and the related technology. Case studies will be analyzed and discussed in detail. This course is designed to bridge the gap between the introductory discussed. Prerequisites: NM 404, NM 408, NM 410

NM 470 Nuclear Medicine Seminar

This course is a review of the fundamentals of nuclear medicine including patient care, radiation protection and safety, procedures and their applications, quality control, and radiopharmaceuticals. A variety of mock boards, subject area examinations, and comprehensive reviews will take place. Prerequisites: NM 460

NEUROSCIENCE

NEU 201X Introduction to Neuroscience

This course introduces students to the biological basis of behavior. Lectures focus on basic concepts of neural communication, anatomy, physiology and the relevance of these processes in typical and disordered neurobehavioral states. Students will apply basic neuroscience concepts and methods to lab simulations, experiments, and an outreach project.

NEU 322 Sensory Systems and Perception

Perception results from a complex series of processes that combine to give rise to our experience and facilitate our reaction to events in the environment. In this course, factors that determine what we perceive are studied, including organization and input from sensory systems and the effects of attention and past experience. Implications for the formation of bias and perceptual development will also be considered.

NEU 323 Learning and Memory

This course focuses on the neurobiological and behavioral basis of learning and memory. We will explore the molecular and cellular basis of learning in invertebrates and vertebrates from behavioral and neural perspectives. Course content and assignments will help students understand how individual experiences modify the intricate cellular and molecular systems of the brain to shape who we are.

NEU 324 Drugs, Brain, and Behavior

This course will focus on the biological mechanisms through which psychoactive drugs produce changes in behavior. We will take an in depth look at commonly abused drugs such as amphetamine and alcohol and discuss current theories of addiction. We will also focus on drugs used to treat psychiatric disorders such as schizophrenia, anxiety, and depression examining the effects of various substances on brain function.

NEU 325 Social Neuroscience

This course will review the neurobehavioral systems, processes and theories associated with social dynamic, including, social perception, conformity, persuasion, prejudice, and social cohesion. Course content and assignments will provide insight into the neuroscientific methods for studying complex social processes as they relate to the evolution, maintenance and modification of interpersonal and group relations.

NEU 403 Neuroscience Research Experience I

This is the first course in a two-semester sequence, designed for advanced neuroscience students. This course provides an opportunity for students to gain hands-on research experience in the field of neuroscience (12 hours each week on site). The course consists of an individualized research experience and a weekly seminar. Students may fulfill the research requirement through completion of an on- campus or off-campus research experience.

NEU 404 Neuroscience Research Experience II

This is the second course in a two-semester sequence, designed for advanced neuroscience students. This course provides an opportunity for students to gain hands-on research experience in the field of neuroscience (12 hours each week on site). The course consists of an individualized research experience and a weekly seminar. Students may fulfill the research requirement through completion of an on- campus or off-campus research experience.

NUCLEAR MEDICINE PROGRAM

NM-350 Nuclear Medicine Essentials

The course covers a variety of Nuclear Medicine topics as a way to introduce the student to Nuclear Medicine Technology. Topics include patient care, mathematics and statistics review, and computer applications in nuclear medicine. Clinical observations are required and topics of CPR and medical terminology are introduced.

NM 409 Radiation Physics, Biology & Radiation Protection

This course explores the principles and methods of radiation protection, health physics units, measurement, and dose-limiting regulations for occupationally and non- occupationally exposed individuals; radiation surveys; techniques and decontamination methods; monitoring of radioactive waste, radiation dose measurements, and radionuclide accountability; and special topics, including precautions with brachytherapy patients, with patients receiving therapeutic amounts of radionuclides and in management of accidentally contaminated individuals. This course will also serve as an overview of the genetic and somatic effects of ionizing radiation. Mechanisms of interaction from the subcellular level to the organism will be presented. The risk versus benefit of radiation exposure to occupational workers as well as patients will be discussed. The emphasis of the course will be an understanding of the theory of radiobiology and how this translates into radiation protection practices.

MI 400 Professional Practice in Medical Imaging

This course focuses on a variety of topics that are tailored to the medical imaging profession. Topics include patient care and assessment critical to imaging procedures, medical ethics and healthcare law, medical terminology, health informatics, and health administration. Research methods, along with oral and written communication skills, are also included. Prerequisite: Admission into the Nuclear Medicine Program

MI 462 Computed Tomography

This course is a comprehensive introduction to computed tomography (CT), including concepts related to physics and instrumentation, patient care, procedures, and cross- sectional anatomy. This course is appropriate for students seeking a foundation in didactic knowledge to prepare for the ARRT and/or the NMTCB registry examination in computed tomography.

NM 401 Nuclear Medicine Procedures & Technology

The purpose of this course is to give students an understanding of nuclear medicine procedures including the appropriate instrumentation and patient care skills are reviewed. Procedures include the skeletal system, endocrine system, respiratory system, GI system, GU system, cardiac system, CNS, inflammatory & tumor imaging, & therapeutic studies. Prerequisite: Admissions into the Nuclear Medicine Program.

NM 406 Instrumentation I

This course focuses on the principles of both imaging and non-imaging instrumentation. The design, operation, and quality control of gas detectors, scintillation detectors, gamma cameras, solid-state detectors, and single-photon emission computed tomography (SPECT) are covered. This course also covers counting statistics and the applications of computers in nuclear medicine with the appropriate instrumentation discussions. Prerequisite: Admission into the Nuclear Medicine Program

NM 410 Radiopharmacy and Pharmacology

Rules and regulations regulating the practice of the radiopharmacy/hot lab are discussed in detail. Radiopharmaceutical preparation, labeling information, methods of localization, record keeping and storage of radioactive materials, quality control, and federal/state regulations are discussed. Generator systems, cyclotrons, and accelerators are covered. Pharmaceuticals used in nuclear medicine as adjunct therapies are covered along with their indications, dosage, and effects. Prerequisites: NM 401 and NM 406

NM 415 Nuclear Cardiology

This course focuses on the cardiac system with emphasis on nuclear imaging, quantification, and functional analysis as well as related information regarding cardiology, such as ECG interpretation, cardiac medications, cardiovascular disease, and the ischemic cascade. Pharmacologic stress agents will also be discussed.

Prerequisite: NM 401

NM 420 Molecular Imaging

This course focuses on molecular imaging, including PET, MRI, and CT. The emphasis is on imaging techniques, instrumentation, physics, the bio distribution of molecular agents, and the clinical applications of molecular imaging. Prerequisite: NM 401

NM 430 Applied Nuclear Medicine Lab I

This course integrates common molecular imaging procedures and instrumentation concepts learned as part of other courses offered in the Nuclear Medicine program. The focus of this course will be applying the knowledge acquired regarding molecular imaging procedures and instrumentation to hands-on experience in the medical imaging lab. Topics include common molecular imaging procedures and basic gamma camera operations and instrumentation.

NM 431 Applied Nuclear Medicine Lab II

This course integrates advanced molecular imaging procedures and instrumentation concepts learned as part of other courses offered in the nuclear medicine program. The focus of this course will be applying the knowledge acquired regarding molecular imaging procedures and instrumentation to hands-on experience in the medical imaging lab. Topics include advanced molecular imaging procedures, advanced gamma camera operations, and instrumentation, and radiopharmacy concepts.

NM 450A Clinical Internship I

The purpose of this course is to give students, under direct and indirect supervision, clinical skills through observation and participation in Nuclear Medicine procedures, in-vivo and in-vitro. Rotations include every aspect of nuclear medicine. Outside rotations occur at a variety of clinical affiliates to enhance the student’s learning.

NM 451A Clinical Internship II

The purpose of this course is to develop students’ clinical skills, under direct and indirect supervision, through observation and participation in Nuclear Medicine procedures, in-vivo and in-vitro. Rotations include every aspect of nuclear medicine. Rotations occur at a variety of clinical affiliates to enhance the student’s learning. Prerequisite: NM 451A

NM 452A Clinical Internship III

The purpose of this course is to develop students’ clinical skills, under direct and indirect supervision, through observation and participation in nuclear medicine procedures, in-vivo and in-vitro. Rotations include every aspect of nuclear medicine. Rotations occur at a variety of clinical affiliates to enhance the student’s learning. Prerequisite: NM 451A

NM 460 Nuclear Medicine Critique

This course features advanced discussions in nuclear medicine procedures and related technology. Case studies will be analyzed and discussed in detail. This course is designed to bridge the gap between the introductory discussion. Prerequisites: NM 410, NM 415, NM 420

NUTRITION

NUTR 103 Introduction to Nutrition

This course will introduce students to nutrition concepts such as how food nourishes the body and the role of nutrition in human health. An emphasis will be placed on the roles of key nutrients in the body including water, minerals, vitamins, lipids, protein, and carbohydrates. In addition, this course will examine the components of a nutritious diet, dietary recommendations intended to guide the public, the relationship between nutrition and fitness, energy balance, diet and disease, food safety, food security, food system sustainability, food equity, and social, cultural, and economic factors that drive food choices. This course will also delve into the complexities of current topics and controversies in nutrition. (This course does not fulfill the requirements for nursing majors)

NUTR 205 Nutrition Along the Health Continuum

This course explores the relationship between good health and nutrition. It examines the process of digestion, absorption, and metabolism and discusses the classes of nutrients, their functions, food sources, recommended daily allowances, and deficiency diseases. U.S. Dietary Guidelines are studied with applications made in meal planning for nutritional benefit with specific populations. Nutritional assessment, principles of therapeutic nutrition, and nutrition teaching are examined as they relate to the professional nursing role. Prerequisites: BI 105 & 106

NUTR 248 Food and Society

Food affects everything. This course will address the historical, ecological, biopsychosocial, economic, religious, political, and cultural conditions influencing the human diet and health outcomes. Within each of these, the complex relationships that determine what people eat will be examined along with how the roots of American food have led to modern day food system dilemmas.

NUTR 250 Obesity and Body Weight Management

This course provides an overview of the epidemiology, physiology, chronic disease implications, and current state of preventive and therapeutic interventions for obesity in adults and children. Public health policy approaches to healthy nutrition and physical activity promotion will also be addressed.

NUTR 319 Life Cycle Nutrition

Lifestyle nutrition will discuss the nutritional needs of a person at each stage of life, from conception in the womb to old age. An emphasis will be placed on understanding the physiology of each life stage, so as to conceptually link them with their corresponding nutritional needs. In addition to the nutrition of healthy children and adults, the requirements for special needs populations will also be discussed. Nutritional policies that have been established for the guidance of health care professionals and the general population will be studied, along with educational tools and opportunities resulting from these policies. Students will also investigate and critically evaluate current literature on a variety of controversial topics. Prerequisites: HFS 150 or HFS 211, NUTR 205 recommended, or instructor permission

NUTR 320 Community Nutrition

This course will introduce students to the practice of community nutrition, applied nutrition, and nutrition education in community health care and other settings. The effect of social, economic, environmental, cultural, and political factors on health and nutrition policies and programs designed to enhance the well-being of population groups will be discussed. Students will also examine federal, state, and local assistance programs. Prerequisites: HFS 150 or HFS 211, NUTR 205 recommended, or instructor permission

NUTR 323 Meal Planning and Nutrition Counseling Techniques

This course will provide students with practical applied experience in nutrition counseling and menu planning for health and disease states based on scientific food and nutrition principles. Students will plan menus and practice appropriate counseling techniques for classmates and/or Regis Health Center clients with instructor supervision. Prerequisites: NUTR 205, NUTR 319, or permission of the instructor

NUTR 324 Experimental Foods and Food Preparation

This course will provide students with practical experience in food preparation, cooking, food science and recipe development for health and disease states based on scientific food and nutrition principles. This will include the chemistry of recipe development, principles of food evaluation, and metabolic utilization of food in disease states. Students will plan and prepare meals according to specific RDA guidelines, as well as modify and test recipes with instructor supervision. Prerequisite: NUTR 205, NUTR 323; NUTR 330 recommended, or instructor permission

NUTR 330 Pathophysiology and Nutrition Therapy

This course examines selected pathophysiologic concepts, including mechanisms of disease causation; immune processes; cellular growth and proliferation; injury and metabolic stress; and dysfunctions of the circulatory, respiratory, gastrointestinal, urinary, nervous, and endocrine systems. Students will also consider risk factors and physiological adaptation to various disease conditions. Course emphasizes medical nutrition therapy in acute and chronic disease. Prerequisite: BI 105 & 106, CH 103 & 104, NUTR 205, or instructor permission

NUTR 3XX Currently being developed

PSYCHOLOGY

PS 203 Introduction to Psychology

This course will explore the major theories, concepts, and fields in psychology. Biological, social, and psychological influences on thinking, feeling, and acting will be examined as the class discusses the application of psychology to real-life situations.

PS 204A Introduction to Psychology II/Lab

This course will follow PS 203 and will focus on the foundations of writing in psychology and the development of critical thinking skills. Topics include ethics, writing, evaluation of current topics, career opportunities, and the application of psychology in everyday life. Prerequisites: PS 203, PS 233, or instructor permission

PS 233 Introduction to Human Development

This course is a consideration of human development from infancy through old age. Emphasis will be on cognitive, emotional, and social development, with attention to implications for nursing & Health Sciences. We will discuss the interconnected nature of identities and social categorizations such as race, gender, class, and ability as it relates to human development.

PS 242 Health Psychology (this does not count as a 300-level elective)

This course provides a foundational overview of health psychology and behavioral medicine. We will examine how theories from psychology and sociology/social work have enhanced our understanding of health and illness and can contribute to a paradigm shift toward a more holistic model of healthcare which encompasses the interrelationships among biological, psychological and sociocultural dimensions. We will examine how health and wellness are conceptualized within the modern American healthcare system. We will discuss what is known about preventing and treating illness, and how behavior and personality affect health status.

PS 301 Seminar: History and Systems of Psychology

Psychology will be viewed in its historical context. This course focuses on schools of thought, individual psychologists, and the influence of time and place. Prerequisite: PS 304 or instructor permission

PS 303 Research Methods in Psychology I/Lab

This course will focus on the how research is conducted in psychology and the behavioral sciences. Emphasis this semester will be on critical evaluation of sources of information, conducting literature searches, and design of research projects. This course will provide an overview of both qualitative and quantitative research designs and include a laboratory. Prerequisite: PS 204 or instructor permission

PS 304 Research Methods in Psychology II/Lab

This course will build upon the information learned in PS 303. Emphasis will be placed on conducting research experiments and analyzing and presenting research findings. This course will provide an overview of complex experimental, correlational, and quasi-experimental designs and include a laboratory. Prerequisite: PS 303

PS 306 Cultural Psychology

As a subfield with roots in social psychology and cultural anthropology, cultural psychology studies the interaction between cultural systems and the mind, and specifically how each influences the other. Utilizing theory, research, and methods appropriate to the fields of both culture and psychology, we will examine cultural memory, including intergenerationally communicated symbols, meanings, and behaviors, as well as other sociocultural frameworks for diversity in self- identification, development, motivation, agency, perception, emotion, and relationships. Prerequisites: PS203 and PS204 or SO213 or instructor permission

PS 307 Child Development

This course examines the physical, cognitive, emotional, and social development of the child. The child’s development is not viewed in isolation but rather in the context of family and culture. Theory, research, and the application of child development concepts to professional situations are each important components of the course. Prerequisites: any two of the following three: PS 203, PS 204, or ED 101, or instructor permission

PS 309A Psychological Disorders: Adult

In this course students will consider current theory, research, and controversies regarding the nature, causes, outcomes, and treatment of many of the major psychological disorders. Prerequisites: PS 203 and PS 204 and junior or senior status or instructor permission

PS 310 Psychology of Adolescence

This course provides a comprehensive view of the developmental tasks and challenges of adolescence and includes historical and cross-cultural perspectives. Students will also gain an appreciation of the physical, cognitive, emotional, and social influences on the adolescent’s development and explore the application of this knowledge to professional situations. Prerequisites: any two of the following three: PS 203, PS 204, ED 101, or instructor permission

PS 311 Adulthood and Aging

Multiple dimensions of adult life are addressed in this course. In addition to examining theoretical perspectives and research findings on adult development, the course examines negative stereotypes of ageism in our society. Prerequisites: PS 203 and PS 204 or instructor permission

PS 312 Social Psychology

The rich variety of human social behavior is discussed in this course. We will investigate how people think about, influence, and relate to one another. Important issues in social perception, social influence, and social relations will be covered. Prerequisites: PS 203 and PS 204 or instructor permission

PS 314B Psychological Disorders: - Child and Adolescent

This course offers an examination of childhood psychological disorders from a biopsychosocial perspective. The course covers theory, research, and controversies related to the nature, etiology, and treatment of disorders that begin in childhood or adolescence. The impact of these disorders on the child’s development and family functioning are considered. Prerequisites: any two of the following three: PS 203, PS 204, ED101, or instructor permission

PS 320 Psychology of Women

This course features an exploration of theory and research with consideration of biological and social, as well as psychological influences on women’s development. Students will become familiar with current research findings and will be encouraged to make connections to the world in which they live. Prerequisites: PS 203 and PS 204 or instructor permission

PS 321 Cognitive Process

This course covers the theories and research that describe mental processes such as perception, learning, attention, memory, and language. Students will learn about how we organize information and how we use this information in our daily lives to make decisions and solve problems. Prerequisites: PS 203 and PS 204 or instructor permission

PS 327 Group Process

This course includes both experiential learning in groups and the study of theoretical perspectives and research findings about groups. Students will engage in a variety of group activities as well as the more traditional classroom activities of lecture and discussion. Prerequisites: PS 203 and PS 204 or instructor permission

PS 328 Positive Psychology

This course examines psychology from the perspective of strengths and virtues. It incorporates theory, research, and experiential learning. Topics covered include pleasure and positive experiences, happiness, character strengths, values, wellness, positive interpersonal relationships, and the institutions that facilitate these positive outcomes. Prerequisites: PS 203 and PS 204 or instructor permission

PS 329A Neuropsychology

This course will focus on the study of brain-behavior relationships. Students will gain an understanding of the major ideas and theories in neuropsychology. Topics covered will include principles of brain organization and function, assessment and diagnostic techniques, neuropsychological disorders occurring throughout the lifespan as well as recovery, rehabilitation, and currently available treatments. We will address ethics and the role of emerging technologies in shaping the direction of the field. Prerequisites: any two of the following three: PS 203, PS 204, or PS 233 or instructor permission

PS 402 Seminar: Problems in Psychology

This course provides an examination of topics and theories in contemporary and classical psychology with the additional opportunity to research areas of individual career and post-graduation interests. Prerequisite: PS 301 or instructor permission

PS 440 Theory and Practice of Psychology I

Students will combine an internship experience (8-12 hours per week on site) with weekly seminars. Learning will occur through integration of on-site experiences with individualized and group readings and discussions. Each student will evaluate theory and research as it applies to her or his own experiential learning while developing observational, analytical, and professional skills. Prerequisites: PS 301 and senior status or instructor permission

PS 441 Theory and Practice of Psychology II

In this course, students will continue to synthesize theory and practice through a combined internship and seminar experience. Learning will occur through integration

of on-site experiences (8-12 hours per week) with individualized and group readings and discussions. Each student will evaluate theory and research as it applies to their own experiential learning while developing observational, analytical and professional skills. Students will have access to resources for career development.

PS 409, PS 410 Individualized Study

PUBLIC HEALTH

PBH 200 Introduction to Public Health

Public health is the science of protecting the health of the community through organized and systematic efforts. These efforts can take the form of education, providing access to health care, and protecting the public from exposures that could cause them harm. This introductory course examines the role of public health in the community. It provides an overview of the field and major topics within Public Health and focus on contemporary and historical population health problems.

PBH 203 Introduction to Epidemiology

Epidemiology is the study of the distribution and determinant of disease in populations. The purpose of this course is to introduce the basic principles and methods of epidemiology and to demonstrate their applicability in the field of public health. The course is also intended to provide an introduction to the basic skills needed to critically evaluate the epidemiologic literature relevant to public health professionals.

PBH 206 Introduction to Global Health

Global health is the science of understanding the health of populations throughout the world, in an effort to understand contributing factors to health, with a focus on improving the health of the communities across the globe through organized and systematic efforts. These efforts can take the form of education and providing access to health care and resources, with the goal of protecting populations from exposures that could cause them harm. This course examines the complex distribution of disease across the globe, examining the health of diverse communities. It will focus on major health problems, considering economic, social, and political conditions contributing to disease burden, unique to developed and developing nations across the globe.

PBH 300 Health and the Environment

Health and the Environment will introduce students to the issues and concepts in the field of environmental health. It is intended to provide students with an understanding of how environmental factors impact the health of individuals and the community. This course will also cover the efforts that have been made to prevent or minimize the negative impact of environmental toxins. Emphasis is placed on providing students with a general understanding of the health hazards resulting from exposure to physical, chemical, and biological hazards; vectors for dissemination (water, soil, and air); solid and hazardous waste; susceptible populations; the scientific basis for policy development; and emerging global environmental health issues. Suggested Prerequisite: PBH 200

PBH 303 Public Health Policy and Advocacy

Health policy and advocacy training is needed to provide future public health practitioners with policy-making knowledge and skills in generating public support, policy-maker communications, and policy campaign operations. This course will provide a comprehensive introduction to the fields of public health policy and advocacy. Students will gain an understanding of the current healthcare system and strategies used to advocate for the community through legislation, written pieces, media, coalitions, and community organizing. The course will focus on moving from identifying a health problem, to creating potential solutions, and then determining how to propel the solution forward into action. In particular, the class will look closely at who pleads for the health needs of various population groups in the U.S., how they do so, and the role they play in the process. Students will gain an understanding of how theory, research, policy, and practice can work together to promote systemic social change. Students will also be exposed to strategies used to advocate for the community. The course will also provide practical information, such as skills in advocacy and opportunities to learn from specific advocacy efforts, as well as seasoned advocates. Suggested Prerequisites: PBH 200 and PBH 206

PBH 305 Public Health Leadership and Management

Public health operates in a dynamic environment that requires effective leadership and management. In fact, the World Health Organization lists “leadership and governance” as one of the six interrelated health systems building blocks. U.S. health reform also includes an expanding definition of public health that demands that the public health professional be an effective collaborator who understands the need for problem solving, conflict resolution, inter-organizational relationships and organizational change. This course will address theories and principles of leadership, leadership styles and practices, the levels of public health leadership, leadership tools needed for the 21st century, public health competencies, and emerging public health trends and issues. Suggested Prerequisite: PBH 200

PBH 307 Health and Society

This course is designed to provide students with an introduction to the study of the social determinants of health. It will focus on understanding society’s impact on the public’s health with a focus on contextual influences such as economic, educational, social and physical environment, as well as community systems and services that affect health and health care today and over generations. It will also examine how these themes apply throughout the lifespan and to individual groups within communities. The course will examine how health problems and disparities emerge, have been addressed over time, how communities can organize to change and improve health outcomes and explore tools, strategies, and policy efforts to eliminate such disparities. Suggested Prerequisite: PBH 200

PBH 313/PBH 613 Global Public Health Experience

This course will allow students the rare opportunity to examine firsthand the healthcare system of a developing country. It will focus on access to healthcare in the context of the socioeconomic and political status of the country. Through lectures and visits to important sites in the country, students will learn about the culture, history and politics of the country as well as the public health infrastructure. This is a faculty led short-term travel course with an accompanying seminar.

PBH 402 Developing a Public Health Program

Public health professionals are trained in the use of appropriate strategies and methods to facilitate the development of policies, procedures, interventions and systems that are conducive to the health of individuals, groups, and communities. This course draws from all other public health classes and focuses on the assessment, planning, implementation, and evaluation of public health programs that will assist groups to maintain and improve their health. Students will engage in hands-on problem identification, needs assessment, program planning, and development

practice with a variety of program planning models. Prerequisites: public health major, senior status

PBH 409C Public Health Internship I/PBH 410C Public Health Internship II & Capstone

These courses are designed for senior public health students. They are an opportunity for students to gain practical experience in a public health setting. Students will work in an area of public health that is of interest to them. This is a two-semester course. Internship venues may include health departments, health care organizations/programs, foundations, public health associations, community organizations, public school systems, etc. conducting programming or projects related to public health issues. Generally, an internship will be considered acceptable for public health course credit if it pertains to one or more of the topical areas in the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention- Healthy People. Prerequisites: Senior status

RADIOGRAPHY

MR 100 Introduction to Radiologic Technology and Lab (3 Credits)

The goal of this intensive 2-week course is to familiarize the student with the basic equipment operations, image production, radiation protection, radiographic procedures, patient care settings, and skills associated with the profession of radiography. A combination of lectures, guided self-study, guest lecturers, and laboratory experiences will assist the student to develop all cognitive, affective, and psychomotor skills prerequisite to safely and efficiently enter the clinical environment.

MR 101 Radiologic Procedures and Related Anatomy I and Lab (3 Credits)

In this first of a series of three procedure courses, students will learn how to safely and efficiently move/manipulate typical types of radiographic and fluoroscopic equipment, locks and accessories. The student will also study the anatomic structures/organs associated with; and the standard body/part positions, which are fundamental to the performance following exams: commonly performed views of the chest, abdomen, routine upper extremity, and routine lower extremity. Learning activities will include classroom presentation, guided self-study exercises, demonstration, and practice. Student first-level performance competency will be evaluated in the lab setting.

MR 102 Radiologic Procedures and Related Anatomy II and Lab (3 Credits)

In this second of the three procedure courses, students will continue to learn the gross and topographic anatomic structures and medical terminology while demonstrating, with evaluations, in the lab setting the routine body positions required to obtain radiographic images pertaining to the examinations of the following: digestive system, shoulder girdle, bony thorax, pelvic girdle, cervical spine, thoracic spine, lumbosacral spine, and coccyx. Concurrently, students will expand their radiographic medical terminology knowledge.

MR 111 Radiologic Imaging I and Lab (3 Credits)

This is an introductory course into radiologic imaging principles. Students will learn the primary factors of image production and become familiar with some of the basic equipment required to obtain radiologic images within the radiology department. Discussions will include practical considerations necessary for acceptable image quality, assessing radiographic exposure on radiographic images, and analyzing the relationships of factors that control and affect image exposure. There will be three hours of lecture per week for fifteen weeks.

MR 120 Radiologic Clinical I (3 Credits)

Starting with a formal orientation to the students’ assigned clinical site, students will progress as follows: a) structured observational experiences b) guided clinical application/practice of skills associated with procedure performance c) competency assessment and d) post clinical competency assessment continued performance/practice of the radiologic exams studied in Radiologic Procedures and Related Anatomy I and Lab. Students will be given performance benchmarks as guidelines as they develop confidence and competence in the performance of selected radiographic exams.

MR 121 Radiologic Clinical II (3 Credits)

Students will learn more advanced procedures, completion extremity work, and the addition of cervical thoracic and lumbar/sacral spine. Students will be given performance benchmarks as guidelines as they develop confidence and competence in the performance of selected related radiographic (and in selected cases fluoroscopic and bedside/portable) exams.

MR 131 Radiologic Physics (3 Credits)

An initial unit of study of the fundamental theories and principles relevant to classical Newtonian physics, will be followed by a conceptually based study of atomic structure, electricity, magnetism and electromagnetism. In addition, students will study the physical principles relevant to: a) the function/operation of X-ray generating equipment, b) five of the interactions of x-radiation with matter, and c) radioactive decay processes. Correlations between the principles learned and procedures/practices involved with the production of radiographic images will also be studied.

MR 140 Patient Care in Radiography (3 Credits)

The goal of this course is to teach patient care and safety skills necessary for a radiographer in a hospital setting. Topics covered will include hospital organizational structure, patient assessment, safety, medical emergencies, infection control, aseptic technique, and pharmacology. Students will learn proper patient communication and care through a variety of lectures and interactive exercises.

MR 140 Patient Care in Radiography (3 Credits)

The goal of this course is to teach patient care and safety skills necessary for a radiographer in a hospital setting. Topics covered will include hospital organizational structure, patient assessment, safety, medical emergencies, infection control, aseptic technique, and pharmacology. Students will learn proper patient communication and care through a variety of lectures and interactive exercises.

MR 201 Radiologic Procedures and Related Anatomy III and Lab (3 Credits)

In this third of the three procedures courses, students will learn the gross and topographic anatomic structures as well as relevant body positions and sequences which are associated with more advanced radiographic exams of the cranium, emergency room radiography, and genito-urinary imaging. Concurrently, the routine body positions required to obtain routine radiographic images for these exams will be practiced and evaluated within laboratory sessions. In addition, students will be presented the anatomy and positioning views associated with mammography. A review of exams covered in prior semesters will also occur. Presentation of a self-produced case study and a self-produced, self-critiqued videotape of their work describing selected studies are course requirements.

MR 211 Radiologic Imaging III and Lab (3 Credits)

In this course, students will learn about digital imaging. A review of basic computers and terminology will be included to ensure all students are informed of the basics of computer language. A detailed review of CR, DR, DICOM, and PACS will be provided as well as information on HIS and RIS systems. Discussions will include the terminology associated with digital imaging systems, the various types of digital receptors, the response of digital detectors to exposure variations, and the advantages and limits of each receptor type. Laboratory exercises will assist the student in the application of the factors studied to produce consistent, high-quality images.

MR 220 Radiologic Clinical III (5 Credits)

The summer starts with an intensive, one-to-two week academic and lab component focusing on learning: a) the anatomy and positioning for selected views associated with gastrointestinal imaging and b) the anatomy and performance of venipuncture for the purpose of contrast agent administration. This intensive experience will help students develop a higher level of performance competency and efficiency in the exams covered during the first year as well as the performance of the cranial studies covered in class/lab. Students will be expected to demonstrate their progressively increasing levels of organizational skill and performance speed and accuracy as they progress through the semester. Clinical conferences/critique sessions will be incorporated.

MR 221 Radiologic Clinical IV (4 Credits)

Students will continue to develop confidence in the performance of those radiographic exams that were incorporated in the prior three semesters of study. In addition, they will progress from structured observational experiences through guided clinical application of procedure performance skills to assessment and achievement of appropriate clinical competency in the performance of those radiologic exams studied in Radiologic Procedures with Related Anatomy III and Lab. Students will be given performance benchmarks as guidelines as they develop confidence and competence in the performance of selected radiographic (and in selected cases fluoroscopic and bedside/portable) exams of the chest, abdomen, upper and lower extremities, skull, sinus, genito-urinary system, and those exam studies that are commonly performed within the emergency room/urgent care setting. Clinical conferences/critique sessions will be incorporated.

MR 222 Radiologic Clinical V (4 Credits)

Students will be expected to exhibit the level confidence in the performance of all radiographic exams, which were incorporated in the prior semester’s academic and clinical study associated with the program’s criteria for “Exit Level Competency”. Students will also present a portfolio, which demonstrates their performance in the clinical environment for the past four semesters.

MR 231 Radiologic Biology and Protection (3 Credits)

After a brief review of the atomic and molecular physical principles covered in MR 131, a study of the fundamental biological principles relevant to the manifestation of biologic effects from radiation exposure will occur. This will be followed by study of these effects on the atomic, molecular, cellular, tissue, organ, and organism level. In addition, students will study the principles relevant to: the basic radiation safety practices, the safety regulations promulgated by state and federal agencies, and the general design considerations relevant to radiology facilities.

MR 240 Advanced Radiologic Procedures (3 Credits)

In this course, students will learn about advanced imaging modalities. Topics will include CT, MRI, mammography, tomography, interventional radiography, ultrasound, and cross-sectional imaging. A basic overview of each modality’s data acquisition process, patient preparation, and radiation safety measures will be discussed. Review of previous topics from MR 111, MR 211, and MR 140 will be provided to reinforce the learning process.

MR 250 Radiologic Pathophysiology (2 Credits)

In this course, common radiologic findings relating to those exams which were covered during the prior semesters will be presented. Basic pathophysiologic processes relating to those findings will also be covered. Emphasis will be placed on the student’s ability to increase their proficiency in assessing the diagnostic completeness of the images they produce. The course will combine guest lectures from radiologists, guided self-study exercises, and classroom discussions.

SOCIAL WORK

SW 202 Introduction to Social Services (3 credits)

This course provides an overview of the human service delivery system with an emphasis on the role of the social worker in five primary areas: child welfare, mental health, criminal justice, education, and health services. Social problems and the social policies that evolved to meet the needs of populations at risk are explored in the context of social and political forces.

SW 303A Lifespan Human Behavior (3 credits)

This course studies individual and family development across the lifespan from a bio/psycho/social perspective. Students use critical thinking skills in evaluating and applying various developmental theories in work with clients. Course content includes material on ecological and systems theory, cognitive and behavioral theories, and psychodynamic theories. Students complete three interviews and psychosocial assessments of someone at adolescence, midlife, and later adulthood.

SW 304A Communities, Groups, and Organizations (3 credits)

This course studies the effects of macro systems on human behavior from an ecological perspective. Course content includes material on communities, neighborhoods, and social networks; groups; and social movements. Students will draw on systems theory and empowerment theory to discuss assessment and effective practice interventions across the content areas.

SW 320 Child Welfare (3 credits)

This course will explore the history and mission of child welfare services in the United States with an emphasis on the changing role of government. Students will examine the roles and responsibilities of social workers in child welfare agencies. Classes will discuss relevant ethical, legal, and policy issues. Students will learn about the concepts of risk, vulnerability, and resilience in children who are in child welfare agencies. Prerequisite: SW 202

SW 325 Social Work Practice in Health Care Settings (3 credits)

This elective course will explore social work practice in health care settings from a bio/psycho/social/spiritual perspective. It will include material on ethical dilemmas, social work values, access to health care, populations at risk, and sensitivity to diversity. Students will explore the meaning of illness in people’s lives, how patients experience disability, chronic and terminal illnesses, trauma, grief, and loss. The role of the social worker as part of an interdisciplinary team that emphasizes a strengths perspective and wellness model will be discussed. Students will learn about medical social work in a variety of health care settings, including inpatient and outpatient clinics, home care, and hospice. Students will examine their own attitudes about health and illness and grief and loss to increase their self-awareness of work in this field.

SW 327 Social Policy and Social Change (3 credits)

This course provides students with skills to evaluate, draft, and reform social policies. Course content will cover political advocacy, community organizing strategies, and ethical dilemmas in designing social policies and the legislative process. We will also explore and debate the rights and responsibilities of government, citizens, and corporations in a just and humane society. Prerequisite: SW 202 or instructor permission

SW 338 Introduction to Generalist Practice (3 credits)

This course provides students with a foundation in the theoretical under pinning's of generalist practice, an understanding of the value base of the profession, and an overview of the knowledge, values and skills required for effective practice with individuals, families, groups and large social systems. Through course readings, case studies, and direct practice experiences in a concurrent 80-hour field placement, students learn the generalist practice method and build the skills of engagement, assessment, intervention, evaluation, and termination. Prerequisites: None

SW 339 Clinical Interviewing, Role-Plays, and Reflection (4 credits)

This social work course focuses on strengthening and broadening students’ clinical interviewing skills. Students will practice and enhance traditional interviewing skills and will also learn non-traditional methods of assessment and intervention such as role-playing, sculpting, and using drama and metaphor. Prerequisites: SW 202, SW 303A

SW 340 Contemporary Social Problems (3 credits)

This course will provide students with knowledge about contemporary social problems from an ecological perspective. Classes will explore the ethical implications of these social problems and the role of government in setting policy. Students will develop potential strategies for addressing these problems with individuals, groups, families, and communities.

SW 342 The Baby Boom Generation: Adults in Midlife (3 credits)

This course studies adults in midlife, from a bio/psycho/social perspective, as this segment of the adult population predicted to increase significantly in the next decade. Theories of adult development will be reviewed with emphasis on contemporary research with this age group. Course content includes material on changes in family roles and relationships in midlife, meaning of work for older adults, age discrimination in the workplace, caregiver roles and responsibilities, issues for ethnic minorities in midlife, alternative approaches to retirement, factors that contribute to productive aging, and social work interventions. Client empowerment and a strengths-based perspective will be emphasized throughout the course. The course will explore micro, mezzo, and macro practice implications and interventions for this population. This course will have particular relevance for social work, nursing, psychology, and sociology students.

SW 344 Coping with Death/Dying (3 credits)

This course introduces students to the subject of death, dying, bereavement, and spirituality. It includes content on the meaning of death from many different theoretical and cultural perspectives. The course will include material on life cycle approaches to death and dying, legal and moral issues, bereavement, and clinical interventions. It also introduces students to the subject of spirituality and social work.

SW 347 Research Methods in Social Work / IPE 306 Research Methods for Health Professionals (3 credits)

This course introduces the purposes, types, and basic methodology of social work research, using studies in social work. It includes such topics as literature review,

problem formulation, research design, data collection, data analysis and utilization, and ethical and political issues. It presents non-discriminatory, feminist, collaborative, and empowerment approaches as alternatives to traditional research perspectives. Emphasis is placed on preparing students to be reflective, critical, and informed consumers of research. Students’ knowledge of research will be applied to social work practice. They will learn about single-subject design, program evaluation, needs assessment, and research interviewing. Students will complete the course with a research proposal. Prerequisite: SW 202

SW 350 International Social Work (3 credits)

This course is designed to provide students with the knowledge of social welfare and human services from an international perspective. It will focus on the delivery of services and the role of social work professionals who work at the international level. The focus of the course could vary from year to year and include such subjects as health care, disasters, poverty, sex trafficking, genocide or child soldiers. The course could involve travel to another country. Prerequisite: SW 202. If travel is involved, students will need to provide three letters of reference and be interviewed by social work faculty before being accepted into the course.

SW 401 Integrating Seminar (3 credits)

This course is designed for senior social work students as their final class in social work; it is an opportunity for students to integrate and demonstrate their learning in social work as a result of required classes taken at Regis to satisfy the requirements for a BSW degree. Students will complete a research paper for the course that relates to their field placement. Prerequisites: SW 202, SW 303A, SW 304A, SW 327, SW 330, SW 331, SW 335, SW 347, SW 410C. Students will take SW 336 concurrently with the Integrating Seminar.

SW 424 Generalist Practice with Individuals and Families (3 Credits)

This course expands on the knowledge and skills students built in SW 338: Introduction to Generalist Practice, by providing them with the continued integration of theory and practice from a generalist social work perspective, with a particular focus on work with individuals and families. Students advance the development of the generalist knowledge, values, and skills required to effectively intervene with individuals and families from engagement through termination. Prerequisite: SW 338

SW 426 Generalist Practice with Groups and Families (3 Credits)

This course introduces students to specific theoretical and skills-based core concepts of generalist practice with small groups. The course prepares students for engagement, assessment, intervention planning and decision-making for effective and

ethical service delivery to diverse families and groups within the context of social systems. Students learn theoretical models that integrate systems and ecological theory, the strengths perspective, and the problem-solving model. Prerequisite: SW 338

SW 427 Generalist Practice with Communities and Organizations (3 Credits)

This course encourages students to apply critical thinking, explore different community practice settings, and discuss how social workers serve diverse and vulnerable communities and organizations. The course introduces students to the history, values, theory, processes and skills for generalist social work practice at the level of groups, communities and organizations. The focus of the course is on change in large groups, social agencies, institutions, communities, and government. A special emphasis is on utilizing integrated social work practice to empower oppressed groups including members of racial, ethnic, and other non-dominant groups.

SW 430 Field Work – Seminar I (6 Credits)

This course is a part one of a two-semester field placement and seminar that takes place inside the traditional classroom environment as a seminar for about 75 minutes a week and inside local community human/social service agencies for 16 hours a week over 15 weeks per semester. Students are placed in approved social work field sites with professional trained social work supervisors. They have one placement throughout the academic year and complete a minimum of 425 hours. Students meet once a week in the classroom to learn and discuss social work functions. Prerequisites: SW 338.

SW 431- Field Work- Seminar II (6 Credits)

This course is a part two of a two-semester field placement and seminar that takes place inside the traditional classroom environment as a seminar for about 75 minutes a week and inside local community human/social service agencies for 16 hours a week over 15 weeks per semester. Students are placed in approved social work field sites with professional trained social work supervisors. They have one placement throughout the academic year and complete a minimum of 425 hours. Students meet once a week in the classroom to learn and discuss social work functions. Prerequisite: SW 430

SPORT MANAGEMENT

SMT 213 Sport in Society

This course is designed to provide a detailed examination of the sociology of sport. The student will examine the relationships between sport, culture, and society. The goal is to identify and explore critical issues related to sport and their impact in an individual’s life, family, schools, communities, and societies. (Offered odd years, fall semester)

SMT 216 Sport Management

This course is an overview of the foundations of sport management and the professions in physical education and sport. This course is designed to enable students to understand sport management as a field of academic study and professional application and assist them in applying relevant knowledge within various contexts. (Offered in the spring each year).

SMT 340 Sport Event Management and Promotions

The purpose of this course is to provide the student with introductory exposure to the various ideas, techniques, and research related to sport event management and promotions. Prerequisites: SMT 216 & SMT 355, or instructor permission. (Offered odd years, spring semester).

SMT 342 Sport Marketing and Technology

This course will provide an in-depth investigation of the various techniques and strategies used in meeting the wants and needs of consumers in the sport industry as well as understanding how sport can be used to assist in the marketing of other companies and products. Areas to be addressed include: sports marketing and technology versus traditional marketing, in-depth analysis of the segments of sport industry, the importance of market research and segmentation in identifying the right sport consumer, the use of data-based marketing in reaching the sport consumer, an overview of the marketing mix as individual units and the relationship between those units, and the development of sponsorship and endorsement packages. Prerequisite: SMT 216, or instructor permission. (Offered even years, spring semester).

SMT 345 Legal Issues in Sport Management

This course addresses the challenges for sports managers in law and provides strategies for success in their managerial performance. There is an increasing need for sport managers to be aware of the legal implications of their managerial performance. This course assists students in the development of knowledge and introduction to the legal issues facing those in the sports industry. The course will introduce students to the U.S. legal system and focus on the areas of tort and contract liability, agency, and constitutional law. Prerequisite: SMT 216, or instructor permission. (Offered odd years, spring semester).

SMT 355 Facility Design, Operations, and Management

Sport facilities are changing at a rapid pace. Sport facility management represents one of the fastest growth areas in the sport industry. This class will cover numerous issues from construction-related concerns to marketing facilities, naming rights, and concession concerns. Also covered will be topics related to facility management, with special attention to back-house operations such as water, heating, cooling, and related factors. This is a comprehensive course focusing on applied rather than just theoretical knowledge. Prerequisites: SMT 216, or instructor permission. (Offered odd years, fall semester).

SMT 356 Athletic Administration and Sport Governance

Students will gain knowledge and apply principles related to athletic administration in various situations. They will explore the differences/similarities between various sport organizations in the high school, college, and professional realm of sport regarding rules, eligibility, scholarships/salaries, and recruiting. They will research the governing bodies to understand their function in maintaining order and compliance, as well as their role in dealing with infractions. Students at this level will be able to research, apply, analyze, and evaluate relevant material within specific situations. Prerequisites: SMT 216 and two other sport management courses, academic standing as a junior or senior, or instructor permission. (Offered even years, spring semester).

THERAPEUTIC RECREATION

THR 200 Foundations of Therapeutic Recreation

This course provides an introduction to the history, philosophy, theory, concepts, and scope of practice of therapeutic recreation services. Topics will include service- delivery models, ethics, standards of practice, credentialing, use of the clinical process in various treatment settings, and professional behavior specific to therapeutic relationships and practitioner/client interactions.

THR 203 Leadership Development in Adaptive Sport

The purpose of this course is to provide students with the knowledge and skills necessary to understand the principles of adapting sport and recreation activities to allow all individuals the ability to actively participate for enjoyment, skill development, competition, and/or improvement of personal well-being. Students will gain an understanding of athletic identity, participation motivation, social and environmental barriers, and body image of individuals with disabilities. During the course, students will observe/participate in various adapted physical activities.

THR 206 Practicum in Therapeutic Recreation

This course is designed to allow students to participate in observation and/or event facilitation within the field of recreational therapy. Students must be admitted to the therapeutic recreation program and complete all necessary paperwork prior to participating in this experience.

THR 209 Disabling Conditions, Health and Function

This course will provide an overview of disabling conditions affecting youth to adult populations including physical, intellectual, psychological, and developmental disabilities. The etiology, symptoms, prognosis, and impact on health and functioning of individuals with these conditions will be addressed. Students will also gain foundational knowledge regarding the benefit of physical activity and leisure interventions for individuals with these conditions.

THR 212 Assessment and Planning in Therapeutic Recreation

Students will be introduced to various assessment techniques used in therapeutic recreation services and methods of documentation. Students will conduct assessments within the class setting and begin developing individualized programs based on the needs of the individual, documenting initial assessment and client progress.

THR 215 Implementation and Evaluation in Therapeutic Recreation

Students will learn intervention and facilitation techniques used in providing therapeutic recreation services for individuals with illnesses or disabilities. Evidence- based practice will guide students in learning appropriate recreation and leisure activities and interventions, as well as the development of therapeutic relationships. Students will gain hands-on experience in planning, leading and evaluating therapeutic interventions used toward the achievement of treatment goals, as well as become more proficient in documentation of client progress.

THR 218 Facilitation Techniques for Adults

This course provides students with hands-on participation in facilitation techniques relevant to therapeutic recreation. Several types of therapeutic interventions appropriate for adults and older adults will be presented. Students will gain introductory knowledge and skills necessary for each modality, apply the interventions to specific case studies, and lead peer groups in utilizing the specific modalities for therapeutic purposes.

THR 219 Facilitation Techniques for Children and Adolescents

This course provides students with hands-on participation in facilitation techniques and play therapy relevant to therapeutic recreation. Several types of therapeutic interventions appropriate for children and adolescents will be presented. Students will gain introductory knowledge and skills necessary for each modality, apply the interventions to specific case studies, and lead peer groups in utilizing the specific modalities for therapeutic purposes.

THR 303 Management of Therapeutic Recreation Services

This course will provide students with the principals, methods, and techniques for management and administration of therapeutic recreation programs. Students will gain knowledge regarding facility and resource management; public relations; personnel hiring, training, and management; effective leadership techniques; and problem-solving.

THR 400 Seminar in Therapeutic Recreation

This final course will be taken concurrently with the Internship experience in the student’s final semester of the program. Current trends and issues in TR/RT, including evidence-based practice and practice-based evidence will be discussed. Students will address such issues as professional conduct, ethics, safety, risk management, professional development, and other relevant professional issues in therapeutic recreation.

THR 402 Internship in Therapeutic Recreation

This course will be a supervised 14 week, 560-hour practical experience in a therapeutic recreation setting approved by the program director. Emphasis will be placed on applying knowledge, methods and leadership techniques that have been learned in didactic coursework. Students will be directly supervised by on-site, qualified agency personnel and indirectly supervised by Regis faculty. All previous coursework must be completed prior to beginning the internship, except for the THR Seminar course which will be taken concurrently. Students applying for the internship must have approval.

GRADUATE COUNSELING PROGRAMS

CP 600 Social & Cultural Foundations of Counseling

The course will explore theories of culturally relevant counseling and examine issues and trends of a multicultural and diverse society. It will provide foundational knowledge of these topics and theories, and provide skills needed to provide mental health counseling services to diverse populations in a culturally competent manner. Emphasis will be placed on the role of social location, culture, environment, history, race, ethnicity, language, gender, sexual orientation, age, education, religious and spiritual orientation, and socio-economic status as factors that greatly impact the lives of clients. Attention will be given to working from various sociopolitical lenses and socio-cultural perspectives, as well as the examination of presenting issues unique to particular groups or populations. Prerequisite: Admission to Graduate Counseling Programs or permission of Director.

CP 604 Theories of Counseling I

This course is one of a two-part series. The goals of this course are to: familiarize students with the prevalent counseling theories and psychotherapy research, how these models compare, overlap and contrast from one another, and how these therapeutic models appear congruent (or incongruent) with students’ own beliefs and models of therapy. Theories of Counseling I will focus more on psychodynamic, attachment, person-centered, existential, experiential and classic behavioral theories, although both courses will provide foundations of formulation, conceptualization, integration and application of theory to client cases. This course will require students to conduct a critical analysis of both the tenets and techniques of these theoretical models, as well as their own philosophies regarding theories of therapeutic change and cure. Prerequisite: Admission to Graduate Counseling Programs or permission of Director.

CP 605 Theories of Counseling II

This course is one of a two-part series. It will explore theories of culturally relevant counseling and the challenges and trends of a multicultural and diverse society. Theories of Counseling II will focus more on classic and specialized cognitive, feminist, cultural, acceptance commitment, mindfulness, positive psychology and integrative theories, but both courses will provide foundations of formulation, conceptualization, integration and application of theory to client cases. This course will require students to conduct a critical analysis of both the tenets and techniques of these theoretical models, as well as their own philosophies regarding theories of therapeutic change and cure. Students will develop a personal theory of counseling, a unique style of counseling, effective techniques of counseling, and enhanced understanding of culturally-sensitive practice. Prerequisite: Admission to Graduate Counseling Programs or permission of Director.

CP 608 Mental Health Across the Lifespan

This course will focus on mental health at the various stages of the human experience, ways to support healthy development, provide developmentally appropriate clinical interventions, and support the holistic development of the whole person. Topics and cases will draw from theoretical, culturally contextual, and professionally relevant perspectives. Prerequisite: Admission to Graduate Counseling Programs or permission of Director.

CP 610 Principles & Techniques of Counseling

This course is designed primarily as an in-depth skill development course in counseling technique, in which students practice counseling micro-skills and application of theoretical techniques. Through extensive use of role-play and experiential exercises, students will work with one another to demonstrate techniques utilized in the therapeutic relationship as an effective Mental Health Counselor. Students will have the opportunity to act as a counselor in role-play activities, as well as a consultant and supervisor for fellow students. Prerequisite: Admission to Graduate Counseling Programs or permission of Director. NOTE: Designated Practicum Course for Rhode Island licensure candidates.

CP 612 Ethical & Legal Issues & Considerations in the Practice of Counseling

The primary focus of this course is the understanding of professional roles and

functions of mental health counselors, with particular emphasis on legal and ethical standards. Students will learn and practice ethical case conceptualization, analysis, and decision making as relates to clinical practice and demonstrate knowledge and understanding of the standards set by the code of ethics of the American Counseling Association, American Mental Health Counselors Association, National Association of Alcoholism and Drugs Abuse Counselors (NAADAC) as well as licensure and regulatory mandates and practices. Prerequisite: Admission to Graduate Counseling Programs or permission of Director.

CP 614 Psychopathology & Diagnostic Assessment

This course will provide students with practice in the identification, diagnosis and mental health treatment planning for a wide range of mental health concerns, including substance use and dependency, psychological responses to psychosocial stressors, and other presenting problems as categorized in the DSM-5. Students will learn to evaluate the clients’ symptoms in ways that have the potential to reduce biases inherent in diagnosis of members of diverse populations. Students will provide comprehensive case assessments, differential diagnoses, and treatment recommendations consistent with supporting client wellness for a variety of cases and case scenarios. Prerequisite: Admission to Graduate Counseling Programs or permission of Director.

CP 620 Child & Adolescent Psychopathology & Therapies

This course examines childhood psychological disorders from a biopsychosocial perspective. The course covers theory, research and controversies related to the nature, etiology and treatment of disorders that begin in childhood or adolescence. The impact of these disorders on the child’s development and family and social functioning are considered. This course presents the guidelines and considerations for the identification, diagnosis and mental health treatment planning for common and challenging behavior in adolescents and children. Students will practice differential diagnosis and evaluate best practices and effective treatment strategies for working with youth populations. Prerequisite: Admission to Graduate Counseling Programs or permission of Director.

CP 624 Treating the Addictions: Dynamics & Treatment Strategies

This course provides an overview of counseling philosophy, theory, techniques and professional/ethical standards that are most effective in counseling clients who have been diagnosed with an addictive or compulsive disorder. Current research about the most effective and practical theoretical counseling models that foster personal growth, healing and change will be studied and critiqued from recovery, multicultural and social-justice oriented frameworks. There will be an emphasis on the importance of comprehensive integrated treatment of individuals with co-occurring psychiatric and substance use disorders. Students will acquire knowledge about prevention strategies, relapse prevention strategies, treatment planning, as well as the importance of family therapy and self-help groups and how they relate to psychosocial rehabilitation treatment outcome. Finally, this course will provide an overview the role of psychopharmacology in mental health, with particular focus on medications typically prescribed to assist individuals with mental health, addiction and dual-diagnosis experiences. Prerequisite: Admission to Graduate Counseling Programs or Transdisciplinary Addiction Professional Certificate Program or permission of GCP Director. NOTE: Designated Practicum Course for Rhode Island licensure candidates.

CP 625 Expressive Therapies and Complementary Treatments

Expressive therapies and complementary treatment interventions provide counselors with a wide array of group and individual therapy strategies to help in situations in which verbal/talk therapy may be limiting. As counselors in training, students will explore the connections and parallels between therapeutic and creative processes. Students will participate in experiential exercises in various expressive modalities and learn how theory and client characteristics inform technique selection. Creative expression can drive or deepen therapeutic change in clients, as well as facilitate insight and growth for the counselor. Students in this course will practice individual and group delivery of a variety of expressive techniques. Prerequisite: Admission to Graduate Counseling Programs or permission of Director. NOTE: Designated Practicum Course for Rhode Island licensure candidates.

CP 630 Clinical Research Methods, Evaluation & Interpretation

Students in this course will explore the variety of types of social science research and evaluative methodologies and strategies that mental health counselors may encounter. The course will also cover APA format, data analysis, needs assessments, program evaluation, and ethical and legal considerations in conducting research. Prerequisite: Admission to Graduate Counseling Programs or permission of Director.

CP 632 Group Dynamics & Development

This course provides students with theoretical and experiential understandings of group development, purpose, dynamics, counseling theories, group counseling methods and skills, as well as leadership styles. Students will analyze the dynamics and practice the processes of Mental Health (therapeutic, psychosocial, psycho- educational) groups.

NOTE: Designated Practicum Course for Rhode Island licensure candidates. Prerequisite: Admission to Graduate Counseling Programs or permission of Director.

CP 638 Vocational Assessment & Career Counseling

This course will introduce students to theory, research, and practice of vocational counseling and assessment, a prominent sub-discipline within counseling. Students will attain basic competence in providing individual career counseling services such as developing rapport, identifying career-related goals, developing conceptualizations grounded in career-theory, and providing career-related feedback to clients. Students will also attain basic competence in administering and interpreting a variety of vocational assessments (e.g., SII, MBTI, VAP) in addition to assessment report writing, and integration of assessment data into clinical practice. In addition to in class lectures, presentations, and discussions, this course requires students to engage in role-play consultation work with pseudo-clients. Prerequisite: Admission to Graduate Counseling Programs or permission of Director.

CP 640 Clinical Assessment & Evaluation

This course is designed to provide an overview of the most widely used cognitive, aptitude, projective and neuropsychological tools in the assessment of adults. Students will be encouraged to look critically at tests to determine utility and limitations, as well as to become familiar with the process of testing, including gathering background information, test selection, administration, scoring, and interpretation. The main goals of this course are to enhance clarity of referrals for testing, to increase collaboration with testing providers, and to deepen understanding of clients’ test results. Prerequisite: Admission to Graduate Counseling Programs or permission of Director.

CP 642 Assessment and Treatment of Trauma

This course will provide students with an introduction to the field of trauma, with a focus on assessment and treatment of trauma in therapy. Students will gain an understanding of the therapist role in treating trauma, as well as ways to effectively manage these challenges and maintain self-care. Students will learn about the neurobiological reactions to the experience of trauma while also exploring contextual factors related to the impact of trauma on the individual. The course will provide an overview of best practices in the processes of diagnostic assessment and case conceptualization of individuals who have experienced various kinds of trauma, including trauma co-occurring with substance use disorders. The role of counselors in the evaluation and treatment of trauma-related disorders will be examined, as well as approaches to address common challenges related to working with traumatized clients. Finally, this course will provide instruction in the leading approaches to treating trauma as well as their underlying theoretical foundations including the assessment of risk and crisis intervention strategies. Prerequisite: Admission to Graduate Counseling Programs or permission of Director.

CP 644 Counseling Lesbian, Gay, Bisexual, Transgender, Queer or Questioning and Intersex (LGBTQI) Individuals

This course is specifically designed to provide students with foundational knowledge regarding issues related to the health and well-being of LGBTQI+ individuals and the implications for their professional practice, skills for assessment and effective intervention, and depth in their awareness of personal beliefs systems and biases which impact their clinical practice with a LGBTQI+ clientele. Prerequisite: Admission to Graduate Counseling Programs or permission of Director.

CP 646 Counseling Families

In this course, students will examine theories and techniques in counseling families in the many forms that they emerge. Drawing from a variety of theoretical approaches, including family systems theory, and embodying culturally sensitive practice, students will learn to assess the systemic and specific needs of the unit, determine the goals of the individuals within the unit, and select the treatment modality best-suited for bringing about peaceful resolution for that unit. Learning will include topics of mandated reporting for abuse of children and elders, intimate partner violence, and working with couples and families who may have legal or social service involvement (e.g., divorce, foster care, adoption). Prerequisite: Admission to Graduate Counseling Programs or permission of Director. NOTE: Those seeking licensure in AK, AR, ME, MD, MN, MS, TX, VA, & WV must include this course in their curriculum.

CP 650 Biology, Psychopharmacology & Health Care Collaboration

Driven by a biopsychosocial framework, mental health counselors should understand the biological bases of emotion and behavior, collaborate with prescribers of medical and psychotropic drugs, advocate on behalf of their clients, and guide clients to advocate for their own care. Understanding the basic tenants of biological processes that drive and impact behavior allows students, as counselors-in-training, to consider the health and wellness of the whole person. Students will also familiarize themselves with commonly prescribed psychotropic drugs and examine the reciprocal relationships between health behaviors, medication adherence, mental health and recovery from alcohol and drug addictions. Prerequisite: Admission to Graduate Counseling Programs or permission of Director.

CP 654 – CP 659 (3 credits): Advanced Seminar in Counseling

The Advanced Seminars will cover current/compelling topics in the field of counseling and follow trends in mental health treatment needs.

CP 654 Gender & Mental Health Disparities

In this seminar, students will consider the ways in which sex, gender, and human sexuality intersect with features such as age, race, ethnicity, ability, spirituality, and socioeconomic status. Through this intersectional lens and critical concepts drawn from social psychology, students will critically evaluate the origins of (and explore the possible remedies to) mental health treatment disparities. Students will also consider their own implicit and explicit biases and how those biases may impact treatment of clients of diverse intersectional identities. NOTE: Those seeking licensure in NY & OH must include this course in their curriculum. Prerequisite: Admission to Graduate Counseling Programs or permission of Director.

CP 655 Forensic Counseling

In this seminar, students will learn about the many intersections of law and mental health, including fitness to serve in law enforcement, military, and governmental roles; mental health interventions in juvenile justice, adult corrections, and societal reintegration; the evaluative process in competency to stand trial and the insanity defense; and the role of counselor as expert witness in custody and court proceedings. Common (depression/trauma) and rare (psychopathy, serial violence) mental health concerns will be discussed. Prerequisite: Admission to Graduate Counseling Programs or permission of Director.

CP 656 Treating Personality Disorders

In this seminar, students will deeply examine the various personality disorders and evidence-based treatments available to help those who meet diagnostic criteria for them. Conversely, we will explore treatments such as Dialectical Behavioral Therapy

CP 657 Historical & Intergenerational Trauma

In this course, students will learn how the effects of exposure to historical traumatic events can “transmit” from directly affected people of a generation to their offspring who are not directly exposed the traumatic events. Through exploration of populations harmed by genocides, war, colonial-imperialist displacement and dispossession, and the transatlantic slave trade, students will learn to recognize the post traumatic sequalae of populations affected by these events. The goal is for students in this course to be more adept at interacting with these populations in ways that positively benefit their mental health and the well being of their communities. Prerequisite: Admission to Graduate Counseling Programs or permission of Director.

CP 660 Counseling Practicum

The practicum consists of a distinctly defined, pre-master’s, supervised field experience totaling a minimum of 100 hours, including 40 hours of direct service, 5 hours of group supervision, 10 hours of individual supervision, and 10 hours of additional individual or group supervision. A practicum provides for the development of clinical mental health counseling and group work skills under licensure-approved supervision. A practicum may take place within an approved field setting and will be completed concurrently with a didactic course offering approved readings, intensive role-play, and supervision led by graduate program faculty. This practicum will include advocacy education and experience. CP 660 represents students’ initial practicum, a required component to meet the educational and pre-master’s field placement requirements for LMHC/LPC and similar counseling licensures. Prerequisite: CP 610

Principles and Techniques of Counseling and permission of program director and field placement coordinator. NOTE: Those seeking licensure in SC will complete 150 hours of practicum. Also, students in MAC: Addictions Counseling degree must be placed in an addictions treatment setting for practicum.

CP 661 Counseling Practicum II

CP 661 is designed for students wishing to remain at their practicum sites beyond the required semester of Counseling Practicum allotted in CP660, for students who wish to explore a new practicum placement prior to attending their year-long internships, and/or for students whose state licensure boards require more practicum training than one semester of practicum allows. Prerequisite: CP 660

CP 680 Advanced Practice for Addictions Professionals I

This is the first of two courses that focus on the knowledge, skills, and attitudes needed to care for individuals, groups, and families experiencing addiction. This course focuses on theoretical frameworks of addiction and related mental health counseling and nursing theories as well as the assessment, diagnosis, and treatment of addiction disorders across the lifespan. Course content includes both pharmacological and non-pharmacological interventions, healthcare systems and transdisciplinary addictions counseling competencies, cultural considerations, and the integration of common co-morbid psychiatric and medical conditions. Prerequisite: Admission to Graduate Counseling Programs or Transdisciplinary Addiction Professional Certificate Program or permission of GCP Director.

CP 682 Advanced Practice for Addictions Professionals II

This is the second of two courses where students will continue to develop the essential knowledge, skills, and attitudes needed to assess, diagnose, and treat individuals, groups, and families experiencing addiction. Students will continue to synthesize course content and apply concepts related to transdisciplinary addictions counseling and/or advanced practice nursing direct care, leadership, and transdisciplinary roles. Prerequisite: Admission to Graduate Counseling Programs or Transdisciplinary Addiction Professional Certificate Program or permission of GCP Director.

CP 686 Addictions, Advocacy, & Social Justice

This course will focus on advocacy and social justice theory as it relates to addiction treatment and recovery support. Students will engage in a detailed exploration and deconstruction of the history and systems of addiction treatment, drug laws and related policies, and specific theoretical approaches when working with special populations within the addictions field, all within the context of social justice and advocacy theories. Participants will investigate client needs and will develop professional responses/interventions that reduce stigma, increase agency for people with substance use disorders, and support transdisciplinary collaboration. Prerequisite: Admission to Graduate Counseling Programs or Transdisciplinary Addiction Professional Certificate Program or permission of GCP Director.

CP 688 Behavioral & Process Addictions

This course provides an overview of the history, theory, and current research perspectives in the etiology, assessment, diagnosis and treatment of behavioral/process addictions. Specific attention will be paid to examining the similarities and differences between chemical/substance addictions and behavioral/process addictions. As this course is intended to add to the preparation of the counselor-in-training for clinical work in a variety of settings, extensive experiential practice in both assessment and intervention will be included. In addition, this course includes special topics related to working with persons struggling with behavioral/process addictions (i.e. ethical considerations, multicultural competency, LGBTQI issues, and special populations). Prerequisite: Admission to Graduate Counseling Programs or Transdisciplinary Addiction Professional Certificate Program or permission of GCP Director.

CP 690/CP 691 Clinical Internship I / Clinical Internship II

This course provides institutional group supervision to students in their mental health internship placement. This format is designed to provide students with experiences in addition to the on-site supervision each student will receive. The class will use a developmental model to focus on counselor growth in competence (skills, techniques), purpose and direction (goal setting, direction in counseling), theoretical identity (application of theory), ethics, respect for individual differences and diversity, and counselor self-awareness, sense of personal motivation, and development of appropriate autonomy. Internship provides for the advanced practice of clinical mental health counseling and group work skills under licensure-approved supervision. Agency, client contact, and supervision hours are dictated by each state’s licensure board for the pre-master’s internship, with a common expectation of 600 agency hours, 240 client contact hours, and 45 supervisory hours (15 individual, 15 group, and 15 hours of additional individual or group supervision). NOTE: Students in Addictions Counseling must be placed in an addictions treatment setting for internship. Hours accrued can also be counted towards application for licensure as an Alcohol and Drug Counselor (LADC-1) in the Commonwealth of Massachusetts in the post-masters certificate program or Master of Arts in Counseling: Addictions Counseling degree. Prerequisite: B or better in CP 660.

CP 692/CP 693 Mental Health Leadership I/Mental Health Leadership II

This 2-course sequence allows students to synthesize learning experiences in the counseling curriculum and apply them to administrative, policy, and programmatic areas. Students will conduct a comprehensive evaluation of a program (or an aspect of a program) that serves in a mental health capacity. Program evaluations often include review of human resource allocations, availability of grant funding, agency collaborations, consistency of delivery, and specific treatment outcomes, depending on the results of an initial pre-evaluation needs assessment. A thorough review of literature and data will guide the evaluation, and conclusions will be shared with multiple, relevant constituencies. Prerequisite: Admission to Graduate Counseling Programs, the MA in Mental Health Research and Leadership degree program, or permission of Director. NOTE: This course is a requirement for the 48-credit MA in Mental Health Research and Leadership degree but it may be taken as an elective by students enrolled in the 60-credit MA in Counseling: Clinical Mental Health Counseling degree.

CP 694/CP 695 Research Project & Master’s Thesis

This 2-course sequence allows students to conduct a research study under the supervision of a faculty mentor or field lab mentor, conduct a comprehensive literature review, collect/analyze data, and prepare a thesis manuscript. This course sequence provides an optimal experience for those wishing to continue their studies in a doctoral program, as well as graduates whose work will include research and outcome assessment. Students in the Research/Thesis sequence will have a committee of three scholars (at least one must be a Regis master’s program faculty member) to review their work and conduct a formal defense. Prerequisite: Admission to Graduate Counseling Programs, the MA in Mental Health Research and Leadership degree program, or permission of Director. NOTE: This course is a requirement for the 48-credit MA in Mental Health Research and Leadership degree but it may be taken as an elective by students enrolled in the 60-credit MA in Counseling: Clinical Mental Health Counseling degree.

MASTER OF SCIENCE IN APPLIED BEHAVIOR ANALYSIS

ABA 601/640 Concepts and Principles I: Introduction to Applied Behavior Analysis*

This course is the first course in a series of two courses (ABA 601 and ABA 602) and is designed to introduce students to applied behavior analysis (ABA). In this course, students will be given an overview of the assumptions, characteristics, and goals of applied behavior analysis. Students will learn the basic concepts and principles of behavior analysis as related to behaviors of social importance; therefore, the primary readings, lectures, and assignments of this course will focus on the applied literature in behavior analysis. Students begin to learn how to apply behavior-analytic procedures to change behavior and improve conditions for individuals in need and learn to articulate the science

of learning and behavior in both scientific and layman terms. Prerequisite(s): Acceptance into the MS in ABA program or program director permission.

ABA 602/642 Concepts and Principles II: An Experimental Analysis of Behavior*

In Concepts and Principles I, students explored the basic concepts and principles as related to behaviors of social significance. In Concepts and Principles II, students examine the basic literature to learn the origin of the concepts and principles of behavior analysis and hence develop a more thorough understanding of the fundamental building blocks of behavior analysis. Students primarily review basic experimental studies, but are required to apply the concepts and principles examined in the basic literature to applied problems.

Prerequisite(s): Passing grade in ABA 601/640 and 604/644 or program director

ABA 604/644 Treatment Evaluation*

In this course, students are introduced to the methods needed to evaluate the effectiveness of a variety of interventions. Students learn to develop reliable procedures for measuring behavior using both continuous and discontinuous measurement systems, effective methods to display data, and develop skills to analyze the visual representation of behavior change in a variety of graphic displays. This course places a particular emphasis on the use of single-subject designs, which include the reversal, alternating treatment/multi-element, multiple baseline, changing criterion, and concurrent chains arrangement. By the end of this course, students will be able to select an appropriate measurement system, calculate reliability measures, identify the most appropriate experimental design(s), and determine whether functional control was achieved. Prerequisite(s): Acceptance into the MS in ABA program or program director permission.

ABA 606/652 Behavior Assessment*

This course is designed to teach students the major concepts, methods, and ethical issues related to behavioral assessment. Students are taught to select and operationally define target behaviors for change, identify methods to assess behavior using behavioral assessments (e.g., indirect assessments, descriptive assessments, functional analyses, skill assessments), and align assessment outcomes with appropriate strategies that are designed to address areas of weakness while utilizing best practices in the field of applied behavior analysis. Considerations for designing function-based interventions and preparing for undesired side-effects are also discussed. Prerequisite(s): Passing grade in ABA 601/640 and 604/644 or program director permission.

ABA 608/654 Behavior Intervention*

This course is designed to prepare students to identify, implement, and maintain effective behavioral interventions in applied settings. Students are taught to design evidence-based intervention strategies that reduce inappropriate behaviors and increase an individual’s performance both academically and socially. Emphasis is placed on approaches that facilitate maintenance and generalization across settings. Students are also taught to design a comprehensive plan to train and supervise the implementation of behavioral interventions. Prerequisite(s): Passing grade in ABA 601/640 and 604/644 or program director permission.

ABA 610/656 Ethical Practice in Applied Behavior Analysis*

In this course, students are presented with a focused review of the ethical, legal, and professional issues related to the field of applied behavior analysis. Students thoroughly examine the ethical principles adopted by the Behavior Analyst Certification Board® (BACB®) to guide professional practice. Students will critically evaluate ethical scenarios and identify acceptable action given a particular situation. Prerequisite(s): Passing grade in ABA 601/640 and 604/644 or program director permission.

ABA 616/662 ABA Training and Supervision

In this course, students will be given an overview of evidence-based practices for training and supervision. Students will learn how to use behavior analytic supervision methodologies and the potential risks of ineffective supervision. Students will demonstrate how to establish clear performance expectations, select supervision goals, and use performance monitoring, feedback, and reinforcement systems. Students will incorporate function-based strategies to improve personnel performance and effective training procedures for teaching assessment and intervention techniques. Prerequisite(s): Passing grade in ABA 601/640 and 604/644 or program director permission.

*The Behavior Analyst Certification Board® has approved the above course sequence as meeting the coursework requirements for eligibility to take the Board Certified Behavior Analyst Certification Examination®. Applicants will have to meet additional requirements to qualify.

ABA 612/658 Verbal Behavior

In this course, students develop a thorough understanding of Skinner’s functional approach to verbal behavior and contrast Skinner’s approach with more traditional approaches. Students will review Skinner’s seminal text Verbal Behavior, supplemented by additional texts and related conceptual and experimental literature. Students will use Skinner’s analysis of verbal behavior to generate real-world examples and to create an original research proposal to answer an applied question. Prerequisite(s): Passing grade in ABA 601/640 and 604/644 or program director permission.

ABA 614/660 Radical Behaviorism

Students are taught to differentiate between methodological behaviorism, teleological behaviorism, and radical behaviorism. The primary focus of this course is radical behaviorism and topics include determinism, private events, problem-solving, rule-governed behavior, and culture and society. Students apply the philosophy of radical behaviorism to a variety of complex and socially important behavior. The readings primarily include Skinner’s articles on radical behaviorism, commentaries on Skinner’s approach, and Skinner’s response to commentaries. Prerequisite(s): Passing grade in ABA 601/640 and 604/644 or program director permission.

ABA 678, ABA 626, ABA 627, ABA 682 Thesis (On-Campus)

The thesis is typically completed across four semesters and requires students to examine, conduct research, analyze, and share results in the form of a written thesis and presentation. Students work closely with their advisor during individual and group meetings. In the first and second semester of thesis, students will identify their research question, select committee members, conduct a literature review, write the introduction, identify the methodology to scientifically answer their research question, and obtain thesis committee and institutional review board (IRB) approval. In the end of the second semester or beginning of the third semester of thesis, students will carry out their study, finalize the manuscript, and present their findings to their committee members.

ABA 664, ABA 668, ABA 670 Capstone (Online)

The capstone project requires students to conduct a full treatment program, from assessment to evaluation of outcome and caregiver/staff training, and share results in the form of a written document and presentation. Students work closely with their advisor during individual and group meetings. In the first semester of capstone, students will understand capstone requirements and discuss appropriate clients, identify their client and treatment goals, begin a literature review, select committee members, conduct a treatment proposal, and begin assessment and treatment protocols. In the second semester of capstone, students should continue with assessment and treatment, data collection, and begin preparing their final document. In the third semester of capstone, students will finalize data collection, analyze treatment data, finalize the manuscript, and present their treatment to their committee members in a formal capstone defense. ABA 664 Prerequisite(s): Passing grade in ABA 601/640 and 604/644 or program director permission; ABA 668 Prerequisite(s): Passing grade in ABA 601/640, 604/644, and ABA 664 or program director permission; ABA 670 Prerequisite(s): Passing grade in ABA 601/640, 604/644, ABA 664, and ABA 668 or program director permission.

ABA 646, ABA 648 Practicum (online only)

The two part practicum series is designed so that students will learn how to obtain all the experience and supervision hours required to sit for the Board Certified Behavior Analyst® examination. Students work in a supervised clinical setting for a maximum of 130 hours per month in which the implementation of behavior-analytic principles are evidenced. No more than 50% of the total hours (restricted activities) can consist of direct implementation of behavioral programs. Students engage in a variety of activities outlined by the Behavior Analyst Certification Board® (BACB®). Each week, students attend a 1 hour on-campus/online group supervision meeting and meet with individually with on-site supervisors to fulfill all current BACB® experience standards. Students work with multiple clients who are appropriate for behavior analysis services as outlined by the BACB®.

ABA 630/646 Prerequisite(s): Passing grade in ABA 601/640 and 604/644 or program director permission; ABA 631/648 Prerequisite(s): Passing grade in ABA 601/640, 604/644 and ABA 630/646 or program director permission; ABA 632 Prerequisite(s): Passing grade in ABA 601, ABA 604, ABA 630, and ABA 631or program director permission.

ABA 672, 673, 674, 675, 676 Fieldwork Classes

The fieldwork series is designed so that students will obtain a substantial portion of their experience and supervision hours required to sit for the Board Certified Behavior Analyst® examination in a structured and carefully curated manner while enrolled in the MS in ABA program. Students work in a supervised clinical setting for approximately 20 hours per week, in which the implementation of behavior-analytic principles are evidenced. No more than 40% of the total hours can consist of direct implementation of behavioral programs. Students engage in a variety of activities outlined by the Behavior Analyst Certification Board® (BACB®). Each week, students attend a 1.0 hour on-campus group supervision meeting and receive at least one hour of individual supervision from a BCBA® at their approved fieldwork site. Students work with multiple clients who are appropriate for behavior analysis services as outlined by the BACB®.

Electives

ABA 521 Autism Spectrum Disorders and Related Disabilities

This course is designed to provide an overview of autism spectrum disorders (ASD) and related disabilities and examines empirical literature regarding treatments in both home and community. Students learn about the prevalence of ASD and related disabilities as well as diagnosis, assessment, and empirically-validated treatments. Students are taught to identify skill deficits and behavioral challenges often exhibited by individuals diagnosed with ASD and related disabilities and understand the difficulties when programming treatments in the community and home. The course also presents non-empirically validated treatments as well as the ethical implications associated with selecting treatments for individuals diagnosed with ASD or related disabilities.

ABA 523 Child Behavior Management

This course is designed to provide students with an understanding of and competencies with evidence-based practices for promoting desirable behavior in young children. This course presents interventions for common behavioral challenges associated with young children including aggression, tantrums, self-injury, noncompliance, toileting, sleep problems, avoiding community dangers (e.g., guns, abduction), and communication deficits. Students are introduced to the assessment of challenging behavior and methods to prevent problem behavior with young children.

ABA 663 Advanced Topics in ABA

In this course, students will explore the ways that the principles of behavior can be applied to various behaviors, populations, and settings. Students will go beyond the typical applications in autism and related developmental/intellectual disorders, and learn about applications of behavior analysis such as pediatric feeding disorders, severe behavior disorders, sleep, early intervention, organizational behavior management, and medical/psychiatric disorders. Additionally, students will discuss how to work effectively within an interdisciplinary team to provide high quality, comprehensive care to clients. Prerequisite(s): ABA 664: Passing grade in ABA 640 and 644 or program director permission.

MASTER OF SCIENCE IN HEALTH ADMINISTRATION

HP 601 Health Ethics and Law

This course introduces students to the complex areas of health ethics and law. Ethical and legal issues related to common health care dilemmas, organizational and health care professional responsibilities, patient rights and responsibilities, and clinical research are among the areas of areas of study and discussion.

HP 602 Concepts in Health Administration

This is an introductory course to the field of health administration. Topics include health care leadership and management, strategic planning, human resources, marketing, quality management, and cultural competency/diversity in health care organizations.

HP 608 Health Care Quality Management

This course is for students preparing for careers in health administration or for other leadership roles in health care. The history and evolution of health care quality improvement, quality measurement, patient safety, organizational systems and design, accreditation, continuous quality improvement (CQI), and utilization management are among the issues that are explored.

HP 609 Health Policy, Politics, and Perspectives

This course examines U.S. health care policy and the political forces that shape policies related to achieving access to care, cost control, and high value health care services.

HP 611 Management Accounting in Health Care

This course introduces students to the basic concepts and principles of financial and managerial accounting. Students will learn management use of accounting information for internal reporting, planning, and decision making, including analysis of financial information, accounting principles and procedures, and current business practices in health care.

HP 614 Financial Analysis in Health Administration

This course will give prospective managers a basic knowledge of accounting and financial management concepts and vocabulary as they apply to healthcare organizations. Students will learn to interpret and evaluate the financial statements, examine approaches to costing and price setting, perform and evaluate resource allocation decisions, utilize budgeting concepts, apply and evaluate reimbursement mechanisms, understand financial management concepts, and evaluate the impact of institutional financial management on the quality of the patient care delivery system.

HP 619 Research Methods for the Health Professions

This course will introduce health professionals and other interested students to the fundamentals of social science research methodologies. The course will provide an overview of quantitative, qualitative, and mixed-methods research design, analytic techniques, and ethical considerations of health care research. Students will become familiar with basic methodological concepts and research tools. The course emphasizes practical application of research methods to enable the health professional to interpret and apply research findings, collaborate with researchers/evaluators, and/or determine research needs for programs.

HP 620 Field Experience in Health Administration

Students will spend 100 hours in a health care setting experiencing the role of the health administrator or leader as the manager of health services. Placements will be with managers of departments within insurance companies and managed care organizations, hospitals and long-term care institutions, clinics and outpatient departments, state health care agencies, or nursing homes and home health agencies. This course is typically taken in the final semester of study.

HP 622 Economics of Health Care

This course uses economic analysis to help understand the economic challenges confronting our healthcare system. Topics include supply and demand in health care, market forces, health reform, and health care financing.

HP 626 Social, Political, and Economic Perspectives in Gerontology

This course addresses social, political, and economic factors that impact the aging experience. Sociological, political, and economic theory will be incorporated as a form of understanding resource allocation, priorities, and cultural considerations. The impact of these factors on healthy aging related to income, housing, healthcare, employment, and policy will be explored.

HP 635 Health Information Systems

This course addresses the multiple systems utilized to retrieve, manage, and report information in health care: information architectures, administrative and clinical applications, evidenced-based health, information retrieval, decision support systems, security and confidentiality, bioinformatics, information system cycles, the electronic health record, key health information systems and standards, medical devices, and telehealth.

HP 648 Strategic Management of Health Care Organizations

This course covers complex issues related to organizational behavior and leadership, strategic planning, human resources, and other management issues and challenges in a wide range of healthcare organizations, including non-profit, community-based healthcare organizations.

MASTER OF SCIENCE IN OCCUPATIONAL THERAPY

OTH 600 Human Occupation

This course introduces students to the broad concept of occupation by exploring ways people acquire skills for occupational performance. Students will develop an understanding of the relations between health and occupation, disability and occupation, and explore how humans find meaning in their lives, through occupation. Students will examine developmental themes and models of childhood and adolescent occupation, including activities of daily living, play, education, social skill development, and vocational exploration. The impact of physical, psychological, cognition, and social development on the child as well as the influence of caretakers, community, and culture will be addressed. Developmental themes and theoretical models of the adult life cycle, from early to late adulthood will include examination of physical, psychological, cognitive, and social changes and the influence of culture, race, and gender on occupations and adaptation. Emphasis will be placed on individual differences and the impact of sociocultural context or areas of occupation such as work, activities of daily living, play, education, social participation, and spiritual practices. Prerequisites: admittance to program

OTH 604 Occupational Therapy Practice

Students will be introduced to foundation knowledge, values, and philosophy of occupational therapy practice and OT practice models and frameworks. Comparison of different frameworks will be conducted based on client profile, contextual surroundings, and individual therapy goals. Students will learn the skills necessary to apply professional behaviors and skills required to be ethical practitioners. They will learn about various practice settings and systems within which occupational therapists practice to prepare them to begin making decisions regarding their fieldwork site selections. Prerequisites: admittance to program

OTH 608 Occupational Therapy Practice in Psychosocial Dysfunction/Lab

This course examines the evaluation of psychosocial and psycho-emotional areas of occupational performance and the planning and implementation of occupation-based interventions across domains of practice and client populations. The course addresses developing a client’s occupational profile, narrative reasoning, and therapeutic use of self, behavioral change, illness representation, and adjustment to chronic disorders. A specific focus of the course is evaluation of and intervention for clients presenting with mental health disorders. Students will review the theoretical backgrounds that have historical or current significance in the practice of occupational therapy with individuals who are mentally ill. Prerequisites/Co-requisites: Human Occupation, Occupational Therapy Practice

OTH 612 Occupational Therapy Practice in Physical Dysfunction/Lab

Basic treatment principles for neurologic, orthopedic, degenerative, and traumatic conditions, including CVA, arthritis, burns, fractures, and spinal cord injuries, as well as theory and research in relation to treatment, will be presented during lectures. A basic overview of human body-mind systems will be provided with an emphasis on pathology, the recognition of symptoms, their causes, and the occupational implications of the disorders. Laboratory experiences will stress motor, sensory, and perceptual evaluations; comprehensive treatment planning; splint fabrication; and transfers. Prerequisites/Co-requisites: Human Occupation, Occupational Therapy Practice

OTH 616 Group Dynamics/Lab

Group Dynamics involves the exploration of the interactions that occur in small and large group systems. Classes and readings focus on theories of group process that lead to effective group functioning, theories of small group functioning and elements of group process that lead to effective group formation, development, and closure. Group experiences in class will assist in integrating theoretical learning, building upon skills for group observation, leadership, and individual membership. The class will be part of its own laboratory in small group dynamics. Prerequisites/Co-requisites: Human Occupation, Occupational Therapy Practice

HP 601 Health Ethics and Law

This course introduces students to the complex areas of health ethics and law. Ethical and legal issues related to common health care dilemmas, organizational and health care professional responsibilities, patient rights and responsibilities, and clinical research are among the areas of areas of study and discussion.

OTH 620 OT Evaluation and Intervention for Children and Adolescents/Lab

Students will gain foundational knowledge of OT evaluation and intervention processes. Students will apply clinical reasoning for the evaluation and treatment of children with various conditions and across age groups. Course content will focus on supporting the occupations of the child within an environmental context with an emphasis on family and sociocultural factors. Students will examine major theoretical frames of reference based upon current research and will learn to apply this to planning occupational therapy evaluations and interventions. Students will learn common assessment tools used by occupational therapists, and how to select and critique evaluation methods. Select cases will be used for the application of knowledge, interventions, and frames of reference used with children. Prerequisites/Co-requisites: Human Occupation, Occupational Therapy Practice, OT Practice in Psychosocial Dysfunction/Lab, OT Practice in Physical Dysfunction/Lab

OTH 624 OT Evaluation and Intervention for Adults and Older Adults/Lab

Students will gain foundational knowledge of OT evaluation and intervention processes with adults with neurological and orthopedic conditions. Students will apply the clinical reasoning processes to clinical practice with adults with various types of medical conditions. Students will learn about common assessment tools available to occupational therapists for adults, as well as where, when, and how to apply them. The course includes examination of theories of aging, including physiological, psychological, and functional changes and the influence of culture, race, and gender in the experience of aging. Through clinical reasoning, students will learn to evaluate and facilitate functional performance in older adults in a variety of environments, ranging from community to institutional settings. Students will develop technical skills in administering selected evaluation tools and integrating assessment data and demonstrate clinical decisions about intervention, planning, and implementation. Selected cases will be used for application of knowledge. Prerequisites/Co-requisites: Human Occupation, Occupational Therapy Practice, OT Practice in Psychosocial, OT Practice in Physical Dysfunction/Lab

OTH 628 Community-Based Practice/Lab

Students will learn the necessary knowledge, and roles utilized by occupational therapists in settings. Topics will include planning, design, and implementation; legislative and systems issues to community-based practice; program evaluation; entrepreneurship; and future directions in community-based practice. Students will discuss and evaluate models for early intervention programs, adult day health programs, primary care models, low vision and fall prevention programs, forensic mental health, return-to-work, and other similar models of community-based practice. This course includes a service-learning component. Prerequisites/Co- requisites: Human Occupation, Occupational Therapy Practice, OT Practice in Psychosocial Dysfunction/Lab, OT Practice in Physical Dysfunction/Lab, Group Dynamics/Lab, OT Eval & Intervention Children/Adolescents/Lab, OT Eval & Intervention Adults/Older Adults/Lab

OTH 632 Assistive Technology

This course will examine the problems associated with designing and providing assistive devices to individuals with disabilities, in order to assist mobility, communication, positioning, environmental control, and daily living. Processes discussed will include needs assessment, search for available devices, resources available, and creative problem solving. Students will work with materials commonly used to create individualized devices, as well as in teams on a design for a specific user or group. Problems of funding and delivery of devices will also be explored.

Prerequisites/Co-requisites: Human Occupation, Occupational Therapy Practice, OT Practice in Psychosocial Dysfunction/Lab, OT Practice in Physical Dysfunction/Lab

OTH 636 Research Methods

This course will explore components of the research process in the context of occupational therapy. This includes developing research questions, conducting a literature search and review, data collection and data analysis, drawing conclusions from data, ethics in research, and sharing research findings. Prerequisites/Co- requisites: Human Occupation, Occupational Therapy Practice, OT Practice in Psychosocial Dysfunction/Lab, OT Practice in Physical Dysfunction/Lab

OTH 640 School-Based Practice

Students will gain knowledge and experience in the practical application of educationally relevant occupational therapy service provision in the context of the school. Topics include: screening, assessment, planning, and implementation of interventions, consultation models, documentation, the individualized educational plan (IEP) process, understanding eligibility for special education services, evaluation of caseloads, and direct and alternative strategies for supporting children in the educational process. Prerequisites/Co-requisites: Human Occupation, Occupational Therapy Practice, OT Practice in Psychosocial Dysfunction/Lab, OT Practice in Physical Dysfunction/Lab, OT Eval & Intervention Children/Adolescents/Lab

OTH 644 Clinical Reasoning in OT

This course will focus on the development of occupational therapy reasoning skills based on theoretical and practice learning. Emphasis will be placed on the ability to make, reflect on, analyze, and critique observations, as well as make interpretations based on these observations. Students will explore the procedural components of the clinical reasoning process with reference to the profession’s practice framework, evidence-based practice, selected theoretical models, and practice areas. Topics include: principles of evaluation, outcome measures, evidence-based practice, client- centered practice, clinical documentation, pain management, client problem and goal identification, development of PICO questions, searching and analyzing literature, preparing Rx plans, and presentation to the client. Prerequisites/Co-requisites: Human Occupation, Occupational Therapy Practice, OT Practice in Psychosocial Dysfunction/Lab, OT Practice in Physical Dysfunction/Lab, Group Dynamics/Lab, OT Eval & Intervention Children/Adolescents/Lab, OT Eval & Intervention Adults/Older Adults/ Lab, Community Based Practice/Lab

OTH 648 Hand and Upper Extremity Rehabilitation/Lab

This course will serve as an introduction to the specialization of hand therapy within the field of occupational therapy. Limitations in hand function can cause a decreased level of participation in life’s tasks and individual roles. Therapies, interventions, modalities, and exercises to use in hand therapy will be addressed. The lab will be used for assessment and fabrication of splints to meet specific needs. Prerequisites/Co-requisites: OT Eval & Intervention Children/Adolescents/Lab, OT Eval & Intervention Adults/Older Adults/Lab

OTH 664A/664B Fieldwork IIA and IIB

Each part of Fieldwork II is a 12-week, full-time internship that takes place after the completion of all required coursework. Level II fieldwork provides students with opportunities to: experience in-depth delivery of occupational therapy services to clients and focus on the application of purposeful and meaningful occupation and/or research, administration, and management of occupational therapy services. Level II fieldwork is designed to promote clinical reasoning and reflective practice, to transmit values and beliefs that promote ethical practice and to develop professionalism and competence in career responsibilities. Students must complete both Fieldwork II segments to meet program requirements. Prerequisites: completion of all coursework (except for Fieldwork Discussion Course) with a B- or above and concurrent registration for Fieldwork Online Discussion course

OTH 668 Level II Fieldwork Online Discussion Course

Students will respond to instructor-led discussion prompts as well as to postings of their classmates. The online discussion provides the opportunity for students to relate fieldwork experiential learning to all areas of Regis College coursework including: mind-body systems, health-and-human systems of care; assessment; intervention; documentation; evidence-based practice; client-centered and occupation-centered practice; and application of research to practice. Students will engage in ongoing discussions about professional identity and the transition from student to professional as they describe and discuss fieldwork challenges and successes across a variety of practice settings. Must be taken concurrently with Fieldwork IIA and IIB. Prerequisites: completion of all coursework with a B- or above and concurrent registration for Fieldwork II

OTH 652 OT Leadership

Students will integrate concepts, principles, and strategies that are fundamental to the provision of occupational therapy services in the changing U.S. healthcare system. This course links system management, reimbursement mechanisms, and public policy found in occupational therapy practice settings to the populations served. Knowledge of leadership, management, ethics, and marketing principles that are necessary for success in today’s health care industry are emphasized. Prerequisites/Co-requisites: Human Occupation, Occupational Therapy Practice, Health Ethics & Law, OT Eval & Intervention Children/Adolescents/Lab, OT Eval & Intervention Adults/Older Adults/Lab

OTH 656 Special Topics in Occupational Therapy

Presentations will be given by faculty, guest lecturers, and students covering selected topics or subjects of special interest. Students will be required to research and present information related to one or more of the following areas: a) administration, b) clinical education, c) pediatrics, d) physical disabilities, e) mental health, f) gerontology/geriatrics, g) school-based practice, and others. Prerequisites/Co- requisites: Group Dynamics/Lab, OT Eval & Intervention Children/Adolescents/Lab, OT Eval & Intervention Adults/Older Adults/Lab, Community Based Practice/Lab, Research Methods

OTH 660A/660B Fieldwork IA and IB

Students will perform observations in various occupational therapy settings and assist, as appropriate, in the planning and implementation of occupational therapy services. The Level I Fieldwork placement is scheduled during the second and third semesters of the fulltime program (later in the progression for part time students). The Fieldwork components are associated with specific courses in the curriculum and will include reflective activities, such as in-class discussions, online discussion forums, or journals. Prerequisites: B- or above in all coursework to date; students must have completed at least 4 courses within the MSOT program prior to beginning Fieldwork IA.

MASTER OF SCIENCE IN SPEECH LANGUAGE PATHOLOGY

SLP 600 Evaluation and Clinical Writing

Principles and methods of assessing and monitoring progress in individuals with speech and language disorders. Examination and measurement techniques are explained and practiced. Reporting and documenting assessment results are also addressed. 3 credits

SLP 605 Speech-Language Pathology in Schools

Service delivery models, laws and regulations, assessment, documentation, and processes for providing speech-language pathology services in schools. Professionalism and ethical decision making are examined and applied (MS Speech-Language Pathology students only). 3 credits

SLP 610 Child Language Disorders

Principles and methods of assessment and intervention for children with language and literacy disorders in preschool, elementary, and secondary school. Psychosocial, historical, and multicultural perspectives are explored. 3 credits

ABA 521 Autism Spectrum Disorder and Related Disabilities

This course provides an overview of Autism Spectrum Disorder (ASD) and related disabilities and examines empirical literature regarding treatments in both home and community. Students learn about the prevalence of ASD and related disabilities as well as diagnosis, assessment, and empirically validated treatments. Students are taught to identify skill deficits and behavioral challenges often exhibited by individuals diagnosed with ASD and related disabilities and understand the difficulties when programming treatments in the community and home. This course also discusses non-empirically validated treatments as well as the ethical implications when selecting treatments for individuals diagnosed with ASD or related disabilities. (This course is taught by the ABA department.) 3 credits.

SLP 615 Aphasia

This course provides a knowledge base for evaluation and treatment of adult language disorders, including aphasia. It will address the neurological, linguistic, cognitive and psychological aspects of acquired communication disorders in the adult population. The course content will focus on the differential aphasia classifications, and diagnosis and treatment of receptive and expressive language and speech disorders in aphasia. Additionally, the course will compare the disorder of aphasia to other neurogenic communication disorders, such as right hemisphere dysfunction, traumatic brain injury, dementia, apraxia and dysarthria. 3 credits

SLP 620 Speech Sound Disorders

Articulatory and phonological aspects of typical and disordered speech development in children. Procedures for diagnosis and intervention are discussed and applied. 3 credits

SLP 625 Fluency Disorders

Review of research and evidence-based practice for stuttering and related conditions. Methods for assessment and treatment are examined and applied. 3 credits

SLP 630 Motor Speech Disorders

Review of neurology and neuropathologies that interfere with speech production, including dysarthria and apraxia of speech. Practical application of evidence-based practice to assessment and treatment of speech motor disorders. 3 credits

SLP 635 Research Methods in Speech-Language Pathology

Research design, statistical analyses, and measurement approaches used in the field of communication sciences and disorders, including quantitative and qualitative methods. Principles of evidence-based practice are reviewed and implemented. 3 credits.

SLP 640 Cognitive Communication Disorders

Communication issues related to cognitive impairments such as acquired brain injury and neurodegenerative pathologies. Diagnosis and treatment decisions are determined and evaluated. 3 credits

SLP 645 Voice Disorders

Diagnosis and clinical management of voice disorders. Normal laryngeal structure and function are reviewed and compared with vocal dysfunction. 3 credits

SLP 650 Counseling in Speech-Language Pathology

Application of counseling principles and methods to help individuals with communicative disorders and their families. Emphasis is placed on developing self- awareness and clinical insight with a culturally diverse caseload. 3 credits

SLP 655 Augmentative and Alternative Communication

History and recent developments in non-speech communication, including augmentative communication aids, techniques, and symbol systems. Cognitive, educational, social, cultural, and linguistic aspects are identified and discussed. 3 credits

SLP 660 Dysphagia

Normal and disordered anatomy and physiology of swallowing in children and adults. Principles of diagnosis and treatment are discussed and applied to swallowing disorders. 3 credits

SLP 665 Professional Issues

Important information for students transitioning into clinical fellowships in speech- language pathology. Topics include professional certification exams, preparing documentation for graduation, job searching/interviewing, applying for licensure/certification, ethical challenges in the workplace, and continuing education responsibilities. 1 credit

SLP 680 Internship

The first of a series of clinical classes. Simulation is accompanied by regular group and individual meetings with clinical faculty. Acceptable hours may be applied toward certification. Co-requisite: SLP 600 or permission of instructor. 2 credits

SLP 681 Externship I

Students are assigned to their first field-based experience from a variety of clinical settings. Students may also be assigned to specialty clinics. Acceptable clinical hours may be applied toward certification. Prerequisite: SLP 600, SLP 680 or consent of instructor. 2 credits

SLP 682 Externship II

Students are assigned to their second field-based experience from a variety of clinical settings. Students may also be assigned to specialty clinics. As an extension of SLP 681, students are expected to demonstrate increased independence. Acceptable clinical hours may be applied toward certification. Prerequisites: SLP 600, SLP 680, and 681, or consent of instructor. 2 credits

SLP 683 Externship III

Students are assigned to their third field-based experience from a variety of clinical settings. Students may also be assigned to specialty clinics. As an extension of SLP 682, students are expected to demonstrate increased independence. Acceptable clinical hours may be applied toward certification. Prerequisite: SLP 600, 680, 681, 682 or consent of instructor. 2 credits

SLP 684 Externship IV

Students are assigned to their fourth field-based experience from a variety of clinical settings. Students may also be assigned to specialty clinics. As an extension of SLP 683, students are expected to demonstrate increased independence to a level appropriate for beginning the Clinical Fellowship. Acceptable clinical hours may be applied toward certification. Prerequisite: SLP 600, 680, 681, 682, 683 or consent of instructor. 2 credits

SLP 690 Capstone

Students culminate their experience in the program by completing a Capstone Project. Assistance is provided in determining an appropriate topic of study. Case studies, research literature, and/or empirical data will be gathered and analyzed to answer a research or clinical question. 3 credits

*NOTE: The curriculum for the MS in Speech Language Pathology is subject to modification as the program is further developed.

MASTER OF SCIENCE IN REGULATORY AND CLINICAL RESEARCH MANAGEMENT

RA 601 Overview of the Medical Product Industry

This overview of the industry is intended to provide a common basic level of understanding, whether the student comes directly from an undergraduate program, another graduate program, or from industry experience in limited types of products or associate activities. It includes:

- the medical product industry (pharmaceutical, biotechnology, and devices) typical company structures laws, regulations, and standards

- the government structures, agencies, organizations, and societies that influence and produce them

- regulatory agencies that enforce them

- third-party organizations (product testing, quality system auditing, and/or clinical research organizations) the healthcare industry (providers, such as hospitals and clinics, and other health-related entities such as insurance companies, HMOs, and government health plans)

RA 602A Overview of FDA Regulation

This overview of the Food and Drug and Cosmetic Act describes the basis for FDA regulation of the development, production, and the approval processes for drugs, devices, biologics, foods, and cosmetics.

RA 603A Pharmaceutical Product Regulation

This overview course covers general elements of the Food and Drug Administration (FDA) and the nature of the industries regulated. The course provides a fundamental understanding of the organization and structure of the FDA; conveys a fundamental knowledge of the tools that the FDA uses to regulate the drug, biologics, and device industries by investigating the process that brings drugs, biologics, or devices to the marketplace; and provides a general knowledge of post marketing regulatory obligations of manufacturers, distributors and prescribers of health products that keep the products on the market and promote public health. Prerequisites: RA 601 and RA 602ARA

604A Medical Device Regulation

This course includes a survey of the principles of medical device regulation focused on the regulations of the United States, the European Union, and Canada. Students select a hypothetical product as a semester-long project and apply what they learn about each of the issues covered, including classification, quality systems, design controls, standards, software, biocompatibility, infection control and sterilization, production control, and post market activities. Prerequisites: RA 601 and RA 602A

RA 605 Field Experience in Regulatory Affairs

This course consists of a coordinated field experience at a biotechnology company or research organization. Students will apply the principles learned in classes to produce results of value to the host organization. The experience can occur where the student is employed or at organizations found by the student. Faculty and fellow students can help identify appropriate sites and projects. Project locations and the nature of the experience must be approved by the Regis faculty and by the host organization. Prerequisites: Courses appropriate to the project as determined by faculty advisor

RA 608 Clinical Research Methods

This course offers an introduction to common clinical research and analytical methodologies used in device and pharmaceutical product development. Specific topics include proof of concept and technology development surrounding device feasibility studies, exploration of new applications, indications and modification methods, and safety and effectiveness. Also included are human factors engineering, medical personnel usability, and over the counter, home-use, or direct-to-consumer products demonstration of clinical value, and qualifications for reimbursement. The student learns the specific methods for different products and applications, such as, pharmaceuticals, biologics processing (e.g., blood processing), in-vitro diagnostics, clinical laboratory instruments, and monitoring, diagnostic, therapeutic, or preventive devices.

Factors in the design of clinical research methods include:

- statistical methods and power analysis, quantitative versus qualitative methods protocol design, and inclusion/exclusion criteria

- selection of study sites and investigators, including the choice of foreign or domestic sites

- regulatory and ethical restrictions

Prerequisites: RA 601 and RA 602A. It is recommended that RA 609 be taken before RA 608.

RA 609 Clinical Trial Management

This course provides an introduction to the fundamentals of clinical trials, including The Code of Federal Regulations as they pertain to clinical trials, the role of the FDA, basics of drug and medical device trials, the FDA submission process, good clinical practices, institutional review boards, managing and monitoring clinical trials, and ethical principles including informed consent and conflict of interest. Prerequisites: RA 601 and RA 602A

RA 615 Quality Systems and Risk Management

The student learns requirements and industry practice associated with the Medical Device Quality System Regulation, pharmaceutical Good Manufacturing Practice, Good Clinical Practice, Good Laboratory Practice, and associated international standards. Principles of quality system auditing will be studied and practiced in role-playing case studies. The principles of risk management and related regulations and standards are also taught and exercised in case studies. Risk management is applied to situations throughout the product life cycle. This course uses economic analysis to help understand the economic and financial problems now confronting our healthcare system. Considerable attention will be given to topics of current public concern including rapidly increasing costs, Medicare and Medicaid, excess capacity, expensive new technologies, national health insurance, and the problem of the uninsured. Prerequisites: RA 601 and RA 602A

RA 616 Project Management

This course will cover project management terminology, key concepts, and ideas for planning and scheduling projects including assessment and management of project time, cost, scope, risk, and quality. The role of an effective project leader is a demanding one that requires a clear understanding of the five project processes: initiating, planning, executing, controlling, and closing. Effective project management and its concurrent need to establish defined scope, within budget and completion dates is key to success in today’s dynamic biotech, pharmaceutical, and healthcare environments. Core principles and fundamentals will be covered, illustrating interpretation and application of such requirements:

- The Project Life Cycle: Initiating, Planning, Executing, and Closing Projects Recognition of Project Management Tools and Templates

- Scope (Project Charter), Time (Work Breakdown Structure), and Financial Management (Budget)

- Defining Roles and Responsibilities

- The Importance of Team Building and Teamwork

- Team Dynamics, Risk Assessment, Lessons Learned and Process Improvement

- Managing Client/Vendor Relationships

RA 630 Combination Products

In this interactive course, participants are exposed to examples of combination products on the market, under development, and on the drawing board. The course concludes with a look at the future of medicine including tissue engineering and nanotechnology. (A basic knowledge of device and pharmaceutical product regulation is highly recommended. RA 603A and RA 604A can produce this understanding.)

RA 631 Personalized and Precision Medicine

This course introduces the student to the burgeoning field of personalized and precision medicine. It starts by defining personalized medicine: what it is, what it is not, and what it promises to be: identification of disease and disease risks at the molecular level is enabling a new generation of diagnostics based on identifying gene variants and biomarkers. The course will focus on specific cases in therapeutic areas, including but not limited to oncology. Ethical issues will be discussed.

RA 632 Quality System Auditing

Medical products companies are subject to audits from regulatory and certification agencies and are required to have an internal audit program. This course describes the types of audits and the basic skills of auditing. Knowledge of quality system regulations and standards is covered briefly online. The course focuses on professional

characteristics and skills of a lead auditor. (A basic knowledge of quality management systems is highly recommended. RA 615 can provide this understanding.)

RA 633 Global Medical Device Regulation

This course introduces the student to the basics of global regulations for medical devices and in vitro diagnostic (IVD) reagents. Subjects include product registration, quality systems, manufacturing and distribution licenses, and post-market surveillance regulations. The course will discuss the strategy issues and regulatory pathways to bring a medical device to market in Asia, Europe, Canada, and Australia; in accordance with global harmonization.

RA 634 Emerging and Advanced Regulatory Trends

The new and complex discoveries and influence of technological advances on the biotechnology, medical device, and pharmaceutical industries are evidenced by the growth in large, mid-size, and small companies. Rapid growth has imposed numerous challenges and has created the need to understand the limitations and requirements of the regulatory environment and consideration of the economic opportunities.

Being able to design, implement, and defend these regulatory strategies and the clinical trials to support them is a required and valuable skill for regulatory and clinical trial professionals. Using case studies from a range of clinical specialties, participants will discuss a variety of regulatory strategies and clinical trial options, the advantages and disadvantages of each, and when and how to use them.

ID 603 Advanced Writing for the Health Professions

This course provides health profession graduate students exercises in developing documents for the various types of readers encountered in the health professions including notifications to the general public, submittals to agencies, management summaries, information for professionals, and processes for non-professional employees. Students will learn the principles of clear written communication and the tools for collaborative writing.

MASTER OF PUBLIC HEALTH

PBH 611 Social and Behavioral Sciences

Social and behavioral science theories, models, and concepts can be applied to public health problems and interventions. This course examines the role of individual, social, and community factors, including race, ethnicity, and culture, in both the onset and solution of public health problems, as well as the interrelationship between the social and behavioral sciences.

PBH 600 Biostatistics

This course is designed to teach master's level students the basic principles of biostatistical analysis, epidemiological analysis, and design and analysis of clinical trials. Topics include study design, confidence intervals, and hypothesis testing; sample size and power calculations; analysis of variance; correlation and regression; multiple regression and statistical control of con- founding; and survival analysis. This course provides students with the skills to perform, present, and interpret basic statistical analyses. For the more advanced topics (regression techniques and survival analyses), the focus is on interpretative skills and critically reading the literature.

*HP 601 Health Ethics and Law

This course introduces students to the complex areas of health ethics and law. Ethical and legal issues related to common health care dilemmas, organizational and health care professional responsibilities, patient rights and responsibilities, and clinical research are among the areas of areas of study and discussion.

PBH 635 Contemporary Issues in Environmental Health

Contemporary Issues in Environmental Health will address current issues and concepts in the field of environmental health. It is intended to provide students with an understanding of how environmental factors impact the health of individuals and the community. This course will also cover the efforts that have been made to prevent or minimize the negative impact of environmental toxins. Emphasis is placed on providing students with an understanding of the health hazards resulting from exposure to physical, chemical, and biological hazards; vectors for dissemination (water, soil, fomites and air); solid and hazardous waste; susceptible populations; the scientific basis for policy development; and emerging global environmental health issues.

HP 602 Concepts in Health Administration

This is an introductory course to the field of health administration. Topics include health care leadership and management, strategic planning, human resources, marketing, quality management, and cultural competency/diversity in health care organizations.

633 Epidemiology

This course provides an introduction to the skills needed by public health professionals to critically interpret disease. The main concepts of this course will cover distributions and determinants of disease, disabilities, injury, and death in human populations. This course provides an opportunity for learners to apply epidemiology concepts to case studies

HP 602 Concepts in Health Administration

This is an introductory course to the field of health administration. Topics include health care leadership and management, strategic planning, human resources, marketing, quality management, and cultural competency/diversity in health care organizations.

PBH 632 Applied Practice Experience – Practicum

Applied Practice Experience (Practicum) is taken at the end of the program of study and provides students with the opportunity to apply skills and knowledge obtained in both core and principle courses to the practice of public health under the guidance of a preceptor and a MPH practicum course faculty

PBH 636 Integrated Learning Experience – Capstone

The main purpose of this course is to provide the culminating, integrative curricular experience for students enrolled in the Regis College Online Master of Public Health program during their last semester prior to graduation. The course draws on students’ prior training in the five core areas of public health (i.e., Social and Behavioral Sciences, Biostatistics, Epidemiological Methods, Concepts in Health Administration and Contemporary Issues in Environmental Health); their additional required course work in one of 2 tracks (Epidemiology or Health Policy and Management); and their “real world” experience gained in the field prior to their graduation. In particular, the capstone class is closely linked to the MPH Practicum (PBH 632).

PBH 614 Observational and Interventional Study Design

In this course we will explore Observational and Interventional study design types. Observational studies in epidemiology draw inferences from a sample where the researcher is not in control and are often retrospective and used to assess potential causation in an exposure-outcome relationship. Interventional studies are often prospective and are tailored to evaluate clinical outcomes. The commonly used designs to study health outcomes among humans, such as cohort, case-control, ecological and cross-sectional and case studies will be discussed. The strengths and limitations of each of the study designs will be explored while looking at the guiding principles for each design and interpretation of results using such designs.

PBH 615 Data Management & Data Analysis

The course will expose students to basic concepts that are needed to use SPSS for epidemiological research. The goal will be to familiarize students with various analytic methods and their uses to answer specific epidemiologic research questions. It will cover conduct of basic epidemiologic data and its management, and statistical analysis of data from epidemiologic investigations. Brief reviews of relevant statistical methods, their applications in epidemiologic research and interpretation of results will be covered step by step in this course. Students will be provided with several data sets from epidemiologic studies and will be asked to conduct analyses of these data.

PBH 616 Advanced Analysis of Epidemiologic Studies

The course will expose students to advanced concepts that are needed to use SPSS for epidemiological research. The goal will be to expose students with various analytic methods and their uses to answer specific epidemiologic research questions. It will cover conduct of advanced epidemiologic data and its management, and statistical analysis of data from epidemiologic investigations. This course will deepen students' knowledge of epidemiological principles.

PBH 617 Infectious Disease Epidemiology

This course covers the importance and basic methods for infectious disease epidemiology for selected diseases. The methods will include outbreak investigations, disease surveillance, case-control studies, cohort studies, and cross-sectional studies. Distribution, risk factors and causes, transmission, and control of selected infectious diseases will be covered including interpretation of epidemiological data. Program evaluations in infectious disease settings and rates and measures will be covered as well.

PBH 618 Chronic Disease Epidemiology

This course provides an overview of some chronic diseases and will highlight the key methodological issues surrounding studies of such chronic diseases. It will give the students with the opportunity to apply epidemiologic methods in understanding chronic diseases problems. Chronic diseases account for 6 of the top 7 causes of death in the United States according the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention. Various chronic diseases will be studied including cancer, cardiovascular disease, diabetes, obesity, asthma, chronic lung disease and arthritis among others. The more epidemiology students understand about these diseases, the better they will be able to continue to study them effectively and attempt to influence public policy. In addition, challenges that are attendant to chronic disease risk factors and their epidemiological behavior will be examined.

PBH 619 Advanced Epidemiologic Methods

The course covers principles and methods of epidemiology, including descriptive and analytic approaches to assessing the distributions of health, disease, and injury in populations and factors that influence those distributions. The emphasis is on developing an understanding of concepts, rather than quantitative methods, although basic calculations are involved. In addition, epidemiologic issues in the interface with Public Health Policy will be studied. The course will consist of readings and critical review of epidemiology articles.

PBH 622 Health Policy Analysis

The course provides an overview of the U.S. Health care delivery system and current policy challenges, (i.e. chronic disease, health equity, access to care, and healthcare reform) and provides an introduction to policy analysis tools useful for defining policy problems, assessing alternative solutions and examining effects of health policies. The framework used for achieving these aims will be to consider public health policy from the perspective of the main stakeholders in the system: patients, providers, health plans, and payers.

HP 609 Health Policy and Perspectives

This course examines U.S. health care policy and the political forces that shape policies related to achieving access to care, cost control, and high value health care services.

*HP 622 Economics of Health Care

This course uses economic analysis to help understand the economic challenges confronting our healthcare system. Topics include supply and demand in health care, market forces, health reform, and health care financing.

PBH 623 Contemporary Issues, Special Populations, and Policies

The health of special populations depends on not only the characteristics and health behaviors of individuals but the social, economic, and physical environments in which they live and the health care systems that provide their medical care. This course will explore the current evidence regarding the role of these factors as determinants of population health and identify emerging issues. The role of public policy in improving the health of special populations will be discussed in the context of empirical research evidence. Particular emphasis of the course will be to explore public health policy initiatives to address the health problems under consideration, and to evaluate their success and unintended consequences.

PBH 624 State Health Policy

This course provides an overview of health care policy in the United States, a close examination of selected current policy topics, and exposure to real-world health policy-making via case studies in various states.

PBH 625 Health Policy and Program Implementation

This course is designed to provide public health students with a conceptual framework for both understanding and integrating the dimensions and practice of the evolving field of public health. It addresses historical aspects and events that have impacted the field and emphasizes directed efforts to clarify and strengthen the discipline and functions of public health from a systems approach. It also reinforces the organization and management of mandated community health and related services provided by governmental health agencies.

MASTER OF SOCIAL WORK

SW 600 Social Work Practice with Communities and Organizations (3 credits)

This course encourages students to apply critical thinking, explore different community practice settings, and discuss how social workers serve diverse and vulnerable communities and organizations. The course introduces students to the history, values, theory, processes and skills for generalist social work practice at the level of communities and organizations. The focus of the course is on change in large groups, social agencies, institutions, communities, and government. A special emphasis is on utilizing integrated social work practice to empower oppressed groups including members of racial, ethnic, and other non-dominant groups. Prerequisites: SW 610.

SW 602 Human Behavior and the Social Environment I (3 credits)

This course focuses on the biological, psychological, and social changes throughout the life cycle in the context of culture and the physical environment. Using a multi- dimensional approach, students study major theoretical frameworks in order to evaluate and apply this knowledge to practice with individuals, families, groups, organizations, and communities. This course advances the student’s ability to evaluate the roles of oppression, marginalization, power, and privilege in shaping a person’s life experiences. Prerequisites: None.

SW 604 Diversity and Cross-Cultural Issues (3 credits)

This course examines and applies the theoretical perspectives of social justice and human rights that inform social work practice. Students study and implement the elements of culturally competent practice and self-assess their own cultural beliefs, attitudes, biases, and behaviors. The dominant values of the larger society are analyzed while examining the impact of privilege, oppression, and social justice in working with culturally diverse populations. Students are introduced to the values, attitudes, strengths, unique needs and lived experiences of diverse populations to broaden and deepen their awareness of cultures and identities outside of their own. Strategies on culturally competent social work practice are discussed. Prerequisites: None.

SW 606 Social Welfare Policy (3 credits)

This course introduces students to the history of social welfare, the values and principles that shape policy, and the role of social work in policymaking. Students critically analyze social policies and the impact on diverse, underserved, and vulnerable populations. The delivery of social welfare services to individuals, families, communities, and groups are discussed, as well as the theoretical perspectives that guide policy. This course presents the challenges of various diverse groups and encourages students to reflect on ways to advocate for policies and social welfare programs that promote human rights, social justice and advocate for social change. Prerequisites: None.

SW 608 Human Behavior and the Social Environment II (3 credits)

This course builds on the knowledge gained in SW 602: Human Behavior and the Social Environment I. Students examine human behavior across the life span and how various social environmental factors influence the developmental process. This course focuses on the stages of development from infancy to late adulthood. Theoretical frameworks related to the physical, emotional, social, spiritual, and cultural development of individuals, families, groups, and communities are analyzed and applied to client systems. Prerequisite: SW 602.

SW 610 Social Work Practice with Individuals (3 credits)

This course provides students with a foundational understanding of the basic social work practice skills and knowledge. Students will be guided through the generalist planned change process to include developing relationship building skills to engage clients and gather data, assessment, treatment planning with identifying evidenced- based interventions, and implementing outcome evaluation of the interventions, within the context of a strength-based approach. Strategies for cultural competence and working with populations at risk will be presented throughout the course. The bio-psycho-social-spiritual and cultural assessment framework is a central focus of this course. Prerequisites: None.

SW 612 Field Education Internship & Seminar I (3 credits)

This course is the first half of a two-semester course during which students develop generalist social work skills within a social work agency setting under the supervision of an experienced social worker. The seminar course provides support to the student throughout the field experience. During this course students present agency case examples and are encouraged to share their overall experience of the field education. Areas of ethics, diversity, safety, supervision, legal obligations, and practice skills are discussed. Prerequisites: SW 610, or concurrent enrollment.

SW 616 Social Work Practice with Families and Groups (3 credits)

This course introduces students to specific theoretical and skills-based core concepts of generalist practice with families and small groups. The course prepares students for engagement, assessment, intervention planning and decision-making for effective and ethical service delivery to diverse families and groups within the context of social systems. Students learn theoretical models that integrate systems and ecological theory, the strengths perspective, and the problem-solving model. Prerequisite: SW 610.

SW 618 Field Education Internship & Seminar II (3 credits)

This course is the second half of a two-semester course during which students develop generalist social work skills within a social work agency setting under the supervision of an experienced social worker. The seminar course provides support to the student throughout the field experience. During this course students present agency case examples and are encouraged to share their overall experience of the field education. Areas of ethics, diversity, safety, supervision, legal obligations, and practice skills are discussed. Prerequisites: SW 612.

SW 614 Research I: Ways of Knowing (3 credits)

This course introduces students to the basic concepts and methods of scientific inquiry used in social work practice. This course introduces qualitative and quantitative research design methodologies used in advancing social work knowledge and the evaluation of practice. Students learn to use and translate research evidence to inform and improve practice, policy, and service delivery. Particular attention in the course is given to cultural sensitivity and ethical guidelines for social research. Prerequisites: None.

Specialization Curriculum

SW 620 Advanced Clinical Practice with Individuals (3 credits)

This advanced clinical course prepares students for direct clinical practice with individuals. The course builds on the generalist-level courses and introduces students to evidence-based theories and strengths-based intervention strategies applicable for working with individual clients in a variety of clinical settings. Particular attention is given to the importance of the therapeutic relationship, ethical decision-making frameworks, and culturally sensitive relational techniques that foster therapeutic alliances with diverse clients. Prerequisites: SW 610, 612, 618.

SW 624 Research II: Evaluation of Social Work Practice (3 credits)

This specialized course builds on the generalist-level research course with an emphasis on evaluating and advancing clinical practice through single-subject design studies. Quantitative and qualitative methodologies are examined as means to inform social work research and clinical practice. In conjunction with their field placement, students will design, conduct, and report on a single-subject design study as a part of direct practice for assessing clients, monitoring intervention implementation and delivery, and evaluating client change. Prerequisites: SW 614; Concurrent enrollment in SW 632 or SW 638 is required.

SW 626 Clinical Assessment and Diagnosis (3 credits)

This specialized course focuses on the incidence, etiology, and assessment of health and mental health issues among children, adolescents, adults, and families using a holistic bio-psycho-social-spiritual and cultural approach and strengths perspective to evaluate human functioning through the life cycle. The course examines and utilizes the classification systems and theories applied in psychopathology and advanced clinical social work practice to assess and understand diagnostic categories within the DSM and to identify, analyze, and implement empirically based assessment tools. The course emphasizes assessment, advocacy, direct service, and community resources and supports. The course discusses the ethical responsibilities and necessary cultural awareness of an advanced clinical practice social worker. Prerequisites: SW 602, 608, 610.

SW 632 Field Education Internship & Seminar III (3 credits)

This specialized course is the first half of a two-semester seminar course that facilitates students’ fieldwork learning by providing an environment to critically reflect on the agency experience. Throughout the semester students develop an understanding of professional advanced clinical practice by integrating theory, research, policy, and ethical standards into their agency fieldwork. The purpose of the seminar is to allow students to share their field experiences with the instructor and their peers to enhance professional growth through mutual consultation. The areas of safety, self-care, and mandate reporting are discussed. Prerequisites: SW 612, 618.

SW 634 Advanced Clinical Social Work Practice with Groups (3 credits)

This advanced clinical course prepares students for direct clinical practice with groups. The course builds on the knowledge of the generalist-level courses and focuses on the advanced clinical skills necessary for group work practice with clients experiencing a variety of social, emotional, and/or psychological issues. Evidence- based theories, interventions, and techniques used in social work group practice are examined in the context of developing strategies to engage, plan, implement, and facilitate groups across a diversity of practice settings. Prerequisites: SW 616, 612, 618.

SW 636 Clinical Practice: Policies and Administration (3 credits)

This specialized course emphasizes current policies, laws, and trends in clinical practice. Students develop knowledge and skills in the roles and functions of social workers in social work management, administration, and supervision in non-profit and public organizations. This course provides opportunities for students to build the necessary skills to become effective service providers and change agents in the context of their work in social service organizations. Prerequisite: SW 612, 618.

SW 638 Field Education Internship & Seminar IV (3 credits)

This specialized course is the second half of a two-semester seminar course that facilitates students’ fieldwork learning by providing an environment to critically reflect on the agency experience. Throughout the semester students develop an understanding of professional advanced clinical practice by integrating theory, research, policy, and ethical standards into their agency fieldwork. The purpose of the seminar is to allow students to share with the instructor and their peers, client case studies and receive professional supervision and consultation. The areas of safety, self-care, and mandate reporting are discussed. The importance of continued learning post-graduation is a focus in the course as an ethical requirement for professional growth and development. Prerequisite: SW 632.

SW 642 Advanced Clinical Practice with Families (3 credits)

This advanced clinical course prepares students for advanced clinical practice with families. The course builds on the knowledge of the generalist-level courses and introduces students to evidence-based theories and strengths-based intervention strategies applicable for working with families in a variety of clinical settings. The course pays particular attention to interventions and skills in helping families overcome issues such as trauma, oppression, and social and economic injustices while also focusing on the unique experiences that shape the lives and development of family systems. Prerequisites: SW 616, 612, 618.

SW 644 Trauma in Children and Adolescents (3 credits)

This course prepares students for clinical practice with traumatized child and adolescent populations from diverse backgrounds. The course introduces students to evidence-based theories and strengths-based intervention strategies applicable for working with traumatized children and adolescents in a variety of clinical settings. Theoretical and practical approaches to treatment of chronic stress, acute stress and trauma-related stress disorders specific to children and adolescents are examined with the goal of advancing students’ knowledge of best practices. In addition, special attention is given toward recognizing secondary traumatization and implementing self-care strategies. Prerequisites: SW 602, SW 608, SW 610, SW 616 or permission of MSW program director.

SW 646 Trauma in Adults (3 credits)

This course prepares students for clinical practice with traumatized adult and older adult populations from diverse backgrounds. The course introduces students to evidence-based theories and strengths-based intervention strategies applicable for working with traumatized adults in a variety of clinical settings. The course pays particular attention to trauma theory and skill development specific to the engagement, assessment, diagnosis, and treatment of adult populations, their families, and larger communities who have been exposed to potentially traumatizing experiences. Prerequisites: SW 602, SW 608, SW 610, SW 616, or permission of MSW program director.

SW 648 Clinical Approaches to Substance Abuse Treatment (3 credits)

This course is designed with a major focus on developing competence in applying social work principles, critical thinking, and effective assessment and treatment skills with persons who abuse substances. Significant attention will be placed on familiarizing students with the field of substance use through specific components of effective substance use counseling. These include exploration of current research regarding the effects of substance use, addiction theory and critical examination of various treatment models used in substance use counseling. Students will be introduced to validated screening/assessment tools, evidence-based treatment models, help-seeking patterns and barriers to treatment for diverse groups. Prerequisites: SW 602, SW 608, SW 610, SW 616, or permission of MSW program director.

SW 650 Special Topics in Clinical Social Work Practice (3 credits)

This specialized elective course offers students the opportunity to examine a specific clinical area of social work practice working closely with a member of the social work faculty on issues and concerns important to the social work profession not ordinarily covered in other courses. The subject matter of the course will relate to the students’ practice interests. Prerequisites: SW 612, SW 618, or permission of MSW program director.

THE SCHOOL OF NURSING

NU 101 Foundations of Nursing Practice

The focus of the first nursing course is health promotion, restoration, and maintenance. The health promotion and maintenance focus addresses basic need satisfaction (e.g., safety, oxygenation, hygiene, food and fluid, rest, activity, and elimination.) The health restoration focus addresses the nursing actions precipitated by selected adult patients experiencing pain, inflammation, infection, surgery, alterations in oxygenation, and mobility status. Communication, basic research skills, informatics and technology, a philosophy of caring, and ethical/legal standards of practice are presented as essential to professional role development. The course introduces the student to the major categories of patient needs: safe, effective care environment, health promotion and maintenance; psychosocial integrity and physiological integrity. The concepts of adaptation, nursing process, communication, clinical reasoning, and evidence-based practice are included in the design, along with the Nurse of the Future Concepts, skills and ACEN Core Values. The concurrent clinical component of the course provides the students the opportunity to participate in collaboration with the interprofessional team, appreciate the micro/macrosystem of the care environment and to begin to contribute to quality improvement. Evaluation of course/outcome achievement by the student and faculty provides mutual feedback. The process of self-evaluation promotes self-understanding and professional development.

NU 102 Adult Nursing Practice

The second nursing course emphasizes the knowledge and skills essential for the nursing management of adult medical and surgical individuals as they adapt to changes in the health/illness spectrum. The focus is on patient-centered nursing care to restore, promote, or maintain the health of patients after surgery and with disorders of cell function, perfusion, endocrine neurologic, immune, gastrointestinal and sensory functions, acid-base balance, and sexuality. Professional role, clinical reasoning and judgment, and ethical-legal issues are explored and developed. A philosophy of caring is fostered through the use of nursing process and through the application of safe, holistic, and culturally competent therapeutic nursing interventions. Communication skills and information technology are used to promote human flourishing. The nurse’s role within the interprofessional team is considered through application of beginning leadership and management principles. Evidence- based nursing practice is promoted as a method for quality improvement of patient- centered nursing care. Concurrent clinical experiences with adult individuals are provided to allow students to correlate contextual learning in the classroom with skills and demonstrate expected levels of achievement (ELA) in clinical practice. Simulated clinical learning experiences in the Nursing Arts Lab introduce the student to new nursing skills prior to their application in clinical practice. Further development of professional identity is emphasized through self and faculty evaluations of the student’s clinical progress.

NU 201 Family-Focused Nursing Practice

The third nursing course focuses on the knowledge, skills, attitudes/values, and abilities required to provide safe, quality, and patient-centered care to women, children, and their families in order for them to flourish. The Nurse of the Future Competencies are integrated into theoretical concepts and clinical practice. Communication and critical reasoning skills are utilized in applying the nursing process. Culturally competent therapeutic nursing interventions are developed to promote adaptation for childbearing and childrearing families. Strategies to optimize health are presented and discussed in relation to childbearing and childrearing including: high-risk pregnancy, high-risk parenting, and common health problems of women and children. Research concepts and historical and current perspectives are addressed in this specialty. A philosophy of caring is emphasized in order to provide support to individuals striving to adapt to change in family structure and function and/or the effects of illness. Leadership and management principles are reinforced through clinical practice and clinical conferences. Collaboration with patients, families, and the interprofessional health care team is promoted in order to provide quality nursing care. Ethical and legal concerns and the exploration of cultural influences on family-centered care are analyzed in this course. Concurrent acute care and community clinical experiences are utilized to introduce the student to diverse professional nursing roles and the modeling of an evidence-based approach to nursing practice in the provision of care to childbearing and childrearing families. These clinical experiences provide numerous opportunities to employ teaching-learning principles and further develop specialized skills and learning outcomes in assisting these populations. Clinical conferences are held to reinforce learning and to assist students to correlate theory concepts into clinical practice. Simulated clinical learning experiences in the Nursing Arts Lab provide opportunities to develop and practice skills that are utilized in the clinical area. Evaluation of the course/clinical student learning outcomes and student/faculty conferences provides feedback on student progress to promote professional development.

NU 202 Comprehensive Nursing Practice

The last nursing course focuses on the knowledge, skills, attitudes/values, and abilities required to provide safe, quality, patient-centered care to adult individuals with complex stressors, assisting those individuals and families to flourish and adapt. Concepts presented in this course focus on the physiological and psychological needs of individuals and families experiencing complex alterations in oxygenation, fluid balance, tissue perfusion, cardiac output, elimination, shock and multiple organ failure. Emergency management and disaster care are also covered. In addition, concepts related to altered thought, mood, relatedness, self-esteem, and self- concept are taught to introduce the student to the needs of individuals and families with mental health needs. The Nurse of the Future Core Competencies are integrated into the course and promote an evidence-based approach to nursing care of individuals and families. The planning, delivery, and management of safe, comprehensive, individualized, patient- centered, quality care is based on the utilization of established research findings and is guided by ethical, legal, and professional standards of nursing practice. The professional role is further developed in order to initiate change and foster a safe, effective care environment. Leadership and management skills are practiced within the inter-professional team as students assume responsibility for their own learning and for the care provided to patients and families. A philosophy of caring permeates the students’ critical thinking, clinical reasoning, and communication skills. Using the nursing process, in collaboration with patients, families, and the inter-professional team, students generate culturally- competent therapeutic nursing interventions to promote adaptation. Concurrent clinical experiences are provided in acute care and community settings to further develop the skills and competencies necessary for beginning nursing practice. Nursing Arts Lab simulated clinical learning experiences provide opportunities to develop and practice skills that are required in the clinical area. Clinical conferences are held to reinforce learning and to assist students to correlate theory concepts into clinical practice. Evaluation of the course/clinical student learning outcomes by the student and faculty and student/faculty conferences provide feedback of student clinical progress to enhance professional development.

NUTR 205 Essentials of Nutrition along the Health Continuum

This course provides the basic nutrition facts, as well as an understanding of the role of nutrition in disease prevention and treatment. Essentials of Nutrition along the Health Continuum provides the basic material needed to understand clinical nutrition concepts (for example, the role of nutrition in preventing and treating human diseases such as heart disease, cancer, diabetes and osteoporosis) and will provide practical information for using nutritional concepts, addressing nutritional concerns and incorporating nutrition into plans of care. Prerequisites: A&P I and A&P II or department approval (Formerly NU 105)

NU 305A Foundations of Nursing Practice

This course utilizes the Massachusetts Nurse of the Future Competencies as a framework to introduce students to the knowledge, skills, and attitudes needed to develop their identity in the nursing profession. This course uses classroom and web- based activities as well as laboratory experiences to acquire select knowledge and skills that are essential to the profession of nursing. The relationship between evidenced-based practice and safe patient care will be emphasized. Students will begin to identify and apply the nursing process and clinical reasoning skills, and NCLEX test-taking skills. The role of nursing and the individual role as a member of the nursing community will be examined. Legal and ethical issues and professional comportment will be explored. Professional and therapeutic 1:1 communication skills with patients and disciplines will be acquired and utilized successfully. Select nursing procedures will be introduced and practiced.

NU 304 Health Assessment in Nursing

This course teaches the student to assess the health status of clients of any age in any setting. Students incorporate knowledge attained in the prerequisite courses, Introductory and Developmental Psychology, Sociology, Anatomy and Physiology, Chemistry, and Microbiology. The student learns verbal and non-verbal communication techniques used in obtaining a health history and the written communication techniques used in documenting the health assessment. Students acquire the basic psychomotor skills of inspection, palpation, percussion and auscultation necessary when performing a physical examination. The effects of age, gender, culture, religion, socioeconomic status, lifestyle, and adaptation are identified.

NU 321 Nursing Care of the Aging Adult

Misperceptions and lack of education about the aging process influence both the quality and outcomes of the nursing care being provided to our aging population. This course will examine the complexities and realities of caring for well and frail elders. Emphasis is focused on the multidimensional aspects of the aging process and the specialized nursing education required in caring for this population.

NU 322 Clinical Pharmacology I

This course integrates pathophysiologic and pharmacologic concepts as they relate to human health issues and the application of the nursing process across the life span. The pathogenesis and clinical manifestations of organ and system disease processes are considered alongside the pharmacologic approaches used to treat them. Emphasis is placed on understanding how drugs work in the context of specific disease states, why a particular drug regimen is selected, and how to assess and monitor the patient receiving the drug. This is the first course in a two-course sequence.

NU 323 Clinical Pharmacology II

This course integrates pathophysiologic and pharmacologic concepts as they relate to human health issues and the application of the nursing process across the life span. The pathogenesis and clinical manifestations of organ and system disease processes are considered alongside the pharmacologic approaches used to treat them. Emphasis is placed on understanding how drugs work in the context of specific disease states, why a particular drug regimen is selected, and how to assess and monitor the patient receiving the drug. This is the second course in a two-course sequence.

NU 324 Professional Nursing

This course provides the foundation upon which the learner will develop the knowledge, values, and skills for becoming a competent, caring professional generalist who assumes an integral role in the changing healthcare system. It focuses on acquisition of both art and science components of nursing and the development of critical thinking by including laboratory and clinical practice, as well as classroom content.

NU 325 Acute Care Nursing

This course focuses on the secondary level of health care, specifically analyzing the cultural, spiritual, and biopsychosocial needs of clients with acute health problems and their families. Using a systems approach, the student examines the complex interrelationships between the client/family, the healthcare system, and nursing. Emphasis is placed on client/family adaptation and the professional nursing role in an acute care setting.

NU 333 Psychiatric/Mental Health Nursing

This course focuses on the role of the professional nurse in the transcultural care of individuals with psychiatric/mental health problems and their families. The student examines major mental health problems across the lifespan, multiple treatment modalities, and specific intervention strategies. Selected clinical experiences in a variety of health care settings facilitate the development of knowledge and skill.

NU 340 Community Nursing

The role of the professional nurse in the primary level of health care is explored. Using client models, the nursing process, and adaptation models, students will help to plan therapeutic nursing interventions for individuals, families, and groups in a variety of community settings. In addition, the course will focus on community and family assessment, adaptation, communication, critical thinking and decision-making skills, epidemiology, research utilization, group process, and other strategies used in community health. Students will develop competence in a clinical practice setting.

NU 345 Complex Care Nursing

In this synthesis course, students analyze the cultural, spiritual, and biopsychosocial needs of clients and their families who face complex multisystem health problems across the wellness-illness trajectory, with a focus on the transition from acute care to rehabilitation or long-term care in institutional settings. Using a case study approach, students examine the complex interrelationships between client/family, the healthcare system, and nursing. Emphasis is placed on adaptation, nursing process, and the professional role. Students apply critical thinking, decision-making, and communication skills in selected clinical settings that will enhance their ability to develop therapeutic nursing interventions.

NU 347 Maternal Child/Family Nursing

This course focuses on the adaptation and health promotion of families including childbearing women, infants, children, and adolescents. It builds on previously acquired knowledge and skills and examines physiological, psychological, social, cultural, spiritual, ethical, legal, and professional issues of care. It helps the student develop a lifespan perspective while allowing an exploration of the special needs and problems of the childbearing women, infants, children and adolescents. Selected clinical experiences in maternal-newborn settings, acute pediatric settings and community-based school help the learner begin to develop critical thinking skills and competence in family health nursing.

NU 403 Evidence for Clinical Practice

This course focuses on the translation of current evidence into nursing practice, including the identification of practice issues, appraisal and integration of evidence, and the evaluation of outcomes (AACN, 2008). Students develop the skills necessary for understanding, evaluating, and applying evidence in transforming nursing practice. Activities include in-depth study of the research process as it relates to the critique and evaluation of research, the synthesis of nursing research in the development of a review of the literature, and the dissemination of research findings.

NU 404 Concepts and Challenges in Professional Practice

This is an introductory course to explore the role of the professional nurse in the ever-changing healthcare system with a view to empowering and solidifying that role. Students explore the challenges and opportunities inherent in professional nursing including but not limited to advances in nursing practice and role development, the increased use of technology in practice, ethics and legal issues in practice, concepts critical to leadership, interdisciplinary collaboration and systems thinking, and the increasing role of theory and research in advancing the profession and providing quality, safe patient care. Activities include values clarification, portfolio development, seminar leadership, group activities, and/or online discussions.

NU 510 Community-Based Nursing

The role of the professional nurse in the primary level of health care is explored. Using client models, students implement the nursing process and adaptation model to plan therapeutic nursing interventions for individuals, families, and groups in a variety of community settings. In addition, the course will focus on community assessment, communication, critical thinking and decision-making skills, teaching, epidemiology, research utilization, group process, and other strategies used in community health. Students will develop competence in a clinical practice setting. (must be RN licensed) Prerequisites: NU 304 and NU 403

NU 601 Nursing Theory

This course focuses on the historical development of theory from the perspective of nursing science. Nursing theory and its relationship to research and evidenced-based nursing practice, as well as approaches to theory construction are explored. Students will analyze selected concepts, the building blocks of theories. Students will critique specific nursing theories in relation to their own belief systems, examining the concepts of the major paradigms within the discipline of nursing as well as other human science disciplines. Early “grand nursing theories” and “mid-range nursing theories” more recently developed will be evaluated. Emphasis will be on understanding individual

nursing theories and borrowed theories from other disciplines and their application to nursing practice, nursing research, nursing leadership, and nursing education.

NU 605 Concepts in Nursing Leadership

This course focuses on issues of leadership role development in professional nursing. Using role theory, students will explore concepts of role mastery, congruence and conflict as well as the role of nursing leadership in the broader organizational context. Emphasis in NU 605 is on the analysis of leadership and related theories as these apply to the individual practice of the nurse leader.

NU 606 Advanced Pathophysiology

This course will provide an in-depth study of the concepts of the science of pathology for graduate nursing students. It will cover the physiological causes and development of diseases; functional and secondary changes they cause; and their course, complications, and appropriate treatments. Specific examples of disease states throughout the lifespan will be evaluated. The course will treat all levels of pathology from molecular to cellular, tissue, organ, and organ systems, emphasizing the role of homeostasis and the ensuing disturbances, which lead to disease conditions.

NU 607 Perioperative Nursing

This course is designed to introduce the learner to perioperative nursing concepts, principles, and skills associated with caring for perioperative patients. Participants will explore the operating room nurse’s role and responsibilities as a scrub nurse and as a circulating nurse. Course content is based on the standards and recommended practices established by the Association of Operating Nurses (AORN), and topics will include the operating room environment, aseptic technique, positioning, ethical/legal considerations, anesthesia, infection control, and professionalism. The curriculum content is generic and applicable to perioperative nursing in any facility or location. The final outcome of the course is to prepare future practitioners to meet the needs of surgical patients and the growing demand for perioperative nurses.

NU 608 Perioperative Nursing—Practicum

This course is designed to introduce the learner to perioperative nursing skills associated with caring for perioperative patients in the clinical setting. Participants will explore the operating room nurse’s role and responsibilities as a scrub nurse and a circulating nurse and perform these skills with a preceptor from the clinical facility. Clinical content is based on the standards and recommended practices established by the Association of Operating Room Nurses. Topics will include the operating room environment, aseptic technique positioning, ethical/legal considerations, anesthesia,

infection control and professionalism. The content is generic and applicable to perioperative nursing in any facility or location.

NU 612 Organization and Structure in Nursing Leadership

This course incorporates comprehensive discussion of administrative theories including organizational theory, management theory, and leadership theories. These theories will be analyzed as they relate to nursing practice and the role of nursing leadership. (Practice component of 40 hours) Prerequisite: NU 605

NU 613 Registered Nurse—First Assist

This course is designed to the perioperative nurse’s existing knowledge. The independent nursing skills judgment, which are essential to RN Assistant practice, are emphasized. Participants will explore the role and responsibilities of the RNFA in its relationship with other members of the surgical team. While RN First Assistant behaviors in the preoperative and post- operative phases are presented, intraoperative behaviors unique to the RN First Assistant are stressed, including handling tissue, providing exposure, using instruments, suturing and providing hemostasis. Course content is based on the AORN’s Standards for Core Curriculum for the RN First Assistant and grounded in the AORN’s Perioperative Patient Focused Model.

NU 614 Registered Nurse—First Assist Practicum

This course is the clinical internship that is taken either concurrently with the RNFA didactic course or following it. It may or may not take place at the clinical facility in which students are employed. This component is conducted as a guided independent study. Students will progress at their own pace during the twelve months in which they are allowed to complete the course. The students work with on-site surgeons to practice what they have learned during the didactic course. Two hundred and forty intraoperative first assisting hours must be documented. Learning activities are also included in the Clinical Internship in addition to hours of actual first assisting. Communication is maintained between course faculty and the student during this component. The faculty facilitator follows the progress of the students through telephone, e-mail, Blackboard, written progress reports, and communication with the surgeon preceptor as necessary. Prerequisite/Co-requisite: RNFA Didactic Course,

Student must be an RN with a minimum of two years of operating room experience and CNOR certified.

NU 623 Regulatory Issues in Nursing Leadership

Utilizing current nursing research, evidence-based practice and evolving health care trends, students will complete fieldwork experience in the area of administration/leadership in a healthcare setting or professional organization. The students will analyze examples of current issues relating to the health care delivery systems that impact on nursing practice. (Practice component of 40 hours)

NU 624 Professional Nursing

This course provides the foundation upon which the learner will develop the knowledge, values, and skills for becoming a competent, caring professional generalist who assumes an integral role in the changing healthcare system. It focuses on the acquisition of both art and science components of nursing and the development of critical thinking by including laboratory and clinical practice as well as classroom content.

NU 625 Acute Care Nursing

This course focuses on the secondary level of health care, specifically analyzing the cultural, spiritual, and biopsychosocial needs of clients with acute health problems and their families. Using a systems approach, the student examines the complex interrelationships between the client/ family, the healthcare system and nursing. Emphasis is placed on client/family adaptation and the professional nursing role in an acute/critical care setting.

NU 627 Mentorship in Nursing Leadership

Based on the student’s individual professional goals, the student will elect to specialize in the areas of nursing administration/leadership, critical care, gerontology, etc. Under the guidance of a mentor, the student will apply nursing, management, and role theories in the health care setting. (Practice component of 80 hours) Concurrent or Prerequisite: NU 623.

NU 629 Health Promotion and Disease Prevention across Diverse Populations

This course will address health promotion and disease prevention across the lifespan. The focus will be in developing, evaluating, and educating populations on preventative health care behaviors. Populations served, including vulnerable populations, will be discussed in relation to how advanced practice nurses shape the development of community-based care and population-based systems delivery programs. Students will analyze the impact of social, cultural, ecological, and systems of care delivery factors on healthcare disparities across population groups. Emphasis is on application of sociocultural, nursing theories, and methods to analyze healthcare phenomena as an advanced practice nurse.

NU 631 Scientific Inquiry for Evidence-Based Practice

The Scientific Inquiry for Evidence-Based Practice course will explore the conceptual, theoretical, and ethical foundations of nursing. The course will focus on the research process and application of evidence to nursing practice. During this course students identify a practice problem according to its relevance to the professional practice of nursing or advanced clinical practice. The primary focus of this course is on understanding research methods as they pertain to evidence-based practice. During the course students will complete an evidence-based practice proposal. Prerequisite:

NU 633 Psychiatric Mental Health Nursing

This course focuses on the role of the professional nurse in the transcultural care of individuals with psychiatric/mental health problems and their families. The student examines major mental health problems across the lifespan, treatment modalities, and specific intervention strategies. Selected clinical experiences in a variety of health care settings facilitate the development of knowledge and skill.

NU 635 Complementary and Alternative Therapies in Nursing

This course provides an objective introductory perspective on the newly emerging field of Complementary/Alternative Modalities (CAM). It examines the traditional, biomedical, and nursing theoretical bases for CAM. It critically examines available research and offers empirical evidence that will allow the nurse to act as a teacher and advocate for the client as well as to assume a leadership and management role on the interdisciplinary team. While the course explores a range of modalities and systems, it focuses in-depth on those clearly within the domain of nursing practice.

NU 636 Instructional Methods and Curriculum Design in Nursing Education

This course offers an analysis of various instructional models/methods and their application to the design of curricula in educational settings to create positive learning environments. Models are discussed in light of course content, objectives, goals, and current research. Students will focus on problem solving, common teaching/learning situations, and the relationship between theory and practice. Classroom learning is applied in a practicum experience of 24 hours.

NU 637 Assessment and Evaluation in Nursing Education

This course offers a study of both formal and informal assessment techniques and the components involved in each approach. Students will conduct an analysis of models of outcome assessment and program evaluation and their relationship to classroom/clinical settings. Classroom learning is applied in a practicum experience of 24 hours.

NU 638 Concepts and Leadership in Case Management and Care Coordination

This course provides an overview of case management that are evidence-based and reflect current research and practice across multiple healthcare settings. Emphasis on importance of leadership principles practices will be integrated the course. Classroom learning is applied in a practicum experiences of 25 hours.

NU 639 Advanced Concepts in Case Management: Transitions in Modern Healthcare

This advanced-level case course will focus on the critical role case management in various delivery systems, particularly for patient populations. The course a detailed analysis of case studies and structured fieldwork experience in case management. Emphasis will be on the leader’s role in meeting the health quality agenda, ensuring financial performance, and effectively implementing health reform in care coordination, care transitions, and case management activities. Regional and national best practices and research in case management will be integrated throughout the course.

NU 641 Advanced Clinical Pharmacology

This course is required for students in the Nurse Practitioner Advanced Graduate Program. Course content addresses pharmacological interventions for disease categories and expands the foundation in pharmacotherapeutics necessary for nurse practitioners in clinical practice. This course is designed to prepare students for the role of prescriber based on national guidelines and evidence-based practice. NU 641 must be taken within 1 year prior to enrolling in NU 664 A-E. Pre-requisite: NU 606

NU 643 Advanced Psychopharmacology

This course focuses on developing knowledge and skills in the safe and effective use of medication for psychiatric mental health problems in populations across the lifespan. The curriculum integrates knowledge from previous courses such as pharmacology, pathophysiology, and health assessment and complements the Psychiatric Mental Health curriculum. Course content addresses psychopharmacological interventions for disease categories and expands the foundation in pyscho-pharmacotherapeutics necessary for nurse practitioners in clinical practice. This course is designed to prepare students for the role of prescriber based on national guidelines and evidence-based practice. Prerequisite: NU 641

NU 645 Complex Care Nursing

In this synthesis course, students analyze the cultural, spiritual, and bio-psychosocial needs of clients and their families who face complex multi-system health problems across the wellness-illness trajectory, with a focus on the transition from acute care to rehabilitation or long-term care in institutional settings. Using a case study approach, students examine the complex interrelationships between client/family, the health care system and nursing. Emphasis is placed on adaptation, nursing process, and the professional role. Students apply critical thinking, decision making, and communication skills in selected clinical settings that will enhance their ability to develop therapeutic nursing interventions.

NU 646 Theory and Practice of Contemporary Psychotherapies

The focus of this course is on theories and methods used by the advanced practice psychiatric mental health nurse as broadly applied across treatment settings. Students will explore theory and techniques associated with various therapeutic models with regard to theoretical underpinnings, therapeutic action, techniques, relationship between therapist and patient, and application to different diagnostic populations and family systems. Students will gain learning experiences that promote satisfactory assimilation of mental health and mental illness concepts in their delivery of advanced practice nursing across the lifespan. Emphasis is placed on evidence-based practice and treatment guidelines utilizing a range of theoretical and conceptual models for conducting psychotherapy and supporting recovery. Selected psychotherapeutic theories will be studied and application made where possible in practicum placements, seminar discussions, and classroom settings.

NU 647 Maternal Child/Family Nursing

This course focuses on the adaptation and health promotion of families including childbearing women, infants, children, and adolescents. It builds on previously acquired knowledge and skills and examines physiological, psychological, social, cultural, spiritual, ethical, legal, and professional issues of care. It helps the student develop a lifespan perspective while allowing an exploration of the special needs and problems of the childbearing women, infants, children, and adolescents. Selected clinical experiences in maternal-newborn settings, acute pediatric settings, and community-based schools help the learner begin to develop critical thinking skills and competence in family health nursing.

NU 648 Integrative Health for Women

Surveys indicate that women are more receptive to and more frequently use complementary/alternative therapies than other populations. This course provides a practical, in-depth focus on complementary strategies for healthy lifestyles, disease prevention, and wellness care. It examines CAM use in this population with special emphasis on safety, efficacy, and compatibility with allopathic care for selected conditions that affect women. It also focuses on developing skills for integrative care and use of selected modalities.

NU 650 Advanced Health Assessment in Nursing

The Advanced Health Assessment course is developed for the nurse practitioner student. Students incorporate, apply and adapt assessment skills appropriate to all ages in a primary care setting. Using critical thinking skills, students analyze assessment data toward differential diagnosis and determine the need for additional assessment information such as laboratory data, specialty referral and diagnostic testing. Students are required to apply history and physical assessment skills on a weekly basis. Written communication of the weekly history and physical examination as well as data analysis and problem list development is required. The effects of age, gender, culture, religion, socioeconomic status, locus of control, lifestyle and risk factors are considered in developing a baseline for therapeutic nursing intervention by the nurse in advanced practice. NU 650 must be taken the semester prior to NU 664 A-F. Pre- requisite: NU 606 and NU 641

NU 654 Mentorship in Integrative Health

This course is a mentored practice experience in an appropriate practice setting. Placement occurs in collaboration with the course faculty. In addition to the practicum, the candidate engages in ongoing, on-line discussions addressing key issues in integrative health care. This class is taught online along with clinical site visits between faculty, student, and mentor.

NU 655 Adult-Geriatric Acute and Critical Care Pharmacology

The purpose of this course is to provide a comprehensive and in-depth background in acute and critical care pharmacotherapy for the adult-geriatric patient. This course will address the pharmacology and appropriate clinical use of agents used in the treatment of selected acute disorders found in acutely/critically ill patients. Recent advances in pharmacotherapy, personalized management strategies, and controversial issues will be included and emphasized.

NU 656 Introduction to Simulation in Nursing Education

This course will enable you to develop an understanding of the essential principles of nursing simulation education. You will discuss best practices for simulation immersion and debriefing and will analyze the challenges and solutions related to its implementation. We will also explore the implications of evidence gathered in the National Council of State Boards of Nursing (NCSBN) study.

NU 657 CNL Role Class: Intro CNL Practicum

This is the first of two sequential courses that provides students with the opportunity to analyze the role of the CNL through a guided role immersion practicum. Integration of prior course work occurs during clinical role practicum, classroom assignments, and student presentations. The primary focus is on understanding the three domains of CNL practice in the microsystem to implement evidence-based initiatives that support quality outcomes. During the clinical immersion, students will have an opportunity for in-depth analysis of the CNL role as a nurse leader while working with an identified preceptor. Students will conduct a microsystem assessment and begin initial planning for the evidence-based practice capstone project. Students will review eligibility requirements, content, and the application process for the CNL Certification Exam. The AACN competencies and curricular expectations for CNL education and practice provide the framework for this course.

NU 658A CNL Capstone: Clinical Immersion

This is the second of two sequential courses in the CNL program. The course focuses on successful implementation of the CNL role in the microsystem through the synthesis of theoretical knowledge, evidence-based practice, and leadership principles. During the clinical immersion, students have an opportunity for in-depth analysis of the CNL role in the microsystem. A dedicated preceptor provides guidance to support the transition to independent CNL practice. Students will implement, evaluate, and disseminate the previously identified evidence-based capstone project. The AACN competencies and curricular expectations for CNL education and practice provide the framework for this course.

NU 661 Care of the Childbearing Woman

This course integrates concepts from courses in pharmacology, pathophysiology, and health assessment with nursing theory, process, and research. It fosters development of skills in assessment, problem identification in decision making and clinical management of obstetrical client through the childbearing process. Discussions focus on health promotion, organizational issues, access to care, and advanced professional practice as they relate to the obstetrical client. Classroom learning is applied in supervised clinical preceptorship experiences associated with NU 664A/B/D or NU 665 A/B/D.

NU 664A Primary Care of the Child I

This course integrates concepts from concurrent courses in pharmacology, pathophysiology, and health assessment with nursing theory, process, and research. It will foster development of skills in decision making and clinical management of children. Discussions will focus on issues of health, policy, organizational issues, access to care, and advanced professional practice as they relate to the pediatric client. Classroom learning is applied in supervised clinical preceptorship experiences of 300 hours (NU664AX). Pre-Requisite: NU 606, NU 629, NU 641 and NU 650.

NU 664B Primary Care of the Family I

This course integrates concepts from the concurrent courses in pharmacology, pathophysiology, and health assessment with nursing theory, process, and research. It will foster development of skills in decision making and clinical management of families through the life cycle. Discussions will focus on issues of health, policy, organizational issues, access to care, and advanced professional practice as they relate to the family system. Classroom learning is applied in supervised clinical preceptorship experiences of 300 hours (NU664BX). Pre-Requisite: NU 606, NU 629, NU 641 and NU 650.

NU 664C Primary Care of the Psychiatric Mental Health Client I

The focus of this course is developing knowledge and skill in the assessment and diagnosis of psychiatric mental health problems in the populations across the lifespan. The curriculum also integrates knowledge from previous courses such as pharmacology, pathophysiology, and health assessment. Psychiatric nurse practitioner students utilize many theoretical sources in the development of their practical skills and draw from neurophysiology, neuropsychology, family systems, and biopsychosocial approaches. Special populations such as the elderly and the chronic mentally ill are also emphasized of 300 hours (NU664CX). Pre-Requisite: NU 606, NU 629, NU 641, NU 643 and NU 650.

NU 664D Primary Care of the Woman I

This course integrates concepts from courses in pharmacology, pathophysiology, and health assessment with nursing theory, process, and research. It fosters development of skills in assessment, problem identification in decision making and clinical management of women’s health issues. Discussions focus on health promotion, organizational issues, access to care, and advanced professional practice as they relate to women’s health. Classroom learning is applied in supervised clinical preceptorship experiences of 300 hours (NU664DX). Pre-Requisite: NU 606, NU 629, NU 641 and NU 650.

NU 664E Primary Care of the Adult-Geriatric Client I

This is the first of two courses in primary care of the adult-gerontology client. This course integrates concepts from courses in pharmacology, pathophysiology, and health assessment with nursing theory, process, and research. It fosters development of skills in assessment, problem identification in decision making and clinical management of the adult-gerontology client through the life cycle. Discussions focus on health promotion, organizational issues, access to care, and advanced professional practice as they relate to the adult-gerontology system. Classroom learning is applied in supervised clinical preceptorship experiences of 300 hours (NU664EX). Pre- Requisite: NU 606, NU 629, NU 641 and NU 650.

NU 664F Acute and Critical Care of the Adult-Geriatric Client I

This is the first of two concentration courses that integrate concepts from courses in pharmacology, pathophysiology, and health assessment with nursing theory, process, and research. It will foster development of skills in assessment, problem identification, decision-making and clinical management of the adult- geriatric client, in the acute care/critical care setting, utilizing critical thinking. Discussions on health promotion, policy, organizational issues, access to care, and advanced professional practice as they relate to the adult-gerontology population in the acute care/critical care setting are included. Classroom learning is applied in supervised clinical preceptorship experiences 0f 300 hours (NU665FX).

NU 665A Primary Care of the Child II

This is the second course in primary care of the child. This course continues the development of skills in decision making and clinical management of children. Classroom learning is applied in supervised clinical preceptorship experiences of 300 hours (NU665AX). Pre-requisite NU 606, NU 629, NU 641 and NU 650, NU 664A, NU 664AX

NU 665B Primary Care of the Family II

This is the second course in primary care of the family. This course continues the development of skills in decision making and clinical management of families through the life cycle. Classroom learning is applied in supervised clinical preceptorship experiences of 300 hours (NU665BX). Pre-requisite: NU 606, NU 629, NU 641 and NU 650, NU 664B, NU 664BX

NU 665C Primary Care of the Psychiatric Mental Health Client II

Nurse practitioner students will continue to develop knowledge and skill in the assessment and diagnosis of mental health problems in adults. In-depth study of geriatric mental health problems, such as mood disorders, dementia, and delirium, will prepare students to work with this complex population upon graduation. Classroom learning is applied in supervised clinical preceptorship experiences of 300 hours (NU 665CX). Pre-requisite: NU 606, NU 629, NU 641, NU 643, NU 646, NU 650 and NU 664C, NU 664CX

NU 665D Primary Care of the Woman II

This course is the second of two concentration courses focusing on developing knowledge and skill in the assessment, diagnosis, and treatment of the adult population with a special focus on health care for adolescent females and women. This course integrates concepts from courses in pharmacology, pathophysiology, and health assessment with nursing theory, process, and research. It fosters development of skills in assessment, problems, decision making, and clinical management of women’s health issues. Discussions focus on health promotion, disease prevention, recognition and management of acute and chronic conditions, organizational issues, access to care, and advanced professional practice as they relate to caring for patients in primary care settings. Classroom learning is applied in supervised clinical preceptorship experiences of 300 hours (NU665DX).

NU 665E Primary Care of the Adult-Geriatric Client II

This course continues to integrate concepts from courses in pharmacology, pathophysiology, and health assessment with nursing theory, process, and research. It will foster development of skills in assessment, problems, decision making and clinical management of families through the life cycle. Discussions on health promotion, policy, organizational issues, access to care, and advanced professional practice as they relate to the family system are included. Classroom learning is applied in supervised clinical preceptorship experiences of 300 hours (NU665EX). Pre-requisite: NU 606, NU 629, NU 641 and NU 650, NU 664E, NU 664EX

NU 665F Acute and Critical Care of the Adult-Geriatric Client II

This is the second of two concentration courses that integrate concepts from courses in pharmacology, pathophysiology, and health assessment with nursing theory, process, and research. It will foster development of skills in assessment, problem identification, decision-making and clinical management of the acute and critical care adult-geriatric client through use of critical thinking. Discussions on health promotion, policy, organizational issues, access to care, and advanced professional practice as they relate to the adult-gerontology population in the acute care and critical care setting are included. Classroom learning is applied in supervised clinical preceptorship experiences of 300 hours (NU 665FX).

NU 668 Roles and Issues in Advanced Practice

This course focuses on the role and scope of practice of the advanced practice nurse. Professional licensure, credentialing and requirements for prescriptive privileges are addressed. In a hybrid format, course content focuses on legal and ethical standards of care and professional competencies for entry into advanced practice in the primary care setting. The course includes current and projected trends in primary practice as they affect nurses in advanced practice.

NU 670 Seminar in Teaching and Learning for Nurse Educators

This course provides an overview of various components involved in the dynamic of teaching/learning: philosophy, educational psychology, curriculum, methodology, evaluation, and assessment. Emphasis is placed on the development of the nurse educator as a reflective practitioner. Students will discuss social, ethical, legal, and professional issues related to current and future student populations. Classroom learning is applied in a practicum experience of 24 hours.

NU 671 Contemporary Practice of Global Public Health Nursing

This course will provide in-depth examination of the practice and role of contemporary global public health nursing, with a focus on historical, economic and societal factors that influence public health policy. Global health issues transcend national boundaries, and, as such, this course addresses emerging events, advances, reforms, and challenges in the delivery of healthcare around the world. Select concepts (including inter-professional and multidisciplinary practice, social justice and ethics), that are critical to understanding the health of populations, are analyzed in order to develop a framework for identifying, prioritizing, and planning interventions and research in public health nursing practice across the globe. Students will be challenged to reflect deeply about how healthcare is organized and delivered and will explore the promotion of health and disease prevention for communities and at-risk selected populations in various settings while highlighting the roles of nurses in population health.

NU 672 Mentorship Teaching Experience/Seminar in Nursing Education

This course features mentored student- teaching experience in a classroom or clinical setting. Placement occurs in collaboration with the course faculty. While student teaching, the candidate engages in a monthly seminar addressing key issues in nursing education. Prerequisite: Three of the six nurse educator electives (NU 636, NU 637, NU 656, NU 670, NU 677 and NU 678)

NU 677 Online Instruction and Course Facilitation

This online asynchronous course will provide the learner with evidence-based best practice techniques and strategies for implementing online course instruction and course facilitation. Topics covered will include discussion board facilitation, group process online, managing academic challenges, supporting online course engagement incorporating student-to-student and student-to-faculty communication and overall management of the online course classroom. Classroom learning is applied in a practicum experience of 24 hours.

NU678 Online Course Development and Teaching Strategies

This asynchronous online course will engage the learner in developing a syllabus and course teaching materials for the online environment. Utilizing the content expert and peer reviewer process of course development, each learner will participate in active-learning strategies to develop beginning competence in online course development with additional focus on the selection of population specific teaching strategies. Classroom learning is applied in a practicum experience of 24 hours.

NU 680 Advanced Practice Addictions Nursing I

This is the first of two courses that focus on the knowledge, skills, and attitudes needed to care for individuals, groups, and families experiencing addiction. This course focuses on theoretical frameworks of addiction and related nursing theories as well as the assessment, diagnosis, and treatment of addiction disorders across the lifespan. Course content includes both pharmacological and non-pharmacological interventions, healthcare systems and transdisciplinary competencies, cultural considerations, and the integration of common co-morbid psychiatric and medical conditions. Pre-requisites: None

NU 681 Advanced Practice Addictions Nursing Practicum I

This is the first of two clinical practicum courses that focuses on the knowledge, skills, and attitudes needed to care for individuals, groups, and families experiencing addiction. This course provides students with opportunities to apply theoretical and didactic content from NU 671 in the context of a supervised 250-hour clinical practicum experience. Students in this course attend weekly synchronous virtual seminar meetings in groups of a maximum of six students per group. Pre-requisites: Advanced practice nurse licensure Pre- or Co-requisite: NU 680

NU 682 Advanced Practice Addictions Nursing II

This is the second of two courses where students will continue to develop the essential knowledge, skills, and attitudes needed to assess, diagnose, and treat individuals, groups, and families experiencing addiction. Students will continue to synthesize course content and apply concepts related to advanced practice addictions nursing direct care, leadership, and transdisciplinary roles. Pre-requisites: NU 680, NU 681

NU 683 Advanced Practice Addictions Nursing Practicum II

This is the second of two clinical practicum courses that focuses on the knowledge, skills, and attitudes needed to care for individuals, groups, and families experiencing addiction. This course provides students with opportunities to apply theoretical and didactic content from NU 671 and NU 673 in the context of a supervised 250-hour clinical practicum experience. Students in this course attend weekly synchronous virtual seminar meetings in groups of a maximum of six students per group. Pre- requisites: Advanced practice nurse licensure, NU 680, NU 681; NU 682 is a pre- or co- requisite.

NU 710 Informatics in Health Care

Informatics in Health Care explores the background and theory of nursing and health care information systems. Strategies are examined for analyzing, designing/developing, implementing, and evaluating information systems for health care professionals and consumers with an emphasis on improving the quality-of-care delivery. Content and projects are applicable to advanced practice nurses, nurse educators and researchers, nurse leaders, executives and other health care professionals.

NU 713 Advanced Epidemiology and Biostatistics

Using the quantitative science of epidemiology and biostatistics, this course examines the basis for identification and analysis of factors that promote and inhibit the health of populations. The course includes the history and methods of epidemiology and contemporary public health issues as well as selected biostatics. Epidemiological methods and biostatics are applied to nursing practice, leadership, education and research.

NU 716 Culture and Health Perspectives

This course focuses on the complexities inherent in the culture and health interface and how these variable influence quality health care in the context of the American healthcare system. Frameworks, theories, and models that explore culture and health, generally, and among selected populations, specifically, are identified. Within a cross-cultural perspective, quality health care is considered from the perspectives of the individual, family, group or community client, and of the nurse who may be in direct care, educational, leadership or research positions.

NU 726 Advanced Research Methods for Evidence Based Practice I

This is the first of two sequential courses that provides the students with an in-depth analysis of quantitative and qualitative research methods used in nursing and health care research. Throughout the course, students will use critical thinking skills to analyze qualitative and quantitative methods as a framework for making decisions regarding clinical problems. Evidence-based practice models will be analyzed to facilitate the identification of a practice problem and the development of an extensive review of the literature.

NU 727 Advanced Research Methods for Evidence Based Practice II

This is the second of two sequential courses that will provide the students with the further development of their evidence-based practice project. This course will focus on in-depth analysis of quantitative and qualitative data collection and analysis methods.

Utilizing an EBP model, students will develop a comprehensive plan for project implementation and evaluation. Pre-requisite: NU 726

NU 740 Scholarly DNP Project I

This seminar-formatted course is the first of a four-course series designed to students in implementing an evidence-based practice (EBP) project. This course will introduce students to the capstone process and progression through the four- course series. Discussions of project scope and quality and development of an EBP project proposal will take place. Students will work with faculty to plan, design and evaluate evidence- based projects. Students will begin the process of program management, gather and critically appraise evidence, develop goals, determine expected project outcomes and establish an appropriate time-management plan for the project. As part of this four- course sequence, students will engage in 400 hours of mentored experience from the inception of the EBP project to dissemination of the findings.

NU 741 Scholarly DNP Project II

This seminar-formatted course is the second of a four-course series designed to assist students in implementing an evidence-based practice (EBP) project. This course will build upon work completed in the first course, with the focus on project management, evaluation methods, completion of an EBP project proposal and hearing, and the submission of an IRB application. Students will continue in their completion of 400 hours of mentored experience from the inception of the EBP project to dissemination of the findings. Pre-requisite: NU 740

NU 742 Scholarly DNP Project III

This seminar-formatted course is the third of a four-course series designed to assist students in implementing an evidence-based practice (EBP) project. The focus of this course is on the implementation of the evidence-based practice project completed in NU 741 Scholarly DNP Project II and subsequent collection of data for evaluation of the project. Students will continue in their completion of 400 hours of mentored experience from the inception of the EBP project to dissemination of the findings. Pre-requisite: NU 741

NU 743 Scholarly DNP Project IV

This seminar-formatted course is the fourth of a four-course series designed to assist students in completing an evidence-based practice (EBP) project. The focus of this course is on analyzing data obtained from the evaluation process and dissemination of the project findings. Students must successfully defend their project orally as well as submit an article to disseminate their EBP project findings and will have completed the

400 hours of mentored experience in this course publication or abstract for professional presentation and an executive summary. Pre-requisite: NU 742

Non-Nursing Course Descriptions

HP 609 Health Policy, Politics, and Perspectives

This course examines U.S. health care policy and the political forces that shape policies related to achieving access to care, cost control, and high value health care services.

HP 622 Economics of Health Care

This course uses economic analysis to help understand the economic challenges confronting our health care system. Topics include supply and demand in health care, market forces, health reform, and health care financing.

HP 626 Social, Political, and Economic Perspectives in Gerontology

This course addresses social, political, and economic factors that impact the aging experience. Sociological, political, and economic theory will be incorporated as a form of understanding resource allocation, priorities, and cultural considerations. The impact of these factors on healthy aging related to income, housing, healthcare, employment, and policy will be explored.

HP 635 Health Information Systems

This course addresses the multiple systems utilized to retrieve, manage and report information in health care: information architectures, administrative and clinical applications, evidenced-based health, information retrieval, decision support systems, security and confidentiality, bioinformatics, information system cycles, the electronic health record, key health information systems and standards, medical devices, and telehealth.

HP 645 Science of Integrative Health

This course is intended to cover the scientific theory that forms the rationale for integrative health. In this course students will cover the new scientific theories that emerged during the twentieth century that have given scientific evidence to validate many forms of integrative health. These theories include quantum mechanics, chaos theory, nonlinear dynamical theory, fractal geometry, information theory, field theory, and network theory.

PBH 600 Biostatistics

This course is designed to teach master’s-level students the basic principles of biostatistical analysis, epidemiological analysis, and design and analysis of clinical trials. Topics include study design, confidence intervals and hypothesis testing; sample size and power calculations; analysis of variance; correlation and regression; multiple regression and statistical control of confounding; and survival analysis. This course provides students with the skills to perform, present, and interpret basic statistical analyses. For the more advanced topics (regression techniques and survival analyses), the focus is on interpretative skills and critically reading the literature.

PBH 608 Critical Analysis of Global Public Health Issues

In this course select issues that are vital to the health of the public both in the United States and abroad are analyzed to gain an understanding of public health practice. Guided by theoretical frameworks and conceptual models from the field of population health, students will critically examine existing data, current and proposed public policy and current practice to gain a deeper understanding of the thinking guiding global and public health scholarship and practice.

HS 513A Issues in National Health Policy (Heller School at Brandeis University)

Results (0)